ANZ Group Holdings Limited logo

2023 Half Year Results Documents

Half Year Results4 May 2023ANZFinancials

ANZ Group Holdings Limited
ABN 16 659 510 791

Half Year

31 March 2023

Consolidated Financial Report

Dividend Announcement

and Appendix 4D

The Consolidated Financial Report and Dividend Announcement contains information required by Appendix 4D of the Australian Securities

Exchange (ASX) Listing Rules. It should be read in conjunction with ANZ’s 2022 Annual Report, and is lodged with the ASX under listing rule

4.2A.

RESULTS FOR ANNOUNCEMENT TO THE MARKET APPENDIX 4D


2



Name of Company: ANZ Group Holdings Limited

ABN 16 659 510 791




Report for the half year ended 31 March 2023




Operating Results

1




AUD million



Statutory operating income



6% to 10,139






Statutory profit attributable to shareholders of the Company



0% to 3,547






Cash profit

2




23% to 3,821















Dividends

3



Cents


Franked


per


amount


share


per share



Proposed interim dividend

4



81


100%













Record date for determining entitlements to the proposed 2023 interim dividend 16 May 2023




Payment date for the proposed 2023 interim dividend 3 July 2023



Dividend Reinvestment Plan and Bonus Option Plan


ANZ Group Holdings Limited has a Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) and a Bonus Option Plan (BOP) that will operate in respect of the proposed 2023

interim dividend. For the 2023 interim dividend, ANZ intends to provide shares under the DRP through an on-market purchase and BOP through the

issue of new shares. The 'Acquisition Price' to be used in determining the number of shares to be provided under the DRP and BOP will be calculated by

reference to the arithmetic average of the daily volume weighted average sale price of all fully paid ANZ ordinary shares sold in the ordinary course of

trading on the ASX and Cboe Australia during the ten trading days commencing on 19 May 2023, and then rounded to the nearest whole cent. Shares

provided under the DRP and BOP will rank equally in all respects with existing fully paid ANZ ordinary shares. Election notices from shareholders wanting

to commence, cease or vary their participation in the DRP or BOP for the 2023 interim dividend must be received by ANZ's Share Registrar by 5.00pm

(Australian Eastern Standard Time) on 17 May 2023. Subject to receiving effective contrary instructions from the shareholder, dividends payable to

shareholders with a registered address in the United Kingdom (including the Channel Islands and the Isle of Man) or New Zealand will be converted to

Pounds Sterling or New Zealand Dollars respectively at an exchange rate calculated on 19 May 2023.









1.

Unless otherwise noted, all comparisons are to the consolidated financial information for the half year ended 31 March 2022 for Australia New Zealand Banking Group Limited, which was

replaced by ANZ Group Holdings Limited as the listed entity on 3 January 2023.

2.

Cash profit excludes non-core items included in statutory profit and is provided to assist readers in understanding the result of the core business activities of the Group. The non-core items

are calculated consistently period on period so as not to discriminate between positive and negative adjustments, and comprise economic hedging and similar accounting items that

represent timing differences that will reverse through earnings in the future. The net after tax loss adjusted from statutory profit to arrive at cash profit was $274 million. Refer pages 71 to 73

for further details.

3.

There is no conduit foreign income attributed to the dividends.

4.

It is proposed that the interim dividend will be fully franked for Australian tax purposes (30% tax rate) and carry New Zealand imputation credits of NZD 9 cents per ordinary share.

ANZ GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED ABN 16 659 510 791


3



CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL REPORT, DIVIDEND ANNOUNCEMENT AND APPENDIX 4D

Half year ended 31 March 2023




CONTENTS PAGE




Disclosure Summary 5

Summary 7

Group Results 19

Divisional Results 49

Profit Reconciliation 71

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements 75

Supplementary Information 119

Definitions 131

ASX Appendix 4D - Cross Reference Index 135

Alphabetical Index 136

























This Consolidated Financial Report, Dividend Announcement and Appendix 4D (Results Announcement) has been prepared for ANZ Group Holdings

Limited (ANZGHL, Company, parent entity) and its subsidiaries (ANZ Group, ANZ, Group, the consolidated entity, us, we, or our). ANZGHL replaced

Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (ANZBGL) as the listed entity on 3 January 2023 under a scheme of arrangement approved by

shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on 23 December 2022.

All amounts are in Australian dollars unless otherwise stated. The ANZ Group has a formally constituted Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. The

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements were approved by resolution of the Board of Directors on 4 May 2023.


DISCLAIMER & IMPORTANT NOTICE:

The material in the Results Announcement contains general background information about the ANZ Group’s activities current as at 4 May 2023. It is

information given in summary form and does not purport to be complete. It is not intended to be and should not be relied upon as advice to investors or

potential investors and does not take into account the investment objectives, financial situation or needs of any particular investor. These should be

considered, with or without professional advice, when deciding if an investment is appropriate.

The Results Announcement may contain forward-looking statements or opinions including statements regarding our intent, belief or current expectations

with respect to ANZ Group’s business operations, market conditions, results of operations and financial condition, capital adequacy, specific provisions

and risk management practices. When used in the Results Announcement, the words ‘forecast’, ‘estimate’, ‘project’, ‘intend’, ‘anticipate’, ‘believe’,

‘expect’, ‘may’, ‘probability’, ‘risk’, ‘will’, ‘seek’, ‘would’, ‘could’, ‘should’ and similar expressions, as they relate to ANZ Group and its management, are

intended to identify forward-looking statements or opinions. Those statements are usually predictive in character; or may be affected by inaccurate

assumptions or unknown risks and uncertainties or may differ materially from results ultimately achieved. As such, these statements should not be relied

upon when making investment decisions. These statements only speak as at the date of publication and no representation is made as to their

correctness on or after this date. Forward-looking statements constitute ‘forward-looking statements’ for the purposes of the United States Private

Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. ANZ Group does not undertake any obligation to publicly release the result of any revisions to these forward-

looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date hereof to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

ANZ GROUP HOLDINGS LIMITED ABN 16 659 510 791


4

This page has been left blank intentionally

DISCLOSURE SUMMARY


5


SUMMARY OF 2023 HALF YEAR RESULTS AND ASSOCIATED DISCLOSURE MATERIALS


The following disclosure items were lodged separately with the ASX and NZX and can be accessed via the ANZ Shareholder Centre on the Group

website https://www.anz.com/shareholder/centre/reporting/results-announcement/.


ANZ Group Holdings Limited

• 2023 Consolidated Financial Report, Dividend Announcement and Appendix 4D

• 2023 Half Year Results Investor Discussion Pack

• News Release

• Key Financial Data (available on ANZ Shareholder website only)


Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited

• 2023 Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited Consolidated Half Year Report

• 2023 March Pillar 3 Disclosure

• United Kingdom Disclosure and Transparency Rules Submission

DISCLOSURE SUMMARY


6

This page has been left blank intentionally

SUMMARY


7



CONTENTS Page


Guide to Half Year Results 8

Statutory Profit Results 9

Cash Profit Results 10

Key Balance Sheet Metrics 11

Large/Notable Items 12

Full Time Equivalent Staff 17

Other Non-Financial Information 17

SUMMARY


8

Guide to Half Year Results

ESTABLISHMENT OF A NEW GROUP ORGANISATIONAL STRUCTURE

On 3 January 2023, Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (ANZBGL) established by a scheme of arrangement, a non-operating holding

company, ANZ Group Holdings Limited (ANZGHL), as the new listed parent holding company of the ANZ Group and implemented a restructure to

separate ANZ’s banking and certain non-banking businesses into the ANZ Bank Group and ANZ Non-Bank Group (Restructure). The ANZ Bank Group

comprises the majority of the businesses and subsidiaries that were held in ANZBGL prior to the Restructure. The ANZ Non-Bank Group comprises

banking-adjacent businesses developed or acquired by the ANZ Group to focus on bringing new technology and banking-adjacent services to the ANZ

Group’s customers, and a separate service company.

This Results Announcement has been prepared for the ANZ Group Holdings Limited consolidated group and reflects a continuation of the ANZ Group

prior to the Restructure. Refer to Establishment of a New Group Organisational Structure section in Supplementary Information for further details.

A copy of the Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited Consolidated Half Year Report is lodged separately with the ASX and NZX and can be

accessed via the ANZ Shareholder Centre on the Group website https://www.anz.com/shareholder/centre/reporting/results-announcement/.

NON-IFRS INFORMATION

Statutory profit is prepared in accordance with the recognition and measurement requirements of Australian Accounting Standards, which comply with

International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). The Group provides additional measures of performance in the Consolidated Financial Report and

Dividend Announcement which are prepared on a basis other than in accordance with accounting standards. The guidance provided in Australian

Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) Regulatory Guide 230 has been followed when presenting this information.

Cash Profit

Cash profit, a non-IFRS measure, represents ANZ’s preferred measure of the result of the core business activities of the Group, enabling readers to

assess Group and Divisional performance against prior periods and against peer institutions. The adjustments made in arriving at cash profit are included

in statutory profit which is subject to review within the context of the external auditor’s review of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. Cash

profit is not subject to review by the external auditor. The external auditor has informed the Audit Committee that cash profit adjustments have been

determined on a consistent basis across each period presented.

• Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit - To calculate cash profit, the Group excludes non-core items from statutory profit. Refer to

pages 71 to 73 for adjustments between statutory and cash profit.

• Large/notable items within cash profit - The Group’s cash profit result includes a number of items collectively referred to as large/notable items.

While these items form part of cash profit, given their nature and significance, they have been presented separately together with comparative

information, where relevant, to provide transparency and aid comparison. Refer to pages 12 to 16 for details of large/notable items.

DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

There are no discontinued operations in the current period.

Profit/(Loss) from discontinued operations in the comparative periods relates to immaterial residual operational costs from divested wealth businesses

and partial recovery of certain costs based on Transition Service Agreements, which ceased in April 2022.

DIVISIONAL PERFORMANCE

The presentation of divisional results has been impacted by the following structural changes during the period. Prior period comparatives have been

restated:

• Business Restructure - the non-banking businesses held in the Australia Commercial and Institutional divisions were transferred to the Group Centre

division. As a result of this transfer, Group Centre division holds all interests in the ANZ Non-Bank Group.

• Corporate customer re-segmentation - certain business and property finance customers were transferred from the New Zealand division to the

Institutional division to better align customer needs with the right support and expertise delivery.

• Cost reallocations - certain costs were reallocated across the Australia Retail, Australia Commercial, Institutional and Group Centre divisions.

Other than those described above, there have been no other significant changes. The divisions reported are consistent with internal reporting provided to

the chief operating decision maker, being the Chief Executive Officer.

SUMMARY


9

Statutory Profit Results







Half Year


Movement



Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M


Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Net interest income


8,503 7,774 7,100


9% 20%

Other operating income


1,636 2,110 2,442


-22% -33%

Operating income


10,139 9,884 9,542


3% 6%

Operating expenses


(4,997) (4,788) (4,791)


4% 4%

Profit before credit impairment and income tax


5,142 5,096 4,751


1% 8%

Credit impairment (charge)/release


(133) (52) 284


large large

Profit before income tax


5,009 5,044 5,035


-1% -1%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests


(1,462) (1,441) (1,500)


1% -3%

Profit attributable to shareholders of the Company from continuing operations


3,547 3,603 3,535


-2% 0%

Profit/(Loss) from discontinued operations


- (14) (5)


large large

Profit attributable to shareholders of the Company


3,547 3,589 3,530


-1% 0%


Earnings Per Ordinary Share (cents)


Half Year


Movement


Reference

Page

Mar 23 Sep 22 Mar 22


Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Basic

92

118.5 125.4 124.6


-6% -5%

Diluted 92

112.8 117.5 116.7 -4% -3%




Half Year



Reference

Page

Mar 23 Sep 22 Mar 22

Ordinary Share Dividends (cents)



Interim

1

81 - 72

Final

1

- 74 -

Total 91

81 74 72

Ordinary share dividend payout ratio

2

91 68.6% 61.7% 57.0%

Profitability Ratios


Return on average ordinary shareholders' equity

3

10.6% 11.4% 11.3%

Return on average assets

0.64% 0.67% 0.70%

Net interest margin

1.75% 1.68% 1.58%

Net interest income to average credit RWAs

4.77% 4.39% 4.10%

Efficiency Ratios


Operating expenses to operating income 49.3% 48.8% 50.5%

Operating expenses to average assets

0.90% 0.91% 0.96%

Credit Impairment Charge/(Release)


Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) ($M) (30) (8) 87

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) ($M)

163 60 (371)

Total credit impairment charge/(release) ($M) 98

133 52 (284)

Individually assessed credit impairment charge as a % of average gross loans and advances

4

(0.01%) 0.00% 0.03%

Total credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average gross loans and advances

4

0.04% 0.02% (0.09%)

1.

Fully franked for Australian tax purposes (30% tax rate) and carry New Zealand imputation credits of NZD 9 cents for the proposed 2023 interim dividend (2022 final dividend: NZD 9 cents;

2022 interim dividend: NZD 9 cents).

2.

Dividend payout ratio for the March 2023 half is calculated using the proposed 2023 interim dividend of $2,433 million, based on the forecast number of ordinary shares on issue at the

dividend record date. Dividend payout ratios for the September 2022 half and the March 2022 half were calculated using actual dividends of $2,213 million and $2,012 million respectively.

3.

Average ordinary shareholders’ equity excludes non-controlling interests.

4.

Credit impairment charge/(release) used in the ratio relates to gross loans and advances and off-balance sheet commitments - undrawn and contingent liabilities.

SUMMARY


10

Cash Profit Results

1





Half Year


Movement



Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M


Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Net interest income


8,503 7,774 7,100


9% 20%

Other operating income


2,025 1,825 1,848


11% 10%

Operating income


10,528 9,599 8,948


10% 18%

Operating expenses


(4,997) (4,788) (4,791)


4% 4%

Cash profit before credit impairment and income tax


5,531 4,811 4,157


15% 33%

Credit impairment (charge)/release


(133) (52) 284


large large

Cash profit before income tax


5,398 4,759 4,441


13% 22%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests


(1,577) (1,357) (1,328)


16% 19%

Cash profit from continuing operations


3,821 3,402 3,113


12% 23%

Cash profit/(loss) from discontinued operations


- (14) (5)


large large

Cash profit


3,821 3,388 3,108


13% 23%


Earnings Per Ordinary Share (cents) Half Year


Movement


Mar 23 Sep 22 Mar 22


Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Basic 127.6 118.4 109.7 8% 16%

Basic - continuing operations

127.6 118.8 109.9 7% 16%

Diluted

121.1 111.1 103.1 9% 17%



Weighted Average Number of Ordinary Shares (M)

Basic

2,994.1 2,862.5 2,832.9 5% 6%

Diluted

3,278.3 3,145.5 3,103.8 4% 6%

Cash Profit Used in Calculating Earnings Per Ordinary Share ($M)


Basic

3,821 3,388 3,108 13% 23%

Diluted

3,971 3,495 3,200 14% 24%



Half Year


Reference

Page

Mar 23 Sep 22 Mar 22

Ordinary Share Dividends

Ordinary share dividend payout ratio

2



63.7% 65.3% 64.7%

Profitability Ratios


Return on average ordinary shareholders' equity

3



11.4% 10.7% 10.0%

Return on average assets



0.69% 0.64% 0.62%

Return on average RWA



1.7% 1.5% 1.5%

Net interest margin

1.75% 1.68% 1.58%

Net interest income to average credit RWAs

4.77% 4.39% 4.10%

Efficiency Ratios


Operating expenses to operating income

4



47.5% 50.3% 53.9%

Operating expenses to average assets

5

0.90% 0.91% 0.96%

Credit Impairment Charge/(Release)



Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) ($M)


(30) (8) 87

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) ($M)

163 60 (371)

Total credit impairment charge/(release) ($M)


29 133 52 (284)

Individually assessed credit impairment charge as a % of average gross loans and advances

6

(0.01%) 0.00% 0.03%

Total credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average gross loans and advances

6

0.04% 0.02% (0.09%)

1.

Cash profit excludes non-core items included in statutory profit and is provided to assist readers in understanding the results of the core business activities of the Group. Refer to pages 71

to 73 for the reconciliation between statutory and cash profit.

2.

Dividend payout ratio for the March 2023 half is calculated using the proposed 2023 interim dividend of $2,433 million, based on the forecast number of ordinary shares on issue at the

dividend record date. Dividend payout ratios for the September 2022 half and the March 2022 half were calculated using actual dividends of $2,213 million and $2,012 million respectively.

3.

Average ordinary shareholders’ equity excludes non-controlling interests. Return on average shareholders’ equity - continuing operations for the March 2023 half was 11.4% (Sep 22 half:

10.8%; Mar 22 half: 10.0%).

4.

Operating expenses to operating income - continuing operations for the March 2023 half was 47.5% (Sep 22 half: 49.9%; Mar 22 half: 53.5%).

5.

Operating expenses to average assets - continuing operations for the March 2023 half was 0.90% (Sep 22 half: 0.90%; Mar 22 half: 0.95%).

6.

Credit impairment charge/(release) used in the ratio relates to gross loans and advances and off-balance sheet commitments - undrawn and contingent liabilities.

SUMMARY


11

Key Balance Sheet Metrics



As at Movement


Reference

Page

Mar 23 Sep 22 Mar 22

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Capital Management (Level 2)

1




Common Equity Tier 1


- APRA 44

13.2% 12.3% 11.5%

- Internationally Comparable

2

44 18.9% 19.2% 18.0%

Credit risk weighted assets ($B) 45

345.3 359.4 348.8 -4% -1%

Total risk weighted assets ($B) 45

435.5 454.7 437.9 -4% -1%

APRA Leverage Ratio 47

5.3% 5.4% 5.2%

Balance Sheet: Key Items





Gross loans and advances ($B) 693.7 676.0 655.0 3% 6%

Net loans and advances ($B)

690.1 672.4 651.4 3% 6%

Total assets ($B)

1,111.2 1,085.6 1,017.4 2% 9%

Customer deposits ($B)

648.6 620.4 611.1 5% 6%

Total equity ($B)

69.6 66.4 61.8 5% 13%



Half Year Movement

Balance Sheet: Average Balances

Mar 23

$B

Sep 22

$B

Mar 22

$B

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Average gross loans and advances 693.5 661.0 647.0 5% 7%

Average customer deposits

637.8 620.2 609.5 3% 5%

Average assets


1,112.3 1,062.0 1,009.8 5% 10%

Average ordinary shareholders' equity

3



67.1 62.9 62.5 7% 7%

Average RWA


451.9 445.5 427.3 1% 6%

Average credit RWA


357.3 353.5 347.3 1% 3%

Average interest earning assets

973.0 920.3 899.7 6% 8%

Average deposits and other borrowings

826.2 792.6 768.1 4% 8%


As at Movement

Liquidity Risk

Reference

Page

Mar 23 Sep 22 Mar 22

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Liquidity Coverage Ratio

4

41 128% 129% 132% -1% -4%

Net Stable Funding Ratio 42

119% 119% 123% 0% -4%


As at Movement

Impaired Assets

Reference

Page

Mar 23 Sep 22 Mar 22

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Gross impaired assets ($M) 33 1,210 1,445 1,709 -16% -29%

Gross impaired assets as a % of gross loans and advances

0.17% 0.21% 0.26%

Net impaired assets ($M) 33

789 903 1,073 -13% -26%

Net impaired assets as a % of shareholders' equity

1.1% 1.4% 1.7%

Individually assessed provision ($M) 31 421 542 636 -22% -34%

Individually assessed provision as a % of gross impaired assets

34.8% 37.5% 37.2%

Collectively assessed provision ($M) 31

4,040 3,853 3,757 5% 8%

Collectively assessed provision as a % of credit risk weighted assets

1.17% 1.07% 1.08%

Net Tangible Assets

Net tangible assets attributable to ordinary shareholders ($B)

5

65.0 62.0 57.7 5% 13%

Net tangible assets per ordinary share ($)

21.66 20.75 20.64 4% 5%

1.

March 2023 includes impacts on risk weighted assets from APRA Capital Reform. Refer to APRA Capital Reform section on page 44 for further details.

2.

Refer to page 46 for further details regarding the differences between APRA and Internationally Comparable standards.

3.

Average ordinary shareholders’ equity excludes non-controlling interests.

4.

Liquidity Coverage Ratio is calculated on a half year average basis.

5.

Equals total shareholders’ equity less total non-controlling interests, goodwill and other intangible assets.

SUMMARY


12

Large/Notable Items

Large/notable items included in cash profit are described below.

Business divestments/closures

There were no material divestment/closures during the March 2023 half. The financial impacts from divestments/closures in prior periods and the

business results for these divestments are summarised below.



Gain/(Loss) from

divestments/closures

Completed divested business

results


Total

Half Year Half Year


Half Year

Cash Profit Impact

Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M


Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

ANZ Worldline partnership - - 307 - - 60


- - 367

Financial planning and advice business

- - (69) - 2 3


- 2 (66)

Legal entity rationalisation

- - (65) - - -


- - (65)

Other business divestments/closures

- (8) (5) - - -


- (8) (5)

Cash profit/(loss) before income tax

- (8) 168 - 2 63


- (6) 231

Income tax benefit/(expense) and non-

controlling interests

- - 37 - - (19)


- - 18

Cash profit/(loss)

- (8) 205 - 2 44


- (6) 249

• ANZ Worldline partnership

The Group announced in December 2020 that it had entered into a partnership with Worldline SA (Worldline). The partnership arrangement involves

ANZ and Worldline forming a newly created merchant acquiring group, with ANZ and Worldline holding 49% and 51% interests respectively. During

the March 2022 half, the transaction completed and the Group recognised a $307 million gain in Other operating income and a $28 million income

tax benefit in the Australia Commercial division. The divested business results were recognised across the Australia Commercial and Institutional

divisions.

• Financial planning and advice business

During the March 2022 half, the Group agreed to sell its financial planning and advice business servicing the affluent customer segment to Zurich

Financial Services Australia Ltd. As a result of the transaction, the Group recognised a $62 million loss largely comprising a goodwill write-off of

$40 million in Other operating income, restructuring expenses of $7 million, and an income tax benefit of $9 million in the Australia Commercial

division. The transaction completed in the September 2022 half and the divested business results were recognised in the Australia Commercial

division.

• Legal entity rationalisation

During the March 2022 half, in order to simplify the Group’s legal entity structure, the businesses previously conducted by Minerva Holdings Limited

(Minerva) in the United Kingdom and ANZ Asia Limited (ANZ Asia) in Hong Kong were dissolved. As a result, the associated foreign currency

translation reserves were recycled from Other comprehensive income to profit or loss, resulting in a $65 million loss recognised in Other operating

income in the Group Centre division.

• Other business divestments/closures

During the March 2022 half, the Group announced the planned closure of the ANZ American Territories (ANZ American Samoa and ANZ Guam). A

loss of $18 million, comprising restructuring expenses of $12 million and a credit impairment charge of $6 million, was recognised in the Pacific

division during the period. During the September 2022 half, a further $8 million loss was recognised, comprising a $7 million loss in Other operating

income and restructuring expenses of $1 million.

During the March 2022 half, the Group also released excess provisions originally raised as part of the UDC Finance and Paymark Limited

divestments completed in prior years and recognised a $13 million gain in Other operating income in the Group Centre division.

Customer remediation

Customer remediation includes provisions for expected refunds to customers, remediation project costs and related customer and regulatory claims,

penalties and litigation costs and outcomes.


Half Year


Mar 23 Sep 22 Mar 22

Cash Profit Impact

$M $M $M

Operating income

(17) (9) (25)

Operating expenses

(43) (42) (148)

Cash profit/(loss) before income tax

(60) (51) (173)

Income tax benefit/(expense) and non-controlling interests 18 8 50

Cash profit/(loss)

(42) (43) (123)

SUMMARY


13

Restructuring

In addition to the restructuring expenses associated with business divestments/closures in prior periods, the Group recognised restructuring expenses of

$38 million after tax in the March 2023 half year relating to operational changes predominantly in the Australia Retail and Group Centre divisions

(Sep 22 half: $37 million; Mar 22 half: $31 million).

Transaction related costs

During the March 2023 half, the Group incurred transaction related costs of $44 million (Sep 22 half: $10 million; Mar 22 half: nil) after tax associated with

establishing the new group organisational structure and the pending Suncorp Bank acquisition.

Property rationalisation

During the March 2023 half, the Group entered into sale and leaseback contracts for the data centres in Australia to align with its long term strategy of

simplifying its technology environment and migrating on-premise applications to cloud-based solutions. As a result of this, the Group recognised

$37 million loss after tax on reclassification of these data centres to held for sale.

During the September 2022 half, the Group early terminated the head lease on the 55 Collins Street Melbourne building resulting in a net loss after tax of

$17 million. The loss comprised a $31 million gain in Other operating income on lease modification arising from remeasurement of the lease liability and

right-of-use asset net of a $8 million lease termination payment, a $47 million loss in Operating expenses associated with lease exit costs including

accelerated depreciation and asset write-offs, and an income tax benefit of $7 million.

Withholding tax

During the March 2022 half, a dividend payment of $714 million (net of withholding tax) was made by ANZ Papua New Guinea (ANZ PNG) to ANZBGL in

order to rebalance capital positions within the Group in response to APRA’s changes in the capital requirements for subsidiaries. ANZBGL made a capital

injection into ANZ PNG equivalent to the dividend, net of withholding tax. As a result of the dividend payment, a dividend withholding tax expense of

$126 million was recognised during the period.

SUMMARY
14

Large/Notable items





Cash Profit Results

March 2023 Half Year v. March 2022 Ha

lf Year

March 2023 Half Year v. September 2022 Half Year


Mar 23

Large/

notables

Mar 23

ex. Large/

notables Mar 22

Large/

notables

Mar 22

ex. Large/

notables

Movt

ex. Large/

notables

Mar 23

Large/

notables

Mar 23

ex. Large/

notables Sep 22

Large/

notables

Sep 22

ex. Large/

notables

Movt

ex. Large/

notables


$M

$M

$M $M $M $M %

$M

$M

$M $M $M $M %

Net interest income

8,503

(10)

8,513

7,100 (3) 7,103 20%

8,503

(10)

8,513

7,774 3 7,771 10%

Other operating income

2,025

(50)

2,075

1,848 272 1,576 32%

2,025

(50)

2,075

1,825 15 1,810 15%

Operating income

10,528

(60)

10,588

8,948 269 8,679 22%

10,528

(60)

10,588

9,599 18 9,581 11%

Operating expenses

(4,997)

(153)

(4,844)

(4,791) (247) (4,544) 7%

(4,997)

(153)

(4,844)

(4,788) (162) (4,626) 5%

Cash profit before credit impairment and income tax

5,531

(213)

5,744

4,157 22 4,135 39%

5,531

(213)

5,744

4,811 (144) 4,955 16%

Credit impairment (charge)/release

(133)

-

(133)

284 (4) 288 large

(133)

-

(133)

(52) - (52) large

Cash profit/(loss) before income tax

5,398

(213)

5,611

4,441 18 4,423 27%

5,398

(213)

5,611

4,759 (144) 4,903 14%

Income tax benefit/(expense) and non-controlling interests

(1,577)

52

(1,629)

(1,328) (59) (1,269) 28%

(1,577)

52

(1,629)

(1,357) 31 (1,388) 17%

Cash profit/(loss)

3,821

(161)

3,982

3,113 (41) 3,154 26%

3,821

(161)

3,982

3,402 (113) 3,515 13%


Cash Profit/(Loss) By Division

March 2023 Half Year v. March 2022

Half Year


March 2023 Half Year v. September 2022 Half Year


Mar 23

Large/

notables

Mar 23

ex. Large/

notables Mar 22

Large/

notables

Mar 22

ex. Large/

notables

Movt

ex. Large/

notables

Mar 23

Large/

notables

Mar 23

ex. Large/

notables Sep 22

Large/

notables

Sep 22

ex. Large/

notables

Movt

ex. Large/

notables


$M

$M

$M $M $M $M %

$M

$M

$M $M $M $M %

Australia Retail

1,026

(55)

1,081

937 (131) 1,068 1%

1,026

(55)

1,081

1,072 (52) 1,124 -4%

Australia Commercial

739

(4)

743

883 314 569 31%

739

(4)

743

668 8 660 13%

Institutional

1,597

(5)

1,602

809 (140) 949 69%

1,597

(5)

1,602

1,128 (2) 1,130 42%

New Zealand

774

(5)

779

704 (4) 708 10%

774

(5)

779

745 14 731 7%

Pacific

34

(2)

36

(6) (18) 12 large

34

(2)

36

15 (9) 24 50%

Group Centre

(349)

(90)

(259)

(214) (62) (152) 70%

(349)

(90)

(259)

(226) (72) (154) 68%

Cash profit/(loss)

3,821

(161)

3,982

3,113 (41) 3,154 26%

3,821

(161)

3,982

3,402 (113) 3,515 13%

SUMMARY
15

Large/Notable items

The Group has recognised some large/notable items within cash profit. These items are shown in the tables below.





March 2023 Half Year


March 2022 Half Year


Large/notable items included in continuing cash profit


Large/notable items included in continuing cash profit


Customer

remediation

$M

Restructuring

$M

Transaction

related costs

$M

Property

rationalisation

$M

Total

$M

Business

divestments/

closures

$M

Customer

remediation

$M

Restructuring

1


$M

Litigation

settlements

$M

Withholding

tax

$M

Total

$M

Cash Profit

Net interest income

(10)

-

-

-

(10)

- (3) - -

-

(3)

Other operating income

(7)

-

-

(43)

(50)

294 (22) - -

-

272

Operating income

(17)

-

-

(43)

(60)

294 (25) - -

-

269

Operating expenses

(43)

(54)

(56)

-

(153)

(59) (148) (30) (10)

-

(247)

Cash profit before credit impairment and income tax

(60)

(54)

(56)

(43)

(213)

235 (173) (30) (10)

-

22

Credit impairment (charge)/release

-

-

-

-

-

(4) - - -

-

(4)

Cash profit before income tax

(60)

(54)

(56)

(43)

(213)

231 (173) (30) (10)

-

18

Income tax benefit/(expense) and non-controlling interests

18

16

12

6

52

18 50 (1) - (126)

(59)

Cash profit/(loss)

(42)

(38)

(44)

(37)

(161)

249 (123) (31) (10) (126)

(41)


March 2023 Half Year


September 2022 Half Year


Large/notable items included in continuing cash profit


Large/notable items included in continuing cash profit


Customer

remediation

$M

Restructuring

$M

Transaction

related costs

$M

Property

rationalisation

$M

Total

$M

Business

divestments/

closures

$M

Customer

remediation

$M

Restructuring

1


$M

Transaction

related costs

$M

Property

rationalisation

$M

Total

$M

Cash Profit


Net interest income

(10)

-

-

-

(10)

- 3 - -

-

3

Other operating income

(7)

-

-

(43)

(50)

4 (12) - -

23

15

Operating income

(17)

-

-

(43)

(60)

4 (9) - - 23

18

Operating expenses

(43)

(54)

(56)

-

(153)

(10) (42) (51) (12) (47)

(162)

Cash profit before credit impairment and income tax

(60)

(54)

(56)

(43)

(213)

(6) (51) (51) (12) (24)

(144)

Credit impairment (charge)/release

-

-

-

-

-

- - - - -

-

Cash profit before income tax

(60)

(54)

(56)

(43)

(213)

(6) (51) (51) (12) (24)

(144)

Income tax benefit/(expense) and non-controlling interests

18

16

12

6

52

- 8 14 2 7

31

Cash profit/(loss)

(42)

(38)

(44)

(37)

(161)

(6) (43) (37) (10) (17)

(113)

1.

Restructuring expense before tax of $51 million for the Septem

ber 2022 half and $30 million for the March 2022 half do not inc

lude restructuring expenses incurred as part of the business di

vestments/closures of $1 million for the September 2022 half and

$19 million for the March 2022 half.

SUMMARY
16

Large/Notable items

The Group has reco

g

nised some lar

g

e/notable items within cash profit. The impact of these items on the divisional results are shown in the tables below.




March 2023 Half Year


March 2022 Half Year


Large/notable items included in continuing cash profit


Large/notable items included in continuing cash profit


Customer

remediation

$M

Restructuring

$M

Transaction

related costs

$M

Property

rationalisation

$M

Total

$M

Business

divestments/

closures

$M

Customer

remediation

$M

Restructuring

1


$M

Litigation

settlements

$M

Withholding

tax

$M

Total

$M

Cash profit before income tax

Australia Retail

(52)

(27)

-

-

(79)

(3) (166) (13)

-

-

(182)

Australia Commercial

(4)

(2)

-

-

(6)

297 (1) (1) -

-

295

Institutional

-

(7)

-

-

(7)

7 (6) (4) (10)

-

(13)

New Zealand

(1)

(6)

-

-

(7)

- - (6) - -

(6)

Pacific

(3)

-

-

-

(3)

(18) - - -

-

(18)

Group Centre

-

(12)

(56)

(43)

(111)

(52) - (6) -

-

(58)

Cash profit before income tax

(60)

(54)

(56)

(43)

(213)

231 (173) (30) (10)

-

18

Income tax benefit/(expense) and non-controlling interests

18

16

12

6

52

18 50 (1) - (126)

(59)

Cash profit/(loss)

(42)

(38)

(44)

(37)

(161)

249 (123) (31) (10) (126)

(41)


March 2023 Half Year


September 2022 Half Year


Large/notable items included in continuing cash profit


Large/notable items included in continuing cash profit


Customer

remediation

$M

Restructuring

$M

Transaction

related costs

$M

Property

rationalisation

$M

Total

$M

Business

divestments/

closures

$M

Customer

remediation

$M

Restructuring

1


$M

Transaction

related costs

$M

Property

rationalisation

$M

Total

$M

Cash profit before income tax

Australia Retail

(52)

(27)

-

-

(79)

- (53) (19) -

-

(72)

Australia Commercial

(4)

(2)

-

-

(6)

1 6 3 -

-

10

Institutional

-

(7)

-

-

(7)

1 8 (17) -

-

(8)

New Zealand

(1)

(6)

-

-

(7)

- 25 (6) -

-

19

Pacific

(3)

-

-

-

(3)

(8) (1) - -

-

(9)

Group Centre

-

(12)

(56)

(43)

(111)

- (36) (12) (12) (24)

(84)

Cash profit before income tax

(60)

(54)

(56)

(43)

(213)

(6) (51) (51) (12) (24)

(144)

Income tax benefit/(expense) and non-controlling interests

18

16

12

6

52

- 8 14 2 7

31

Cash profit/(loss)

(42)

(38)

(44)

(37)

(161)

(6) (43) (37) (10) (17)

(113)

1.

Restructuring expense before tax of $51 million for the Septem

ber 2022 half and $30 million for the March 2022 half do not inc

lude restructuring expenses incurred as part of the business di

vestments/closures of $1 million for the September 2022 half and

$19 million for the March 2022 half.

SUMMARY


17

Full Time Equivalent Staff

1

As at 31 March 2023, ANZ employed 39,802 staff (Sep 22: 39,381; Mar 22: 40,169) on a full time equivalent (FTE) basis.


Division


As at


Movement


Mar 23 Sep 22 Mar 22

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Australia Retail 11,199 11,107 11,475 1% -2%

Australia Commercial

3,607 3,551 3,528 2% 2%

Institutional

6,353 6,316 6,323 1% 0%

New Zealand

6,785 6,793 6,939 0% -2%

Pacific

1,037 1,086 1,092 -5% -5%

Group Centre

10,821 10,319 10,329 5% 5%

Total FTE from continuing operations

39,802 39,172 39,686 2% 0%

Discontinued operations - 209 483 large large

Total FTE including discontinued operations

39,802 39,381 40,169 1% -1%

Average FTE from continuing operations 39,589 39,254 40,092 1% -1%

Average FTE including discontinued operations

39,589 39,627 40,601 0% -2%


Geography

As at


Movement


Mar 23 Sep 22 Mar 22

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Australia 19,575 19,396 19,807 1% -1%

Rest of World

12,975 12,705 12,931 2% 0%

New Zealand

7,252 7,280 7,431 0% -2%

Total FTE

39,802 39,381 40,169 1% -1%

1.

Comparative information has been restated to include FTE of the consolidated investments managed by 1835i Group Pty Ltd in the Group Centre division (FTE: Sep 22: 185; Mar 22: 157;

Average FTE: Sep 22 half: 172; Mar 22 half: 79).



Other Non-Financial Information



Half Year


Movement

Shareholder value - ordinary shares


Mar 23 Sep 22 Mar 22


Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Share price ($)

- high

26.08 28.25 28.98 -8% -10%

- low

22.39 20.95 24.65 7% -9%

- closing


22.93 22.80 27.60 1% -17%

Closing market capitalisation of ordinary shares ($B)

68.9 68.2 77.1 1% -11%

Total shareholder returns (TSR)

3.6% -14.4% 0.5% large large




As at Mar 23

ANZBGL Credit ratings


Short-

Term

Long-

Term Outlook

Moody's Investors Service P-1 Aa3 Stable

S&P Global Ratings A-1+ AA- Stable

Fitch Ratings F1 A+ Stable

SUMMARY


18

This page has been left blank intentionally

GROUP RESULTS


19



CONTENTS Page


Cash Profit 20

Cash Net Interest Income 21

Cash Other Operating Income 23

Cash Operating Expenses 26

Software Capitalisation 28

Credit Risk 29

Cash Income Tax Expense 35

Impact of Foreign Currency Translation 36

Earnings Related Hedges 38

Cash Earnings Per Share 38

Dividends 39

Economic Profit 39

Condensed Balance Sheet 40

Liquidity Risk 41

Funding 42

Capital Management 43

Leverage Ratio 47

Capital Management - Other Developments 48

GROUP RESULTS


20

Non-IFRS Information

Statutory profit is prepared in accordance with the recognition and measurement requirements of Australian Accounting Standards, which comply with

IFRS. The Group provides additional measures of performance in the Consolidated Financial Report and Dividend Announcement which are prepared on

a basis other than in accordance with accounting standards. The guidance provided in Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC)

Regulatory Guide 230 has been followed when presenting this information.

Cash Profit

Cash profit, a non-IFRS measure, represents ANZ’s preferred measure of the result of the core business activities of the Group, enabling readers to

assess Group and Divisional performance against prior periods and against peer institutions. To calculate cash profit, the Group excludes non-core items

from statutory profit (refer to Definitions on pages 131 to 134 for further details). The adjustments made in arriving at cash profit are included in statutory

profit which is subject to review within the context of the external auditor’s review of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. Cash profit is not

subject to review by the external auditor. The external auditor has informed the Audit Committee that cash profit adjustments have been determined on a

consistent basis across each period presented.

This Group Results section is reported on a cash profit basis from continuing operations unless otherwise stated.




Half Year


Movement



Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Statutory profit attributable to shareholders of the Company from

continuing operations


3,547 3,603 3,535 -2% 0%



Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit

1


Economic hedges


190 (196) (373) large large

Revenue and expense hedges


84 (5) (49) large large

Total adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit

274 (201) (422) large large

Cash profit from continuing operations 3,821 3,402 3,113 12% 23%

1.

Refer to pages 71 to 73 for analysis of the adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit.


Group performance - cash profit


Half Year


Movement



Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M


Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Net interest income 8,503 7,774 7,100 9% 20%

Other operating income

2,025 1,825 1,848 11% 10%

Operating income

10,528 9,599 8,948 10% 18%

Operating expenses (4,997) (4,788) (4,791) 4% 4%

Cash profit before credit impairment and income tax

5,531 4,811 4,157 15% 33%

Credit impairment (charge)/release (133) (52) 284 large large

Cash profit before income tax

5,398 4,759 4,441 13% 22%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (1,577) (1,357) (1,328) 16% 19%

Cash profit from continuing operations

3,821 3,402 3,113 12% 23%


Half Year Movement

Cash Profit/(Loss) by Division

Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Australia Retail


1,026 1,072 937


-4% 9%

Australia Commercial


739 668 883


11% -16%

Institutional

1,597 1,128 809 42% 97%

New Zealand

774 745 704 4% 10%

Pacific

34 15 (6) large large

Group Centre

(349) (226) (214) 54% 63%

Cash profit from continuing operations

3,821 3,402 3,113 12% 23%

GROUP RESULTS


21

Cash Net Interest Income



Half Year


Movement

Group


Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M


Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Net interest income

1

8,503 7,774 7,100 9% 20%

Average interest earning assets

972,972 920,340 899,678 6% 8%

Average deposits and other borrowings

826,160 792,561 768,118 4% 8%

Net interest margin (%)

1.75 1.68 1.58 7 bps 17 bps

Group (excluding Markets business unit)


Net interest income

1

8,339 7,483 6,684 11% 25%

Average interest earning assets

687,563 659,400 645,467 4% 7%

Average deposits and other borrowings

628,973 608,962 593,241 3% 6%

Net interest margin (%)

2.43 2.26 2.08 17 bps 35 bps




Half Year


Movement

Net interest margin by major division

1



Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M


Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Australia Retail


Net interest margin (%) - cash


2.39 2.29 2.21


10 bps 18 bps

Average interest earning assets


253,743 245,434 245,462


3% 3%

Average deposits and other borrowings


152,392 147,689 143,888


3% 6%

Australia Commercial

2



Net interest margin (%) - cash


2.72 2.30 1.90


42 bps 82 bps

Average interest earning assets


60,860 59,568 58,162


2% 5%

Average deposits and other borrowings


113,276 115,269 114,924


-2% -1%



Institutional


Net interest margin (%) - cash


0.91 0.91 0.88


0 bps 3 bps

Average interest earning assets


454,334 421,500 403,894


8% 12%

Average deposits and other borrowings


355,905 341,058 327,112


4% 9%



New Zealand


Net interest margin (%) - cash


2.67 2.61 2.33


6 bps 34 bps

Average interest earning assets


118,639 115,874 116,779


2% 2%

Average deposits and other borrowings

102,113 100,984 101,729 1% 0%

1.

Includes the major bank levy of -$175 million for the March 2023 half (Sep 22 half: -$175 million; Mar 22 half: -$165 million).

2.

Australia Commercial division generates positive net interest income from surplus deposits held. Accordingly, $59.3 billion of average deposits for the March 2023 half (Sep 22 half:

$62.8 billion; Mar 22 half: $64.1 billion) have been included within average net interest earning assets for the net interest margin calculation to align with internal management reporting

view.

Group net interest margin - March 2023 Half Year v March 2022 Half Year



• March 2023 v March 2022

Net interest margin (+17 bps)

• Asset pricing (-18 bps): primarily driven by home loan pricing competition in the Australia Retail and New Zealand divisions.

• Deposit pricing and wholesale funding (+37 bps): driven by favourable deposit margins from a rising interest rate environment.

• Asset and funding mix (-4 bps): driven by unfavourable deposit mix with a shift towards lower margin term deposits, increased term wholesale

funding relative to customer deposits, and unfavourable asset mix with higher growth in the Institutional division. This was partially offset by

favourable lending mix with a shift towards higher margin variable rate home loans.

GROUP RESULTS


22

• Capital and replicating portfolio (+14 bps): primarily driven by a rising interest rate environment.

• Liquidity (-3 bps): driven by growth in lower yielding liquid assets to replace the Committed Liquidity Facility (CLF), and other increases in liquid

assets to meet regulatory compliance requirements.

• Markets activities (-9 bps): lower net interest income was driven by higher funding costs, primarily on commodity and fixed income assets where

the related revenues are recognised as Other operating income.

Average interest earning assets (+73.3 billion or +8%)

• Average net loans and advances (+42.2 billion or +7%): driven by lending growth across all divisions, and the impact of foreign currency

translation movements.

• Average trading assets and investment securities (+5.0 billion or +4%): driven by higher liquid assets partially offset by the impact of foreign

currency translation movements.

• Average cash and other liquid assets (+26.2 billion or +15%): driven by higher central bank balances and higher reverse repurchase agreements.

Average deposits and other borrowings (+58.0 billion or +8%)

• Average deposits and other borrowings (+58.0 billion or +8%): driven by growth in term deposits across all divisions, and increases in commercial

paper and certificates of deposit, partially offset by lower at-call deposits.


Group net interest margin - March 2023 Half Year v September 2022 Half Year


• March 2023 v September 2022

Net interest margin (+7 bps)

• Asset pricing (-9 bps): primarily driven by home loan pricing competition in the Australia Retail and New Zealand divisions.

• Deposit pricing and wholesale funding (+20 bps): driven by favourable deposit margins from a rising interest rate environment.

• Asset and funding mix (-3 bps): driven by unfavourable deposit mix with a shift towards lower margin term deposits, increased term wholesale

funding relative to customer deposits, and unfavourable asset mix with higher growth in the Institutional division. This was partially offset by

favourable lending mix with a shift towards higher margin variable rate home loans.

• Capital and replicating portfolio (+7 bps): primarily driven by rising interest rate environment.

• Liquidity (-2 bps): driven by growth in lower yielding liquid assets to replace CLF, and other increases in liquid assets to meet regulatory

compliance requirements.

• Markets activities (-6 bps): lower net interest income was driven by higher funding costs, primarily on commodity and fixed income assets where

the related revenues are recognised as Other operating income.

Average interest earning assets (+52.6 billion or +6%)

• Average net loans and advances (+29.8 billion or +5%): driven by lending growth across all divisions, and the impact of foreign currency

translation movements.

• Average trading assets and investment securities (+3.7 billion or +3%): driven by higher liquid assets, partially offset by the impact of foreign

currency translation movements.

• Average cash and other liquid assets (+19.2 billion or +11%): driven by higher central bank balances and higher reverse repurchase agreements.

Average deposits and other borrowings (+33.6 billion or +4%)

• Average deposits and other borrowings (+33.6 billion or +4%): driven by growth in term deposits in all divisions, increases in commercial paper,

and certificate of deposits and the impact of foreign currency translation movements. This was partially offset by lower at-call deposits in all

divisions.

GROUP RESULTS


23

Cash Other Operating Income




Half Year


Movement



Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M


Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Net fee and commission income

1



890 954 953 -7% -7%

Markets other operating income


985 464 396 large large

Share of associates' profit/(loss)


101 103 74 -2% 36%

Other

1



49 304 425 -84% -88%

Total

2,025 1,825 1,848 11% 10%

Total excluding large/notable items

2

2,075 1,810 1,576 15% 32%


Half Year Movement

Other operating income by division

Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Australia Retail


281 353 269 -20% 4%

Australia Commercial


175 185 477 -5% -63%

Institutional

1,373 868 783 58% 75%

New Zealand

199 216 244 -8% -18%

Pacific

40 34 34 18% 18%

Group Centre

(43) 169 41 large large

Total

2,025 1,825 1,848 11% 10%




Half Year Movement

Markets income

Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Net interest income 164 291 416 -44% -61%

Other operating income

985 464 396 large large

Total

1,149 755 812 52% 42%

1.

Excluding the Markets business unit.

2.

Refer to pages 12 to 16 for details of large/notable items.

GROUP RESULTS


24

Other operating income - March 2023 Half Year v March 2022 Half Year


• March 2023 v March 2022

Other operating income increased $177 million (+10%).

Net fee and commission income (-$63 million or -7%)

• $71 million decrease in the Australia Commercial division driven by lower revenue following business divestments.

• $14 million decrease in the New Zealand division primarily driven by lower funds management fees.

• $21 million increase in the Australia Retail division driven by higher cards revenue reflecting an increase in consumer spending, new home loan

offset account fees, and lower customer remediation.

• $16 million increase in the Institutional division (excluding Markets) driven by higher guarantee fees in Transaction Banking and higher deal

activities in Corporate Finance, partially offset by lower revenue following business divestment.

Markets income (+$337 million or +42%)

Markets income increased $337 million driven by a $589 million increase in Other operating income, partially offset by a $252 million decrease in Net

interest income. The decrease in Net interest income was driven by higher funding costs, primarily commodity and fixed income assets where the

related revenues were recognised as Other operating income. The $337 million increase was attributable to the following business activities:

• $133 million increase in Balance Sheet driven by favourable yield curve movements and portfolio repricing.

• $83 million increase in Foreign Exchange driven by customer demand for hedging solutions, with continued foreign exchange volatility and

interest rate differentials across currencies, and generally more favourable trading conditions.

• $80 million increase in Credit and Capital Markets driven by more favourable credit trading conditions and higher levels of customer issuances.

• $37 million increase in Derivative Valuation Adjustments with lower credit valuation adjustments arising from tightening credit spreads, and lower

currency and interest rate volatility.

• $27 million increase in Commodities driven by more favourable trading conditions and sustained customer demand for hedging solutions.

• $23 million decrease in Rates driven by less favourable trading conditions than the March 2022 half, partially offset by increased customer

demand for hedging solutions as interest rates increased.

Share of associates’ profit/(loss) (+$27 million or +36%)

• $27 million increase in share of associates’ profits primarily driven by P.T. Bank Pan Indonesia (PT Panin) ($32 million) and AMMB Holdings

Berhad (AmBank) ($12 million), partially offset by equity accounted losses in Worldline Australia Pty Ltd ($17 million).

Other (-$376 million or -88%)

• $231 million decrease in the Australia Commercial division driven by a gain on completion of the ANZ Worldline partnership ($307 million),

partially offset by a loss on sale of the financial planning and advice business ($62 million), both in the March 2022 half.

• $99 million decrease in the Group Centre division primarily driven by lower valuation adjustments from investments measured at fair value

($48 million), a loss on reclassification of data centres to held for sale ($43 million), and lower realised gains on economic hedges against foreign

currency denominated revenue streams offsetting net favourable foreign currency translations elsewhere in the Group ($42 million). This was

partially offset by the recycling of foreign currency translation reserves from Other comprehensive income to profit or loss on dissolution of

Minerva and ANZ Asia ($65 million) in the March 2022 half.

• $31 million decrease in the New Zealand division driven by realised gains from the sale of government securities in the March 2022 half.




GROUP RESULTS


25

• March 2023 v September 2022

Other operating income increased $200 million (+11%).

Net fee and commission income (-$64 million or -7%)

• $27 million decrease in the Australia Retail division driven by higher cards travel insurance premium reflecting the recovery in domestic and

international travel, the timing of recognition of cards incentives, and seasonality of fees.

• $16 million decrease in the New Zealand division driven by lower cards revenue due to the reduction in domestic interchange rates.

Markets income (+$394 million or +52%)

Markets income increased $394 million driven by a $521 million increase in Other operating income, partially offset by a $127 million decrease in Net

interest income. The decrease in Net interest income was driven by higher funding costs, primarily commodity and fixed income assets where the

related revenues were recognised as Other operating income. The $394 million increase was primarily attributable to the following business activities:

• $150 million increase in Balance Sheet driven by favourable outcomes from yield curve movements and portfolio repricing.

• $62 million increase in Derivative Valuation Adjustments with lower credit valuation adjustments arising from tightening credit spreads, and lower

currency and interest rate volatility.

• $59 million increase in Credit and Capital Markets driven by more favourable credit trading conditions, and higher levels of customer issuances.

• $50 million increase in Commodities driven by more favourable trading conditions, and increased customer demand for hedging solutions.

• $47 million increase in Rates driven by increased customer demand for hedging solutions, partially offset by less favourable trading conditions.

• $26 million increase in Foreign Exchange driven by customer demand for hedging solutions arising from continuing volatility and interest rate

differentials across currencies, and more favourable trading conditions.

Other (-$255 million or -84%)

• $207 million decrease in the Group Centre division driven by lower realised gains on economic hedges against foreign currency denominated

revenue streams offsetting net favourable foreign currency translations elsewhere in the Group ($59 million), lower valuation adjustments from

investments measured at fair value ($49 million), a loss on reclassification of data centres in Australia to held for sale ($43 million) and a net gain

on modification of a significant lease arrangement in the September 2022 half ($23 million).

• $45 million decrease in the Australia Retail division driven by lower insurance-related income.


GROUP RESULTS


26

Cash Operating Expenses



Half Year Movement


Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Personnel 2,893 2,642 2,654 10% 9%

Premises

334 380 341 -12% -2%

Technology

836 806 815 4% 3%

Restructuring

54 52 49 4% 10%

Other

880 908 932 -3% -6%

Total 4,997 4,788 4,791 4% 4%

Total excluding large/notable items

1

4,844 4,626 4,544 5% 7%




Half Year


Movement

Operating expenses by division


Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Australia Retail


1,745 1,656 1,741


5% 0%

Australia Commercial


685 652 649


5% 6%

Institutional


1,328 1,293 1,273


3% 4%

New Zealand


630 622 651


1% -3%

Pacific


74 73 80


1% -8%

Group Centre


535 492 397


9% 35%

Total

4,997 4,788 4,791 4% 4%




Half Year


Movement

FTE by division

Mar 23 Sep 22 Mar 22

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Australia Retail


11,199 11,107 11,475


1% -2%

Australia Commercial


3,607 3,551 3,528


2% 2%

Institutional


6,353 6,316 6,323


1% 0%

New Zealand


6,785 6,793 6,939


0% -2%

Pacific


1,037 1,086 1,092


-5% -5%

Group Centre

2



10,821 10,319 10,329


5% 5%

Total FTE

39,802 39,172 39,686 2% 0%

Average FTE

2



39,589 39,254 40,092 1% -1%

1.

Refer to pages 12 to 16 for further details on large/notable items.

2.

Comparative information has been restated to include FTE of the consolidated investments managed by 1835i Group Pty Ltd in the Group Centre division (FTE: Sep 22: 185; Mar 22: 157;

Average FTE: Sep 22 half: 172; Mar 22 half: 79).

GROUP RESULTS


27

Operating expenses - March 2023 Half Year v March 2022 Half Year


• March 2023 v March 2022

Operating expenses increased by $206 million (+4%).

• Personnel expenses increased $239 million (+9%) driven by inflationary impacts on wages including the revaluation of leave provisions, and

incremental run costs associated with strategic initiatives including Cloud and ANZ Plus. This was partially offset by continued back and middle-

office optimisation.

• Technology expenses increased $21 million (+3%) driven by higher software licence costs and inflationary impacts on vendor contracts. This

was partially offset by benefits from simplifying network infrastructure, lower amortisation, and reduction in spend on regulatory and compliance

initiatives.

• Other expenses decreased $52 million (-6%) driven by a reduction in regulatory and compliance initiatives, partially offset by increases in

transaction related costs and costs previously attributed to discontinued operations.

• March 2023 v September 2022

Operating expenses increased by $209 million (+4%).

• Personnel expenses increased $251 million (+10%) driven by inflationary impacts on wages including the revaluation of leave provisions,

incremental run costs associated with strategic initiatives including Cloud and ANZ Plus, and the impact of unfavourable foreign currency

translation movements. This was partially offset by continued back and middle-office optimisation.

• Premises expenses decreased $46 million (-12%) driven by the modification of a significant lease arrangement in the September 2022 half.

• Technology expenses increased $30 million (+4%) driven by higher software licence costs and inflationary impacts on vendor contracts. This

was partially offset by benefits from simplifying network infrastructure, lower amortisation, and reduction in spend on regulatory and compliance

initiatives.

• Other expenses decreased $28 million (-3%) driven by a reduction in regulatory and compliance initiatives, partially offset by increases in

transaction related costs and costs previously attributed to discontinued operations.

GROUP RESULTS


28

Software Capitalisation

Capitalised software comprises both costs incurred to develop software and costs to acquire software. These costs are capitalised as intangible assets

and amortised over the expected useful lives. Details are presented in the table below:



Half Year


Movement



Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M


Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Balance at start of period 896 924 960 -3% -7%

Software capitalised during the period

143 160 155 -11% -8%

Amortisation during the period

(163) (186) (189) -12% -14%

Software impaired/written-off

- (1) (2) large large

Foreign currency translation

1 (1) - large n/a

Total capitalised software

877 896 924 -2% -5%


Capitalised software by division As at


Movement


Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M


Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Australia Retail 132 141 147 -6% -10%

Australia Commercial

86 74 59 16% 46%

Institutional

415 405 399 2% 4%

New Zealand

14 15 20 -7% -30%

Group Centre

230 261 299 -12% -23%

Total capitalised software

877 896 924 -2% -5%

GROUP RESULTS


29

Credit Risk

The Group’s assessment of expected credit losses (ECL) from its credit portfolio is subject to judgements and estimates made by management based on

a variety of internal and external information, as well as the Group’s experience of the performance of the portfolio under previously stressed conditions.

Refer to Note 1 of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

Allowance for expected credit losses



As at Movement


Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Collectively assessed allowance for ECL 4,040 3,853 3,757 5% 8%

Individually assessed allowance for ECL

421 542 636 -22% -34%

Total allowance for ECL

4,461 4,395 4,393 2% 2%


Credit impairment charge/(release)



Half Year Movement


Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 163 60 (371) large large

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release)

(30) (8) 87 large large

Total credit impairment charge/(release)

133 52 (284) large large



Credit impairment charge/(release) by division



Half Year Movement

Collectively assessed

Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Australia Retail 50 (11) (158) large large

Australia Commercial

57 (5) (165) large large

Institutional

5 13 (26) -62% large

New Zealand

66 79 (18) -16% large

Pacific

(15) (16) (3) -6% large

Group Centre

- - (1) n/a large

Total collectively assessed 163 60 (371) large large


Individually assessed


Australia Retail 32 (5) 45 large -29%

Australia Commercial

9 (6) 43 large -79%

Institutional

(79) (15) 1 large large

New Zealand

9 (3) (13) large large

Pacific

(1) 7 6 large large

Group Centre

- 14 5 large large

Total individually assessed (30) (8) 87 large large


Total credit impairment charge/(release)


Australia Retail 82 (16) (113) large large

Australia Commercial

66 (11) (122) large large

Institutional

(74) (2) (25) large large

New Zealand

75 76 (31) -1% large

Pacific

(16) (9) 3 78% large

Group Centre

- 14 4 large large

Total credit impairment charge/(release) 133 52 (284) large large

GROUP RESULTS


30

Credit impairment charge/(release) by division, cont'd



Collectively assessed


Individually assessed




Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total

Stage 3 -

New and

increased

Stage 3 -

Recoveries

and write-

backs Total Total

March 2023 Half Year $M $M $M $M $M $M $M $M

Australia Retail

(39) 78 11 50 94 (62) 32 82

Australia Commercial

(2) 75 (16) 57 62 (53) 9 66

Institutional

43 (31) (7) 5 57 (136) (79) (74)

New Zealand

(2) 58 10 66 21 (12) 9 75

Pacific

(1) (8) (6) (15) 3 (4) (1) (16)

Group Centre

- - - - - - - -

Total

(1) 172 (8) 163 237 (267) (30) 133



September 2022 Half Year

Australia Retail 27 (28) (10) (11) 97 (102) (5) (16)

Australia Commercial (6) 46 (45) (5) 76 (82) (6) (11)

Institutional 50 (46) 9 13 12 (27) (15) (2)

New Zealand 39 38 2 79 24 (27) (3) 76

Pacific 3 (13) (6) (16) 10 (3) 7 (9)

Group Centre - - - - - 14 14 14

Total 113 (3) (50) 60 219 (227) (8) 52



March 2022 Half Year

Australia Retail (21) (131) (6) (158) 121 (76) 45 (113)

Australia Commercial 77 (260) 18 (165) 118 (75) 43 (122)

Institutional 54 (71) (9) (26) 38 (37) 1 (25)

New Zealand 3 (23) 2 (18) 15 (28) (13) (31)

Pacific (5) - 2 (3) 9 (3) 6 3

Group Centre (1) - - (1) - 5 5 4

Total 107 (485) 7 (371) 301 (214) 87 (284)


Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)

• March 2023 v March 2022

The collectively assessed impairment charge of $163 million for the March 2023 half was driven by deterioration in economic outlook, a net increase

in management temporary adjustments, and deterioration in credit risk. This was partially offset by an improvement in portfolio composition,

particularly in the Institutional division.

The collectively assessed credit impairment release of $371 million for the March 2022 half was driven by improvements in credit risk, favourable

changes in portfolio composition, and a net release of management temporary adjustments. This was partially offset by an increase for the downside

risks associated with the economic outlook.

• March 2023 v September 2022

The collectively assessed impairment charge of $163 million for the March 2023 half was driven by deterioration in economic outlook, a net increase

in management temporary adjustments, and deterioration in credit risk. This was partially offset by an improvement in portfolio composition,

particularly in the Institutional division.

The collectively assessed impairment charge of $60 million for the September 2022 half was driven by worsening base economic forecast and

increasing downside risks associated with the economic outlook. This was partially offset by portfolio risk and composition improvements, and a net

release of management temporary adjustments.

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release)

• March 2023 v March 2022

The individually assessed credit impairment charge decreased $117 million driven by decreases in the Institutional division (-$80 million) due to

significant write-backs and recoveries, the Australia Commercial (-$34 million) and Australia Retail (-$13 million) divisions due to subdued

delinquency flows. This was partially offset by the New Zealand division (+$22 million) due to lower write-backs.

• March 2023 v September 2022

The individually assessed credit impairment release increased $22 million driven by Institutional division (-$64 million) due to significant write-back

and recoveries. This was partially offset by increases in the Australian Retail (+$37 million) and Australia Commercial (+$15 million) divisions due to

lower write-backs and recoveries, and the New Zealand (+$12 million) division due to lower recoveries.

GROUP RESULTS


31

Allowance for expected credit losses by division

1



As at Movement

Collectively assessed

Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Australia Retail 949 899 909 6% 4%

Australia Commercial

1,033 976 982 6% 5%

Institutional

1,451 1,452 1,382 0% 5%

New Zealand

543 448 393 21% 38%

Pacific

63 77 89 -18% -29%

Group Centre

1 1 2 0% -50%

Total collectively assessed 4,040 3,853 3,757 5% 8%



Individually assessed


Australia Retail 68 75 106 -9% -36%

Australia Commercial

149 188 258 -21% -42%

Institutional

129 200 202 -36% -36%

New Zealand

47 46 45 2% 4%

Pacific

28 33 25 -15% 12%

Group Centre

- - - n/a n/a

Total individually assessed 421 542 636 -22% -34%



Allowance for ECL


Australia Retail 1,017 974 1,015 4% 0%

Australia Commercial

1,182 1,164 1,240 2% -5%

Institutional

1,580 1,652 1,584 -4% 0%

New Zealand

590 494 438 19% 35%

Pacific

91 110 114 -17% -20%

Group Centre

1 1 2 0% -50%

Total allowance for ECL 4,461 4,395 4,393 2% 2%

1.

Includes allowance for ECL for Net loans and advances - at amortised cost, Investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost and Off-balance sheet commitments - undrawn and

contingent facilities. For Investment securities - debt securities at FVOCI, the allowance for ECL is recognised in Other comprehensive income with a corresponding charge to profit or loss.



GROUP RESULTS


32

Allowance for expected credit losses by division, cont'd

1




Collectively assessed


Individually

assessed


As at March 2023

Stage 1

$M

Stage 2

$M

Stage 3

$M

Total

$M

Stage 3

$M

Total

$M

Australia Retail 107 660 182 949 68 1,017

Australia Commercial

350 586 97 1,033 149 1,182

Institutional

1,159 274 18 1,451 129 1,580

New Zealand

141 333 69 543 47 590

Pacific

16 28 19 63 28 91

Group Centre

1 - - 1 - 1

Total

1,774 1,881 385 4,040 421 4,461


As at September 2022

Australia Retail 145 583 171 899 75 974

Australia Commercial 352 511 113 976 188 1,164

Institutional 1,124 303 25 1,452 200 1,652

New Zealand 134 259 55 448 46 494

Pacific 16 36 25 77 33 110

Group Centre 1 - - 1 - 1

Total 1,772 1,692 389 3,853 542 4,395


As at March 2022

Australia Retail 119 609 181 909 106 1,015

Australia Commercial 358 465 159 982 258 1,240

Institutional 1,025 342 15 1,382 202 1,584

New Zealand 102 236 55 393 45 438

Pacific 12 47 30 89 25 114

Group Centre 1 1 - 2 - 2

Total 1,617 1,700 440 3,757 636 4,393

1.

Includes allowance for ECL for Net loans and advances - at amortised cost, Investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost and Off-balance sheet commitments - undrawn and

contingent facilities. For Investment securities – debt securities at FVOCI, the allowance for ECL is recognised in Other comprehensive income with a corresponding charge to profit or loss.

GROUP RESULTS


33

Long-Run Loss Rates

Management believes that disclosure of modelled long-run historical loss rates for individually assessed provisions assists in assessing the longer term

expected loss rates of the lending portfolio by removing the volatility of reported earnings created by the use of accounting losses. The long-run loss

methodology used for economic profit is an internal measure and is not based on the credit loss recognition principles of AASB 9 Financial Instruments.




As at

Long-run loss as a % of gross lending assets by division

Mar 23 Sep 22 Mar 22

Australia Retail


0.11% 0.11% 0.12%

Australia Commercial


0.53% 0.56% 0.62%

New Zealand


0.10% 0.11% 0.12%

Institutional


0.19% 0.21% 0.21%

Total Group


0.17% 0.19% 0.20%


Non-Performing Credit Exposures





As at


Movement


Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M


Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Impaired loans

1

804 1,043 1,286 -23% -37%

Restructured items

2

382 376 375 2% 2%

Non-performing commitments, contingencies and derivatives

1

24 26 48 -8% -50%

Gross impaired assets

1,210 1,445 1,709 -16% -29%

Non-performing credit exposures not impaired 3,089 3,065 3,365 1% -8%

Total non-performing credit exposures

3

4,299 4,510 5,074 -5% -15%


Gross impaired assets by division


Australia Retail 415 390 324 6% 28%

Australia Commercial

288 360 533 -20% -46%

Institutional

302 425 683 -29% -56%

New Zealand

100 93 113 8% -12%

Pacific

105 177 56 -41% 88%

Gross impaired assets

1,210 1,445 1,709 -16% -29%


Gross impaired assets by size of exposure

Less than $10 million 956 1,084 1,054 -12% -9%

$10 million to $100 million

123 131 221 -6% -44%

Greater than $100 million

131 230 434 -43% -70%

Gross impaired assets

1,210 1,445 1,709 -16% -29%


Individually assessed provisions

Impaired loans

(414) (533) (619) -22% -33%

Non-performing commitments, contingencies and derivatives

(7) (9) (17) -22% -59%

Net impaired assets

789 903 1,073 -13% -26%

1.

Impaired loans and non-performing commitments, contingencies and derivatives do not include exposures that are collectively assessed for Stage 3 ECL, which comprise unsecured retail

exposures of 90+ days past due and defaulted but well secured exposures.

2.

Restructured items are facilities where the original contractual terms have been modified for reasons related to the financial difficulties of the customer and are collectively assessed for

Stage 3 ECL. Restructuring may consist of reduction of interest, principal or other payments legally due, or an extension in maturity materially beyond those typically offered to new facilities

with similar risk.

3.

Non-performing credit exposures are aligned with the definition in APS220 Credit Risk Management.

• March 2023 v March 2022

Gross impaired assets decreased $499 million (-29%) driven by decreases in the Institutional division (-$381 million) due to the upgrade and

repayments of several single name exposures, and the Australia Commercial division (-$245 million) due to underlying delinquency flows remaining

subdued and the upgrade and repayments of several single name exposures. This was partially offset by increases in the Australia Retail division

($91 million) driven by well-secured home loans being classified as restructured exposures, and by the Pacific division ($49 million) driven by

exposures rolling off local COVID-19 support packages and classified as restructured exposures during the September 2022 half.

• March 2023 v September 2022

Gross impaired assets decreased $235 million (-16%) driven by decreases in the Institutional division (-$123 million) due to the upgrade and

repayments of several single name exposures, the Australia Commercial division (-$72 million) due to underlying delinquency flows remaining

subdued, and the Pacific division (-$72 million) due to the upgrade of restructured exposures. This was partially offset by an increase in the Australia

Retail division (+$25 million) driven by well-secured home loans being classified as restructured exposures.

The Group’s individually assessed provision coverage ratio on impaired assets was 34.9% at 31 March 2023 (Sep 22: 37.5%; Mar 22: 37.2%;).

GROUP RESULTS


34

New Impaired Assets



Half Year


Movement


Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Impaired loans

1



405 320 478


27% -15%

Restructured items

2



122 274 138


-55% -12%

Non-performing commitments and contingencies

1

11 5 23 large -52%

Total new impaired assets

538 599 639 -10% -16%

New impaired assets by division

Australia Retail 221 279 202 -21% 9%

Australia Commercial

93 109 191 -15% -51%

Institutional

156 56 185 large -16%

New Zealand

63 34 51 85% 24%

Pacific

5 121 10 -96% -50%

Total new impaired assets

538 599 639 -10% -16%

1.

Impaired loans and non-performing commitments and contingencies do not include exposures that are collectively assessed for Stage 3 ECL, which comprise unsecured retail exposures

of 90+ days past due and defaulted but well secured exposures.

2.

Restructured items are facilities where the original contractual terms have been modified for reasons related to the financial difficulties of the customer and are collectively assessed for

Stage 3 ECL. Restructuring may consist of reduction of interest, principal or other payments legally due, or an extension in maturity materially beyond those typically offered to new

facilities with similar risk.

• March 2023 v March 2022

New impaired assets decreased $101 million (-16%) driven by decreases in the Institutional division (-$29 million) reflecting a number of single name

exposures recognised in the March 2022 half, and the Australia Commercial division (-$98 million) with underlying delinquency flows remaining

subdued. This was partially offset by increases in the Australia Retail division ($19 million) driven by restructured home loans, and the New Zealand

division ($12 million) driven by the retail portfolio.

• March 2023 v September 2022

New impaired assets decreased by $61 million (-9%) driven by decreases in the Pacific (-$116 million) and Australia Retail (-$58 million) divisions

due to high number of restructures recognised in the September 2022 half, and Australia Commercial division (-$16 million) with underlying

delinquency flows remaining subdued. This was partially offset by increases in the Institutional division ($100 million) reflecting impairment of several

single name exposures, and the New Zealand division ($29 million) driven by both the retail and commercial portfolios.


Ageing analysis of net loans and advances that are past due but not impaired



As at Movement


Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

1-29 days 6,213 5,322 4,676 17% 33%

30-59 days

1,965 1,243 1,368 58% 44%

60-89 days

759 598 635 27% 20%

90+ days

2,502 2,402 2,823 4% -11%

Total

11,439 9,565 9,502 20% 20%

• March 2023 v March 2022

Net loans and advances past due but not impaired increased $1,937 million (20%). The increase was primarily driven by home loan portfolios in the

Australia Retail and New Zealand divisions. This was partially offset by a decrease in the 90+ days category driven by subdued underlying

delinquency flows in the Australia Commercial division.

• March 2023 v September 2022

Net loans and advances past due but not impaired increased $1,874 million (20%). The increases across all ageing categories were predominantly

driven by home loan portfolios in the Australia Retail and New Zealand divisions.

GROUP RESULTS


35

Cash Income Tax Expense



Half Year


Movement



Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M


Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Income tax expense from cash profit


1,563 1,356 1,328 15% 18%

Effective tax rate

29.0% 28.5% 29.9%

• March 2023 v March 2022

The effective tax rate decreased from 29.9% to 29.0%. The decrease of 90 bps was driven by lower withholding tax expense on foreign dividends

(-280 bps), lower net non-tax assessable gain from divestments/closures (-77 bps), and higher offshore earnings that attract a lower rate of tax

(-54 bps). This was partially offset by the non-tax assessable gain on completion of the Worldline partnership in the March 2022 half (272 bps),

higher prior period adjustments booked in the March 2022 half (25 bps), and higher non-deductible interest on convertible instruments (23 bps).

• March 2023 v September 2022

The effective tax rate increased from 28.5% to 29.0%. The increase of 50 bps was driven by higher prior period adjustments booked in the

September 2022 half (32 bps), higher equity accounted earnings (8 bps), and higher non-deductible interest on convertible instruments (12 bps).

This was partially offset by lower net non-tax assessable gain from divestments/closures (-8 bps).

GROUP RESULTS


36

Impact of Foreign Currency Translation

The following tables present the Group’s comparative cash profit results, net loans and advances and customer deposits neutralised for the impact of

foreign currency translation movements. Comparative data has been adjusted to remove the translation impact of foreign currency movements by

retranslating prior period comparatives at current period foreign exchange rates.


March 2023 Half Year v March 2022 Half Year


Half Year Movement


Actual

FX

unadjusted

FX

impact

FX

adjusted

FX

unadjusted

FX

adjusted


Mar 23

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Net interest income 8,503 7,100 (9) 7,091 20% 20%

Other operating income

2,025 1,848 (11) 1,837 10% 10%

Operating income

10,528 8,948 (20) 8,928 18% 18%

Operating expenses (4,997) (4,791) (4) (4,795) 4% 4%

Cash profit before credit impairment and income tax

5,531 4,157 (24) 4,133 33% 34%

Credit impairment (charge)/release (133) 284 (1) 283 large large

Cash profit before income tax

5,398 4,441 (25) 4,416 22% 22%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (1,577) (1,328) 11 (1,317) 19% 20%

Cash profit from continuing operations

3,821 3,113 (14) 3,099 23% 23%




Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations by division




Australia Retail


1,026 937 - 937


9% 9%

Australia Commercial


739 883 - 883


-16% -16%

Institutional


1,597 809 12 821


97% 95%

New Zealand


774 704 (18) 686


10% 13%

Pacific


34 (6) - (6)


large large

Group Centre

(349) (214) (8) (222) 63% 57%

Cash profit from continuing operations

3,821 3,113 (14) 3,099 23% 23%




Net loans and advances by division




Australia Retail


300,581 284,548 - 284,548


6% 6%

Australia Commercial


59,911 57,625 - 57,625


4% 4%

Institutional


208,265 188,177 7,100 195,277


11% 7%

New Zealand


120,262 116,403 879 117,282


3% 3%

Pacific


1,661 1,664 86 1,750


0% -5%

Group Centre

(593) 3,019 - 3,019 large large

Net loans and advances

690,087 651,436 8,065 659,501 6% 5%


Customer deposits by division




Australia Retail


156,374 147,000 - 147,000


6% 6%

Australia Commercial


113,011 116,420 - 116,420


-3% -3%

Institutional


278,089 247,173 13,505 260,678


13% 7%

New Zealand


97,958 96,765 730 97,495


1% 0%

Pacific


3,562 3,763 210 3,973


-5% -10%

Group Centre

(367) (67) - (67) large large

Customer deposits

648,627 611,054 14,445 625,499 6% 4%

GROUP RESULTS


37

March 2023 Half Year v September 2022 Half Year


Half Year Movement


Actual

FX

unadjusted

FX

impact

FX

adjusted

FX

unadjusted

FX

adjusted


Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Sep 22

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Net interest income 8,503 7,774 55 7,829 9% 9%

Other operating income

2,025 1,825 (11) 1,814 11% 12%

Operating income

10,528 9,599 44 9,643 10% 9%

Operating expenses (4,997) (4,788) (30) (4,818) 4% 4%

Cash profit before credit impairment and income tax

5,531 4,811 14 4,825 15% 15%

Credit impairment (charge)/release (133) (52) 2 (50) large large

Cash profit before income tax

5,398 4,759 16 4,775 13% 13%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (1,577) (1,357) (1) (1,358) 16% 16%

Cash profit from continuing operations

3,821 3,402 15 3,417 12% 12%




Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations by division




Australia Retail


1,026 1,072 - 1,072


-4% -4%

Australia Commercial


739 668 - 668


11% 11%

Institutional


1,597 1,128 19 1,147


42% 39%

New Zealand


774 745 11 756


4% 2%

Pacific


34 15 1 16


large large

Group Centre

(349) (226) (16) (242) 54% 44%

Cash profit from continuing operations

3,821 3,402 15 3,417 12% 12%




Net loans and advances by division




Australia Retail


300,581 290,322 - 290,322


4% 4%

Australia Commercial


59,911 59,727 - 59,727


0% 0%

Institutional


208,265 207,241 (804) 206,437


0% 1%

New Zealand


120,262 113,288 7,107 120,395


6% 0%

Pacific


1,661 1,754 - 1,754


-5% -5%

Group Centre

(593) 75 - 75 large large

Net loans and advances

690,087 672,407 6,303 678,710 3% 2%




Customer deposits by division




Australia Retail


156,374 149,953 - 149,953


4% 4%

Australia Commercial


113,011 112,195 - 112,195


1% 1%

Institutional


278,089 262,534 (2,047) 260,487


6% 7%

New Zealand


97,958 92,032 5,774 97,806


6% 0%

Pacific


3,562 3,776 (19) 3,757


-6% -5%

Group Centre

(367) (61) - (61) large large

Customer deposits

648,627 620,429 3,708 624,137 5% 4%

GROUP RESULTS


38

Earnings Related Hedges

Where it is considered appropriate, the Group takes out economic hedges against larger foreign exchange denominated revenue streams (primarily New

Zealand Dollar and US Dollar). New Zealand Dollar exposure relates to the New Zealand geography and USD exposures relate to Rest of World

geography. Details of these hedges are set out below.



Half Year

NZD Economic hedges

Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Net open NZD position (notional principal)

1,2

3,011 2,585 2,630

Amount taken to income (pre-tax statutory basis)

3

(148) 113 63

Amount taken to income (pre-tax cash basis)

4

16 38 7

USD Economic hedges

Net open USD position (notional principal)

1,2

750 685 529

Amount taken to income (pre-tax statutory basis)

3

28 (80) 21

Amount taken to income (pre-tax cash basis)

4

(20) (12) 6

1.

Value in AUD at contracted rate.

2.

The following hedges were in place to partially hedge future earnings against adverse movements in exchange rates, at a NZD forward rate of NZD 1.10/AUD as at 31 March 2023 (Sep 22:

NZD1.09/AUD; Mar 22: NZD 1.07/AUD), and a USD forward rate of USD 0.69/AUD as at 31 March 2023 (Sep 22: USD 0.71/AUD; Mar 22: USD 0.75/AUD).



Half Year


Mar 23 Sep 22 Mar 22

NZD Economic Hedges


At period end (NZD billion)

3.3 2.8 2.8

Matured during the period (NZD billion)

1.3 1.2 1.1

USD Economic Hedges


At period end (USD billion)

0.5 0.5 0.4

Matured during the period (USD billion)

0.1 0.1 0.2

3.

Unrealised valuation movement plus realised revenue from matured or closed out hedges.

4.

Realised revenue from closed out hedges.

An unrealised loss on the outstanding NZD and USD economic hedges of $116 million for the March 2023 half (Sep 22 half: $7 million gain; Mar 22 half:

$71 million gain) was recorded in statutory profit. This unrealised loss is treated as an adjustment to statutory profit in calculating cash profit (included in

revenue and expense hedge adjustments) as these are hedges of future NZD and USD revenues.



Cash Earnings Per Share




Half Year


Movement


Mar 23Sep 22Mar 22


Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Cash earnings per share from continuing operations (cents)




Basic




127.6 118.8 109.9 7%16%

Diluted


121.1 111.6 103.3 9%17%

Cash weighted average number of ordinary shares (M)


Basic


2,994.1 2,862.5 2,832.9 5%6%

Diluted


3,278.3 3,145.5 3,103.8 4%6%

Cash profit from continuing operations ($M)


3,821 3,402 3,113 12%23%

Cash profit from continuing operations used in calculating

diluted cash earnings per share ($M)


3,971 3,509 3,205 13%24%

GROUP RESULTS


39

Dividends




Half Year


Movement

Dividend per ordinary share (cents)

1

Mar 23 Sep 22 Mar 22


Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Interim


81 - 72

Final

- 74 -

Total

81 74 72 9% 13%

Ordinary share dividends used in payout ratio ($M)

2,3

2,433 2,213 2,012

Cash profit from continuing operations ($M)

3,821 3,402 3,113 12% 23%

Ordinary share dividend payout ratio (cash continuing basis)

3

63.7% 65.0% 64.6%

1.

Fully franked for Australian tax purposes (30% tax rate) and carry New Zealand imputation credits of NZD 9 cents for the proposed 2023 interim dividend (2022 final dividend: NZD 9 cents;

2022 interim dividend: NZD 9 cents).

2.

Dividend paid to ordinary equity holders of the Company. Excludes dividends paid by subsidiaries to the Group’s non-controlling equity holders of $13 million (Sep 22 half: nil; Mar 22

half: $2 million).

3.

Dividend payout ratio is calculated using the proposed 2023 interim dividend of $2,433 million, based on the forecast number of ordinary shares on issue at the dividend record date.

Dividend payout ratios for the September 2022 half and March 2022 half were calculated using actual dividends.


The Directors propose an interim dividend of 81 cents be paid on each eligible fully paid ANZ ordinary share on 3 July 2023. The proposed 2023 interim

dividend will be fully franked for Australian tax purposes. New Zealand imputation credits of NZD 9 cents per ordinary share will also be attached.

Economic Profit


Half Year Movement


Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M


Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Statutory profit attributable to shareholders of the Company from

continuing operations


3,547 3,603 3,535


-2% 0%

Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit from continuing operations

274 (201) (422) large large

Cash profit from continuing operations

3,821 3,402 3,113 12% 23%

Economic credit cost adjustment (333) (412) (675) -19% -51%

Imputation credits

625 526 405 19% 54%

Economic return from continuing operations

4,113 3,516 2,843 17% 45%

Cost of capital (3,268) (3,072) (3,028) 6% 8%

Economic profit from continuing operations

845 444 (185) 90% large


Economic profit is a risk adjusted profit measure used to evaluate business unit performance. This is used for internal management purposes and is not

subject to review by the external auditor.

At a business unit level, capital is allocated based on regulatory capital, whereby higher risk businesses attract higher levels of capital. This method is

designed to help drive appropriate risk management and ensure business returns align with the level of risk. Key risks covered include credit risk,

operational risk, market risk and other risks.

Economic profit is calculated via a series of adjustments to cash profit:

• The economic credit cost adjustment replaces the accounting credit loss charge with internal expected loss based on the average long-run loss rate

per annum on the portfolio over an economic cycle.

• The benefit of imputation credits is recognised, estimated based on 70% of Australian tax.

• The cost of capital is a major component of economic profit. At an ANZ Group level, this is calculated using average ordinary shareholders’ equity

(excluding non-controlling interests), multiplied by the cost of capital rate (currently at 9.75% with comparative periods restated accordingly).

Economic profit increased by $1,030 million against the March 2022 half driven by higher cash profit, favourable economic credit cost adjustment and

higher imputation credits, partially offset by higher cost of capital.

Economic profit increased by $401 million against the September 2022 half, impacted by higher cash profit, favourable economic credit cost adjustment

and higher imputation credits, partially offset by higher cost of capital.

GROUP RESULTS


40

Condensed Balance Sheet



As at


Movement

Assets

Mar 23

$B

Sep 22

$B

Mar 22

$B


Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Cash / Settlement balances owed to ANZ / Collateral paid 225.1 185.6 186.0 21% 21%

Trading assets and investment securities

133.6 121.4 119.2 10% 12%

Derivative financial instruments

45.6 90.2 45.2 -49% 1%

Net loans and advances

690.1 672.4 651.4 3% 6%

Other

16.8 16.0 15.6 5% 8%

Total assets

1,111.2 1,085.6 1,017.4 2% 9%

Liabilities

Settlement balances owed by ANZ / Collateral received 31.0 30.0 26.5 3% 17%

Deposits and other borrowings

842.6 797.3 780.3 6% 8%

Derivative financial instruments

46.2 85.1 47.8 -46% -3%

Debt issuances

106.2 93.7 87.2 13% 22%

Other

15.6 13.2 13.8 18% 13%

Total liabilities

1,041.6 1,019.3 955.6 2% 9%

Total equity 69.6 66.4 61.8 5% 13%


• March 2023 v March 2022

• Cash / Settlement balances owed to ANZ / Collateral paid increased $39.1 billion (+21%) driven by increases in balances with central banks

($24.0 billion), reverse repurchase agreements ($9.3 billion), and the impact of foreign currency translation movements, partially offset by a

decrease in collateral paid ($2.5 billion).

• Trading assets and investment securities increased $14.4 billion (+12%) driven by an increase in semi-government bonds as part of portfolio

rebalancing, and the impact of foreign currency translation movements.

• Net loans and advances increased $38.7 billion (+6%) driven by home loan growth in the Australia Retail ($14.6 billion), higher lending volumes

in the Institutional ($13.0 billion), New Zealand ($3.0 billion) and Australia Commercial ($2.3 billion) divisions, and the impact of foreign currency

translation movements.

• Settlement balances owed by ANZ / Collateral received increased $4.5 billion (+17%) driven by higher cash clearing account balances and

higher collateral received.

• Deposits and other borrowings increased $62.3 billion (+8%) driven by increases in customer deposits across the Institutional ($17.4 billion) and

Australia Retail ($9.4 billion) divisions, certificates of deposit ($7.0 billion), commercial paper ($7.0 billion), deposits from banks and repurchase

agreements ($5.2 billion), and the impact of foreign currency translation movements. This was partially offset by a decrease in customer deposits

in the Australia Commercial ($3.4 billion) division.

• Debt issuances increased $19.0 billion (+22%) driven by issue of new senior and subordinated debt, including ANZ Capital Notes 8, and the

impact of foreign currency translation movements.

• March 2023 v September 2022

• Cash / Settlement balances owed to ANZ / Collateral paid increased $39.5 billion (+21%) driven by increases in balances with central banks

($17.9 billion), settlement balances owed to ANZ ($11.6 billion), and reverse repurchase agreements ($11.5 billion), partially offset by a decrease

in collateral paid ($3.2 billion).

• Trading assets and investment securities increased $12.2 billion (+10%) primarily driven by an increase in semi-government bonds as part of

portfolio rebalancing.

• Derivative financial assets and liabilities decreased $44.6 billion (-49%) and $38.9 billion (-46%) respectively driven by the maturity and/or

unwind of positions held in the prior period that were impacted by market rate movements, primarily the significant strengthening of the USD.

• Net loans and advances increased $17.7 billion (+3%) driven by home loan growth in the Australia Retail division ($10.1 billion), higher lending

volumes in the Institutional division ($1.8 billion), and the impact of foreign currency translation movements.

• Deposits and other borrowings increased $45.3 billion (+6%) driven by increases in customer deposits across the Institutional ($17.6 billion) and

Australia Retail ($6.4 billion) divisions, certificates of deposit ($10.5 billion), deposits from banks and repurchase agreements ($7.8 billion), and

the impact of foreign currency translation movements.

• Debt issuances increased $12.5 billion (+13%) driven by the issue of new senior and subordinated debt, including ANZ Capital Notes 8, and the

impact of foreign currency translation movements.

GROUP RESULTS


41

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group is unable to meet its payment obligations as they fall due, including repaying depositors or maturing wholesale

debt, or that the Group has insufficient capacity to fund increases in assets. The timing mismatch of cash flows and the related liquidity risk is inherent in

all banking operations and is closely monitored by the Group and managed in accordance with the risk appetite set by the relevant Boards.

Following the Restructure on 3 January 2023, the Group has operated under a non-operating holding company structure whereby:

• ANZBGL’s liquidity risk management framework remains unchanged and continues to operate its own liquidity and funding program, governance

frameworks and reporting regime reflecting its authorised deposit-taking institution (ADI) operations;

• ANZGHL (parent entity) has no material liquidity risk given the structure and nature of the balance sheet; and

• ANZ Non-Bank Group is not expected to have separate funding arrangements and will rely on ANZGHL for funding.

Furthermore, a separate liquidity policy has been established for ANZGHL and ANZ Bank Group to reflect the differing nature of liquidity risk inherent in

each business model. ANZGHL will ensure that the parent entity and ANZ Non-Bank Group holds sufficient cash reserves to meet operating and

financing requirements.

Separately, ANZ Bank Group’s approach to liquidity risk management incorporates two key components:

• Scenario modelling of funding sources

ANZBGL Group’s liquidity risk appetite is defined by the ability to meet a range of regulatory requirements and internal liquidity metrics mandated by

the ANZBGL Board. The metrics cover a range of scenarios of varying duration and level of severity. The objective of this framework is to:

• Provide protection against shorter term extreme market dislocation and stress.

• Maintain structural strength in the balance sheet by ensuring that an appropriate amount of longer-term assets are funded with longer-term

funding.

• Ensure that no undue timing concentrations exist in the Group’s funding profile.

A key component of this framework is the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR), which is a severe short-term liquidity stress scenario mandated by banking

regulators globally, including APRA.

Consistent with APRA’s requirement, ANZ’s CLF was nil at 31 March 2023 (Sep 22: $2.7 billion; Mar 22: $8.0 billion).

• Liquid assets

ANZBGL Group holds a portfolio of high quality unencumbered liquid assets in order to protect ANZBGL Group’s liquidity position in a severely

stressed environment, as well as to meet regulatory requirements. High Quality Liquid Assets comprise three categories, with the definitions

consistent with Basel 3 LCR:

• Highest-quality liquid assets (HQLA1): Cash, highest credit quality government, central bank or public sector securities eligible for repurchase

with central banks to provide same-day liquidity.

• High-quality liquid assets (HQLA2): High credit quality government, central bank or public sector securities, high quality corporate debt securities

and high quality covered bonds eligible for repurchase with central banks to provide same-day liquidity.

• Alternative liquid assets (ALA): Assets qualifying as collateral for the CLF and other eligible securities listed by the RBNZ.

ANZBGL Group monitors and manages the size and composition of its liquid assets portfolio on an ongoing basis in line with regulatory requirements

and the risk appetite set by the ANZBGL Board.


Half Year Average

1



Movement


Mar 23

$B

Sep 22

$B

Mar 22

$B


Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Market Values Post Discount


HQLA1 253.5 228.2 224.1


11% 13%

HQLA2

9.7 8.3 7.6


17% 28%

Internal residential mortgage backed securities

2

- 0.3 3.2


large large

Other ALA

2

2.7 5.3 6.2


-49% -56%

Total liquid assets

265.9 242.1 241.1 10% 10%

Cash flows modelled under stress scenario


Cash outflows 268.8 245.9 230.3 9% 17%

Cash inflows

60.5 58.5 47.2 3% 28%

Net cash outflows

208.3 187.4 183.1 11% 14%

Liquidity Coverage Ratio

3, 4

128% 129% 132% -1% -4%

1.

Half year average basis, calculated as prescribed per APRA Prudential Regulatory Standard (APS 210 Liquidity) and consistent with APS 330 requirements.

2.

Comprised of assets qualifying as collateral for the CLF, and any liquid assets as defined in the RBNZ's Liquidity Policy - Annex: Liquidity Assets - Prudential Supervision Department

Document BS13A12.

3.

All currency Level 2 LCR.

4.

LCR remained above the regulatory minimum thresholds throughout the periods.

GROUP RESULTS


42

Funding

The ANZ Bank Group targets a diversified funding base, avoiding undue concentrations by investor type, maturity, market source and currency.

During the March 2023 half, the ANZ Bank Group issued $23.9 billion of term wholesale funding (excluding Additional Tier 1 Capital) with a remaining

term greater than one year as at 31 March 2023, and $1.5 billion of Additional Tier 1 Capital.

The following table shows the ANZ Bank Group’s total funding composition:


As at Movement

ANZ Bank Group

Mar 23

$B

Sep 22

$B

Mar 22

$B


Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Customer deposits and other liabilities

Australia Retail 156.4 150.0 147.0 4% 6%

Australia Commercial

113.0 112.2 116.4 1% -3%

Institutional

278.1 262.5 247.1 6% 13%

New Zealand

98.0 92.0 96.8 7% 1%

Pacific

3.6 3.8 3.8 -5% -5%

Group Centre

(0.1) (0.1) - 0% n/a

Customer deposits

649.0 620.4 611.1 5% 6%

Other funding liabilities

1

12.1 8.0 9.6 51% 26%

Total customer liabilities (funding)

661.1 628.4 620.7 5% 7%

Wholesale funding

Unsubordinated debt and central bank term funding

2

97.1 89.0 86.4 9% 12%

Subordinated debt

3

32.7 27.3 22.6 20% 45%

Certificates of deposit

44.5 34.0 36.9 31% 21%

Commercial paper

38.8 39.2 31.9 -1% 22%

Other wholesale borrowings

4

122.5 110.8 111.3 11% 10%

Total wholesale funding

335.6 300.3 289.1 12% 16%

Shareholders' equity 68.6 66.4 61.8 3% 11%

Total funding 1,065.3 995.1 971.6 7% 10%

1.

Includes interest accruals, payables and other liabilities, provisions and net tax provisions, and excludes liability for acceptances as they do not provide net funding.

2.

Includes RBA TFF of $20.1 billion (Sep 22: $20.1 billion; Mar 22: $20.1 billion), RBNZ FLP of $3.2 billion (Sep 22: $2.3 billion; Mar 22: $1.4 billion) and TLF of $0.3 billion

(Sep 22: $0.3 billion; Mar 22: $0.3 billion).

3.

Includes subordinated debt issued by ANZ Bank New Zealand which constitutes Tier 2 capital under RBNZ requirements but does not meet the APRA Tier 2 requirements, and USD 300

million perpetual subordinated notes which ceased to be treated as Basel 3 transitional Tier 2 capital under APRA’s capital framework from 1 January 2022.

4.

Includes borrowings from banks, securities sold under repurchase agreements, net derivative balances, special purpose vehicles, other borrowings, and RBA open repurchase

arrangements netted down by the corresponding exchange settlement account cash balance.


Net Stable Funding Ratio

The following table shows the Level 2 Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) composition:


As at Movement


Mar 23

$B

Sep 22

$B

Mar 22

$B


Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Required Stable Funding

1


Retail & small and medium enterprises, corporate loans <35% risk weight

2

200.5 204.8 202.2 -2% -1%

Retail & small and medium enterprises, corporate loans >35% risk weight

2

221.3 198.2 190.7 12% 16%

Other lending

3

37.2 36.2 32.6 3% 14%

Liquid assets

13.1 12.0 11.5 9% 14%

Other assets

4

45.2 39.7 36.5 14% 24%

Total Required Stable Funding

517.3 490.9 473.5 5% 9%

Available Stable Funding

1


Retail & small and medium enterprise customer deposits 292.9 282.6 301.5 4% -3%

Corporate, public sector entities & operational deposits

136.9 132.7 118.4 3% 16%

Central bank & other financial institution deposits

4.7 4.8 4.0 -2% 18%

Term funding

5

71.3 63.1 69.7 13% 2%

Short term funding & other liabilities

8.5 7.7 5.0 10% 70%

Capital

99.4 93.5 84.2 6% 18%

Total Available Stable Funding

613.7 584.4 582.8 5% 5%

Net Stable Funding Ratio

6

119% 119% 123% 0% -4%

1.

NSFR factored balance as per APRA Prudential Regulatory Standard APS 210 Liquidity.

2.

Risk weighting as per APRA Prudential Regulatory Standard APS 112 Capital Adequacy: Standardised Approach to Credit Risk.

3.

Includes loans to financial institutions and central banks, and non-performing loans.

4.

Includes off-balance sheet items, net derivatives and other assets.

5.

Includes balances from the drawdown of the RBA and RBNZ Funding Facilities (TFF, FLP and TLF).

6.

The regulatory minimum NSFR is 100%.

GROUP RESULTS


43

Capital Management

ANZ’s capital management framework includes managing capital at Level 1, Level 2 and ANZGHL Group.

ANZ’s framework includes managing to Board approved risk appetite settings and maintaining all regulatory requirements. APRA requirements at Level 1

and Level 2 include ANZ operating at or above APRAs expectation for Domestic Systematically Important Banks (D-SIBs) following the implementation of

APRA’s Capital Reform which was effective January 2023.

APRA’s authority for ANZGHL to be a non-operating holding company (NOHC) of an ADI includes five conditions for ANZ’s capital management

framework. Two of these are quantitative requirements being:

• ANZGHL must always ensure that the quality and quantity of the total capital of the Level 3 group is equivalent to, or greater than, the quality and

quantity of the sum of the total capital of the consolidated ANZ Bank Group and the consolidated ANZ Non-Bank Group.

• ANZGHL must calculate and manage capital for the ANZ Non-Bank Group in accordance with an Economic Capital Model (ECM), which requires the

amount of capital held, in the form of Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1), to be equal to or greater than the capital requirement as calculated under the

ECM.

ANZ has implemented an ECM to calculate the capital to support the ANZ Non-Bank Group operations. The material risks included in the Non-Bank

Group currently are investment risk and fixed asset risk.

ANZ’s compliance with these two conditions is presented in the following two tables:

As at Mar 23 As at Sep 22 As at Mar 22 Movement


ANZ Bank

Group

1


$M

ANZ Non-

Bank

Group

$M

ANZGHL

$M

ANZ Group

$M

ANZ Group

$M

ANZ Group

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Shareholders' equity and non-controlling

interests

68,625 739 245 69,609 66,401 61,756


5% 13%

Prudential adjustments to shareholders'

equity

(358) - - (358) (175) 180 large large

Gross Common Equity Tier 1 capital

68,267 739 245 69,251 66,226 61,936 5% 12%

Deductions (10,887) - - (10,887) (10,354) (11,425) 5% -5%

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

57,380 739 245 58,364 55,872 50,511 4% 16%


Tier 1 capital 65,564 739 245 66,548 63,558 58,001 5% 15%

Tier 2 capital

24,068 - - 24,068 19,277 14,780 25% 63%

Total qualifying capital

89,632 739 245 90,616 82,835 72,781 9% 25%

1.

ANZ Bank Group shareholders’ equity and non-controlling interests are adjusted for capital deductions, including deconsolidated entity adjustments, to calculate ANZ Level 2 CET1, Tier 1,

Tier 2 and total qualifying capital.



ANZ Non-Bank Group

As at Mar 23


Economic Capital

Required

$M

Actual Capital

1

$M

Actual vs

Economic Capital

$M

ANZ Non-Bank Group 674 772 98

1.

This represents the aggregation of ANZ NBH Pty Ltd and ANZ Group Services Pty Ltd’s shareholders’ equity.

GROUP RESULTS


44

ANZ Bank Group


As at


Capital Reform APRA Basel 3 Internationally Comparable Capital Ratios

1


Mar 23 Sep 22 Mar 22 Mar 23 Sep 22 Mar 22

Capital Ratios (Level 2)

Common Equity Tier 1 13.2% 12.3% 11.5% 18.9% 19.2% 18.0%

Tier 1

15.1% 14.0% 13.2% 21.5% 21.5% 20.3%

Total capital

20.6% 18.2% 16.6% 29.0% 27.3% 24.9%

Risk weighted assets ($B)

435.5 454.7 437.9 341.8 331.1 324.6

1.

March 2023 Internationally Comparable methodology aligns with the Australia Banking Association Basel 3.1 Capital Comparison Study (March 2023). September 2022 and March 2022

Internationally Comparable methodology align with APRA’s information paper entitled ‘International Capital Comparison Study’ (13 July 2015).


APRA Capital Reform

APRA has released new bank capital adequacy requirements applying to Australian incorporated registered banks, which are set out in APRA’s Banking

Prudential Standard documents. ANZ has implemented these new requirements from 1 January 2023.

The new capital adequacy key requirements include changes to APS 110 Capital Adequacy (APS 110), APS 112 Capital Adequacy: Standardised

Approach to Credit Risk (APS 112) and APS 113 Capital Adequacy: Internal Ratings-based Approach to Credit Risk (APS 113) with key features of the

reforms including:

• improving the flexibility of the capital framework, through larger capital buffers that can be used by banks to support lending during periods of stress;

• changes to risk weighted assets (RWA) through more risk-sensitive risk weights increasing capital requirements for higher risk lending and

decreasing it for lower risks;

• changes to loss given default rates (LGD) including approved use of an internal ratings-based (IRB) approved LGD model for mortgage portfolios;

• an increase in the IRB scaling factor (from 1.06x to 1.1x);

• requirement that IRB ADIs calculate and disclose RWA under the standardised approach and the introduction of a capital floor at 72.5% of

standardised RWA; and

• use of prescribed New Zealand authority’s equivalent prudential rules for the purpose of calculating the Level 2 regulatory capital requirement.

In addition, operational RWA is now calculated under APS 115 Capital Adequacy: Standardised Measurement Approach to Operational Risk (APS 115)

which replaced the previous advanced methodology from December 2022.

The application of APRA Capital Reform reduced RWA by $34.5 billion, equivalent to a 100 bps CET1 ratio benefit. This was partially offset by APRA’s

expectations that ADIs operate a higher capital ratio to maintain an unquestionably strong level.


APRA Common Equity Tier 1 - March 2023 v September 2022


GROUP RESULTS


45

• March 2023 v September 2022

CET1 ratio increased +89 bps to 13.18% during the March 2023 half. Key drivers of the movement in the CET1 ratio were:

• APRA Capital Reform impacts, including changes from adoption of APS 115 increased the CET1 ratio by +100 bps.

• Cash profit (Level 2) increased the CET1 ratio by +88 bps.

• Higher underlying CRWA usage (excluding foreign currency translation movements, regulatory changes and other one-offs) decreased the CET1

ratio by -29 bps primarily driven by lending growth in the Institutional and Australia Retail divisions.

• Lower underlying non-CRWA usage (excluding foreign currency translation movements) increased the CET1 ratio by +14 bps driven by

decreases in IRRBB RWA, partially offset by increases in market risk RWA.

• IRB floor adjustment following implementation of APRA Capital Reform on 1 January 2023 decreased the CET1 ratio by -13 bps.

• Payment of the 2022 final dividend (net of BOP and DRP issuance) reduced the CET1 ratio by -47 bps.

• ANZ Bank Group surplus capital transfer to ANZGHL reduced CET1 ratio by -6 bps.

• Other impacts totalling -18 bps primarily reflecting net movements in capital deductions, net imposts, non-cash adjustments, and net other items.

March 2023 pro-forma CET1 capital ratio of 12.10% includes pro-forma adjustments for:

• Suncorp Bank acquisition (including IRB floor adjustment) of -114 bps, and

• NOHC surplus capital of +6 bps.


Total Risk Weighted Assets

As at Movement


Mar 23

$B

Sep 22

$B

Mar 22

$B

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Credit RWA

1

345.3 359.4 348.8 -4% -1%

Market risk and IRRBB RWA

43.6 47.4 41.1 -8% 6%

Operational RWA

2

42.3 47.9 48.0 -12% -12%

Total

431.2 454.7 437.9 -5% -2%

IRB floor adjustment 4.3 n/a n/a n/a n/a

Total RWA

435.5 454.7 437.9 -4% -1%

1.

March 2023 balance relates to credit RWA calculated under revised APS 113 Capital Adequacy: Internal Ratings-based Approach to Credit Risk methodology effective 1 January 2023.

2.

March 2023 balance relates to operational RWA calculated under APS 115 Capital Adequacy: Standardised Measurement Approach to Operational Risk.


Total Risk Weighted Assets - March 2023 v September 2022



• March 2023 v September 2022

Total RWA decreased $19.2 billion driven by:

• $14.3 billion increase in total CRWA primarily driven by higher divisional lending reflecting growth in the Institutional and Australia Retail

divisions,

• $3.3 billion decrease in underlying non-CRWA (operational RWA, and market risk and IRRBB RWA) driven by a $6.2 billion reduction in

IRRBB RWA reflecting decreases in embedded losses from lower term rates, partially offset by an increase in market risk RWA,

• $34.5 billion decrease from APRA Capital Reform impacts which reduced CRWA by $28.5 billion and operational RWA by $6.0 billion, and

• $4.3 billion increase in RWA from IRB floor adjustment, following implementation of APRA Capital Reform on 1 January 2023.

GROUP RESULTS


46

APRA Capital Reform to Internationally Comparable

1

CET1 as at 31 March 2023


1.

ANZ’s interpretation of the Basel Calculation of RWA for credit risk regulations (effective 1 Jan 2023) documented in The Basel Framework and The Australian Banking Association, Basel 3.1

Capital Comparison Study, March 2023.

The above graph provides a reconciliation of the CET1 ratio under APRA’s Capital Reform prudential capital standards to Internationally Comparable

Basel 3.1 standards. One of the objectives, although not the primary objective, of the revisions APRA has made is to ‘improve transparency, by

increasing the alignment of APRA’s standards with the international Basel framework’ (APRA Information Paper – An Unquestionably Strong Framework

for Bank Capital, November 2021). Despite this, material differences in the way credit risks are measured remain between the approaches allowed by

APRA and those proposed by Basel. As a result, Australian banks’ APRA Capital Reform reported capital ratios will not be directly comparable with the

Basel 3.1 capital ratios or directly comparable with many international jurisdictions which are yet to transition to the revised Basel 3.1 Capital Framework.

The ANZ Internationally Comparable Basis CET1 ratio incorporates differences between both the Basel Committee Basel 3.1 framework and differences

identified in The Australian Banking Association Basel 3.1 Capital Comparison Study (March 2023).

The material differences between APRA Capital Reform and Internationally Comparable ratios include:

Deductions

• Investments in insurance and banking associates - APRA requires a full deduction against CET1. On an Internationally Comparable basis, these

investments are subject to a concessional threshold before a deduction is required.

• Deferred tax assets - APRA requires a full deduction from CET1 for DTA relating to temporary differences. On an Internationally Comparable basis,

this is subject to a concessional threshold before the deduction is required.

Risk Weighted Assets

• Mortgages RWA

• Standard residential mortgages - APRA imposes risk weight multipliers of 1.4x against owner occupied, principal and interest mortgages and 1.7x

against all other mortgage types as well as a 5% risk weight floor across the total mortgage portfolio. Basel regulations impose no risk weight

floors or multipliers.

• Non-standard residential mortgages - APRA excludes all non-standard residential mortgages from using the IRB approach unlike Basel.

• Borrowers with multiple mortgaged investment properties – APRA treats these as retail exposures, with a 2.5x multiplier applied if the number of

investment properties exceeds 5. Basel allows these exposures to be treated as corporate exposures.

• IRRBB RWA - APRA requires inclusion of IRRBB within the RWA base for the CET1 ratio calculation. This is not required on an Internationally

Comparable basis.

• Non-retail LGDs - APRA allows lower LGDs for sovereign (Foundation IRB treatment only) and critical infrastructure operator exposures than Basel

but requires higher LGDs for general corporate exposures.

• New Zealand subsidiary lending - APRA requires the CRWA amounts for all credit exposures originated by a New Zealand subsidiary to be

calculated using the Reserve Bank of New Zealand (RBNZ) capital rules, except for APRA’s overall IRB scalar, which must replace the RBNZ scalar.

In comparison with Basel, the RBNZ uses a different supervisory slotting approach for specified asset classes, different LGD floors for farm lending,

different LGD floors and correlation factors for residential mortgages, and different LGD and exposure at default (EAD) factors for undrawn non-retail

exposures.

• Other RWA impacts - APRA requires the supervisory slotting approach to be used in determining credit RWA for specialised lending exposures. The

Internationally Comparable basis allows for the advanced IRB approach to be used when calculating RWA for these exposures. APRA has now

allowed the advanced IRB approach for income producing real estate exposures, which were previously required to use slotting.

• Scaling factor on all IRB exposures of 1.1x is applied.

GROUP RESULTS


47

Leverage Ratio

At 31 March 2023, the ANZ Bank Group’s APRA Leverage Ratio was 5.3% which is above the 3.5% APRA minimum for IRB ADIs which includes ANZ.

The following table summarises the ANZ Bank Group’s Leverage Ratio calculation:


As at Movement


Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Tier 1 Capital (net of capital deductions) 65,564 63,558 58,001 3% 13%


On-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives and securities financing transaction

exposures)

1,013,515 954,088 928,686 6% 9%

Derivative exposures

1

44,612 51,800 36,474 -14% 22%

Securities financing transaction exposures

43,756 35,570 34,223 23% 28%

Other off-balance sheet exposures

1

140,999 126,853 117,904 11% 20%

Total exposure measure

1,242,882 1,168,311 1,117,287 6% 11%

APRA Leverage Ratio 5.3% 5.4% 5.2%

Internationally Comparable Leverage Ratio 5.9% 6.1% 5.9%

1.

March 2023 includes impacts from APRA Capital Reform.

• March 2023 v September 2022

APRA leverage ratio decreased -16 bps during the March 2023 half. Key drivers of the movement were:

• Net organic capital generation (largely from cash profit and movements in capital deductions), less dividends paid increased the leverage ratio by

+12 bps,

• Additional Tier 1 capital impact (Capital Notes 8 issuance net of Capital Notes 3 redemption) increased the leverage ratio by +5 bps,

• On-balance sheet exposures growth driven by increased liquid exposures and lending growth in the Institutional and Australia Retail divisions

decreased the leverage ratio by -24 bps,

• Net movements in derivative, securities financing transactions, and other off-balance sheet exposures decreased the leverage ratio by -5 bps,

and

• Net other impacts decreased the leverage ratio by -4 bps.

GROUP RESULTS


48

Capital Management - Other Developments

• Capital Requirements

APRA implemented its final requirements in relation to capital adequacy and credit risk requirements for ADIs on 1 January 2023. However, APRA

continues to consult and finalise revisions to a number of remaining prudential standards, being IRRBB, Market Risk and Counterparty Credit Risk.

Given the number of items that are yet to be finalised by APRA, the aggregate final outcome from all changes to APRA's prudential standards

relating to their review of ADIs ‘unquestionably strong’ capital framework remains uncertain.

• APRA Total Loss Absorbing Capacity Requirements

In July 2019, APRA announced its decision on loss-absorbing capacity requiring Australian domestic systematically important banks (D-SIBs),

including ANZBGL, to increase their total capital by 3% of RWA by January 2024. On 2 December 2021, APRA announced that it had finalised its

loss-absorbing capacity requirements and stated that it will require Australian D-SIBs to increase their total capital by a further 1.5% of RWA by

January 2026. Inclusive of the previously announced interim increase of 3%, this will result in a total increase to the minimum total capital

requirement of 4.5% of RWA. APRA expects the requirement to be satisfied predominantly with additional Tier 2 capital with an equivalent decrease

in other senior funding. The amount of the additional total capital requirement will be based on the Group’s actual RWA as at January 2026.

• The Reserve Bank of New Zealand review of capital requirements

The RBNZ’s revised capital adequacy requirements for New Zealand banks, which are set out in the Banking Prudential Requirements (BPR)

documents are being implemented in stages during a transition period from October 2021 to July 2028. The key requirements for ANZ Bank New

Zealand Limited (ANZ Bank New Zealand) still being implemented are as follows:

• ANZ Bank New Zealand’s Tier 1 capital requirement will increase to 16% of RWA, of which up to 2.5% could be in the form of AT1 Capital. ANZ

Bank New Zealand’s Total Capital requirement will increase to 18% of RWA, of which up to 2% can be Tier 2 Capital.

• AT1 capital must consist of perpetual preference shares, which may be redeemable. It is anticipated that ANZ Bank New Zealand will be able to

refinance existing internal AT1 securities to external counterparties. Tier 2 capital must consist of long-term subordinated debt.

The net impact on ANZ’s Level 1 CET1 capital is approximately $1 billion to $1.5 billion between 31 March 2023 and the end of the transition period

in 2028 (based on the Group’s 31 March 2023 balance sheet). The amount could vary over time subject to changes to the capital position in ANZ

Bank New Zealand (e.g. from RWA growth, management buffer requirements, and potential dividend payments).

• Group regulation - roadmap for review

In October 2022, APRA released a roadmap for review of the prudential framework for groups. The review will focus on rationalising requirements,

promoting consistency, and providing clarity across different standards that apply to groups. As part of the review, guidelines for licensing new NOHC

authorities will be updated. For existing APRA authorised NOHCs, there will be no immediate changes, although APRA will seek to ensure new or

adjusted NOHC license conditions are applied in a consistent manner. The review will be multi-year, finishing in 2025.

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


49



CONTENTS Page


Divisional Performance 50

Australia Retail 54

Australia Commercial 56

Institutional 58

New Zealand 65

Pacific 70

Group Centre 70

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


Divisional Performance


50

During the March 2023 half, the Group operated on a divisional structure with six divisions: Australia Retail, Australia Commercial, Institutional, New

Zealand, Pacific, and Group Centre. For further information on the composition of divisions, refer to the Definitions on page 134.

The presentation of divisional results has been impacted by the following structural changes during the period. Prior period comparatives have been

restated:

• Business Restructure - the non-banking businesses held in the Australia Commercial and Institutional divisions were transferred to the Group Centre

division. As a result of this transfer, Group Centre division holds all interests in the ANZ Non-Bank Group.

• Corporate customer re-segmentation - certain business and property finance customers were transferred from the New Zealand division to the

Institutional division to better align customer needs with the right support and expertise delivery.

• Cost reallocations - certain costs were reallocated across the Australia Retail, Australia Commercial, Institutional and Group Centre divisions.

Other than those described above, there have been no other significant changes.

The divisions reported are consistent with internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision maker, being the Chief Executive Officer.

The Divisional Results section is reported on a cash profit basis for continuing operations. A number of large/notable items are included in the

Divisional Results, refer to pages 12 to 16 for further details.

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


Divisional Performance


51

Cash profit by division - March 2023 Half Year v March 2022 Half Year


March 2023 Half Year

Australia

Retail

$M

Australia

Commercial

$M

Institutional

$M

New Zealand

$M

Pacific

$M

Group

Centre

$M

Group

$M

Net interest income

3,018 1,632 2,071 1,582 62 138 8,503

Other operating income

281 175 1,373 199 40 (43) 2,025

Operating income

3,299 1,807 3,444 1,781 102 95 10,528

Operating expenses (1,745) (685) (1,328) (630) (74) (535) (4,997)

Cash profit/(loss) before credit impairment and

income tax

1,554 1,122 2,116 1,151 28 (440) 5,531

Credit impairment (charge)/release (82) (66) 74 (75) 16 - (133)

Cash profit/(loss) before income tax

1,472 1,056 2,190 1,076 44 (440) 5,398

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (446) (317) (593) (302) (10) 91 (1,577)

Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations

1,026 739 1,597 774 34 (349) 3,821


March 2022 Half Year

Australia

Retail

$M

Australia

Commercial

$M

Institutional

$M

New Zealand

$M

Pacific

$M

Group

Centre

$M

Group

$M

Net interest income 2,706 1,158 1,772 1,354 46 64 7,100

Other operating income 269 477 783 244 34 41 1,848

Operating income 2,975 1,635 2,555 1,598 80 105 8,948

Operating expenses (1,741) (649) (1,273) (651) (80) (397) (4,791)

Cash profit/(loss) before credit impairment and

income tax

1,234 986 1,282 947 - (292) 4,157

Credit impairment (charge)/release 113 122 25 31 (3) (4) 284

Cash profit/(loss) before income tax 1,347 1,108 1,307 978 (3) (296) 4,441

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (410) (225) (498) (274) (3) 82 (1,328)

Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations 937 883 809 704 (6) (214) 3,113


March 2023 Half Year v March 2022 Half Year


Australia

Retail

Australia

Commercial Institutional New Zealand Pacific

Group

Centre Group

Net interest income 12% 41% 17% 17% 35% large 20%

Other operating income 4% -63% 75% -18% 18% large 10%

Operating income 11% 11% 35% 11% 28% -10% 18%

Operating expenses 0% 6% 4% -3% -8% 35% 4%

Cash profit/(loss) before credit impairment and

income tax

26% 14% 65% 22% n/a 51% 33%

Credit impairment (charge)/release large large large large large large large

Cash profit/(loss) before income tax 9% -5% 68% 10% large 49% 22%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests 9% 41% 19% 10% large 11% 19%

Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations 9% -16% 97% 10% large 63% 23%

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


Divisional Performance


52

Cash profit by division - March 2023 Half Year v September 2022 Half Year


March 2023 Half Year

Australia

Retail

$M

Australia

Commercial

$M

Institutional

$M

New Zealand

$M

Pacific

$M

Group

Centre

$M

Group

$M

Net interest income

3,018 1,632 2,071 1,582 62 138 8,503

Other operating income

281 175 1,373 199 40 (43) 2,025

Operating income

3,299 1,807 3,444 1,781 102 95 10,528

Operating expenses (1,745) (685) (1,328) (630) (74) (535) (4,997)

Cash profit/(loss) before credit impairment and

income tax

1,554 1,122 2,116 1,151 28 (440) 5,531

Credit impairment (charge)/release (82) (66) 74 (75) 16 - (133)

Cash profit/(loss) before income tax

1,472 1,056 2,190 1,076 44 (440) 5,398

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (446) (317) (593) (302) (10) 91 (1,577)

Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations

1,026 739 1,597 774 34 (349) 3,821


September 2022 Half Year

Australia

Retail

$M

Australia

Commercial

$M

Institutional

$M

New Zealand

$M

Pacific

$M

Group

Centre

$M

Group

$M

Net interest income 2,821 1,410 1,925 1,517 50 51 7,774

Other operating income 353 185 868 216 34 169 1,825

Operating income 3,174 1,595 2,793 1,733 84 220 9,599

Operating expenses (1,656) (652) (1,293) (622) (73) (492) (4,788)

Cash profit/(loss) before credit impairment and

income tax

1,518 943 1,500 1,111 11 (272) 4,811

Credit impairment (charge)/release 16 11 2 (76) 9 (14) (52)

Cash profit/(loss) before income tax 1,534 954 1,502 1,035 20 (286) 4,759

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (462) (286) (374) (290) (5) 60 (1,357)

Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations 1,072 668 1,128 745 15 (226) 3,402


March 2023 Half Year v September 2022 Half Year


Australia

Retail

Australia

Commercial Institutional New Zealand Pacific

Group

Centre Group

Net interest income 7% 16% 8% 4% 24% large 9%

Other operating income -20% -5% 58% -8% 18% large 11%

Operating income 4% 13% 23% 3% 21% -57% 10%

Operating expenses 5% 5% 3% 1% 1% 9% 4%

Cash profit/(loss) before credit impairment and

income tax

2% 19% 41% 4% large 62% 15%

Credit impairment (charge)/release large large large -1% 78% large large

Cash profit/(loss) before income tax -4% 11% 46% 4% large 54% 13%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests -3% 11% 59% 4% large 52% 16%

Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations -4% 11% 42% 4% large 54% 12%

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


Divisional Performance


53

Key Balance Sheet Metrics by division


As at Movement

Net Loans and Advances

Mar 23

$B

Sep 22

$B

Mar 22

$B

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Australia Retail 300.6 290.3 284.6 4% 6%

Australia Commercial

59.9 59.7 57.6 0% 4%

Institutional

1

208.3 207.2 188.2 0% 11%

New Zealand

1

120.3 113.3 116.4 6% 3%

Pacific

1

1.7 1.8 1.7 -6% 0%

Group Centre

(0.7) 0.1 2.9 large large

Total

690.1 672.4 651.4 3% 6%

Customer Deposits

Australia Retail 156.4 150.0 147.0 4% 6%

Australia Commercial

113.0 112.2 116.4 1% -3%

Institutional

1

278.1 262.5 247.1 6% 13%

New Zealand

1

98.0 92.0 96.8 7% 1%

Pacific

1

3.6 3.8 3.8 -5% -5%

Group Centre

(0.5) (0.1) - large n/a

Total

648.6 620.4 611.1 5% 6%

Risk Weighted Assets

Australia Retail 117.8 125.5 118.8 -6% -1%

Australia Commercial

47.4 54.0 51.6 -12% -8%

Institutional

183.1 208.1 198.7 -12% -8%

New Zealand

71.7 57.7 59.8 24% 20%

Pacific

4.1 3.9 3.6 5% 14%

Group Centre

11.3 5.4 5.4 large large

Total

435.5 454.7 437.9 -4% -1%



Half Year

Return on Average Risk Weighted Assets

- cash continuing operations Mar 23 Sep 22 Mar 22

Australia Retail 1.7% 1.8% 1.6%

Australia Commercial

2.8% 2.5% 3.4%

Institutional

1.6% 1.1% 0.8%

New Zealand

2.4% 2.5% 2.4%

Pacific

1.8% 0.8% (0.3%)

Group Centre

(10.2%) (8.4%) (8.5%)

Total

1.7% 1.5% 1.5%

1.

Refer to pages 36 and 37 for Net loans and advances and customer deposits movements excluding the impact of foreign currency translation.

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


Australia Retail

Maile Carnegie

54



Half Year


Movement


Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Net interest income 3,018 2,821 2,706


7% 12%

Other operating income

281 353 269


-20% 4%

Operating income

3,299 3,174 2,975


4% 11%

Operating expenses (1,745) (1,656) (1,741)


5% 0%

Cash profit before credit impairment and income tax

1,554 1,518 1,234


2% 26%

Credit impairment (charge)/release (82) 16 113


large large

Cash profit before income tax

1,472 1,534 1,347


-4% 9%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (446) (462) (410)


-3% 9%

Cash profit

1,026 1,072 937


-4% 9%

Balance Sheet


Net loans and advances 300,581 290,322 284,548


4% 6%

Other external assets

3,202 2,554 2,756


25% 16%

External assets

303,783 292,876 287,304


4% 6%

Customer deposits 156,374 149,953 147,000


4% 6%

Other external liabilities 3,854 3,541 3,732


9% 3%

External liabilities

160,228 153,494 150,732


4% 6%

Risk weighted assets 117,844 125,517 118,797


-6% -1%

Average gross loans and advances 297,255 287,110 285,426


4% 4%

Average deposits and other borrowings

152,392 147,689 143,888


3% 6%

Ratios


Return on average assets 0.69% 0.74% 0.65%


Net interest margin 2.39% 2.29% 2.21%


Operating expenses to operating income 52.9% 52.2% 58.5%


Operating expenses to average assets 1.17% 1.14% 1.22%


Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 32 (5) 45


large -29%

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average GLA

1

0.02% (0.00%) 0.03%


Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 50 (11) (158)


large large

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average GLA

1

0.03% (0.01%) (0.11%)


Gross impaired assets 415 390 324


6% 28%

Gross impaired assets as a % of GLA

0.14% 0.13% 0.11%


Total full time equivalent staff (FTE) 11,199 11,107 11,475


1% -2%

1.

Credit impairment charge/(release) used in the ratio relates to gross loans and advances and off-balance sheet commitments - undrawn and contingent liabilities.

Cash Profit March 2023 v March 2022


Performance March 2023 v March 2022

Lending volumes increased driven by home loan growth, partially offset by

lower unsecured lending.

• Net interest margin increased driven by favourable deposit margins from

a rising interest rate environment, favourable lending mix with a shift

towards higher margin variable home loans and higher earnings on

capital and replicating portfolio. This was partially offset by asset margin

contraction from competitive pressure, unfavourable deposit mix with a

shift towards lower margin term deposits and higher net funding costs.

• Other operating income increased driven by higher cards revenue

reflecting an increase in consumer spending, new home loan offset

account fees, and lower customer remediation, partially offset by lower

insurance related income.

• Operating expenses were broadly stable. Inflationary pressure and higher

ANZ Plus run costs were offset by lower customer remediation,

simplification initiatives, and a reduction in regulatory and compliance

initiatives.

• Credit impairment charge increased driven by higher collectively

assessed credit impairment, partially offset by lower individually assessed

credit impairment due to subdued delinquency flows.

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


Australia Retail

Maile Carnegie

55

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release)

Half Year


Movement


Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Home Loans - (13) 5 large large

Cards and Personal Loans

31 7 39 large -21%

Deposits and Payments

1

1 1 1 0% 0%

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release)

32 (5) 45 large -29%


Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)

Half Yea

r Movement


Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Home Loans 30 3 (122) large large

Cards and Personal Loans

19 (15) (37) large large

Deposits and Payments

1

1 1 1 0% 0%

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)

50 (11) (158) large large


Net loans and advances As at


Movement


Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Home Loans 294,681 284,362 278,443 4% 6%

Cards and Personal Loans

5,865 5,926 6,070 -1% -3%

Deposits and Payments

1

35 34 35 3% 0%

Net loans and advances

300,581 290,322 284,548 4% 6%



Customer deposits

As at Movement


Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Home Loans

2

43,771 43,284 41,346 1% 6%

Cards and Personal Loans


206 217 196 -5% 5%

Deposits and Payments

112,397 106,452 105,458 6% 7%

Customer deposits

156,374 149,953 147,000 4% 6%

1.

Net loans and advances for the deposits and payments business represent amounts in overdraft.

2.

Customer deposit amounts for the home loans business represent balances in offset accounts.

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


Australia Commercial

Clare Morgan

56



Half Year


Movement


Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Net interest income 1,632 1,410 1,158


16% 41%

Other operating income

175 185 477


-5% -63%

Operating income

1,807 1,595 1,635


13% 11%

Operating expenses (685) (652) (649)


5% 6%

Cash profit before credit impairment and income tax

1,122 943 986


19% 14%

Credit impairment (charge)/release (66) 11 122


large large

Cash profit before income tax

1,056 954 1,108


11% -5%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (317) (286) (225)


11% 41%

Cash profit

739 668 883


11% -16%

Balance Sheet


Net loans and advances 59,911 59,727 57,625


0% 4%

Other external assets

316 256 197


23% 60%

External assets

60,227 59,983 57,822


0% 4%

Customer deposits 113,011 112,195 116,420


1% -3%

Other external liabilities 6,031 6,160 6,392


-2% -6%

External liabilities

119,042 118,355 122,812


1% -3%

Risk weighted assets 47,359 54,043 51,605


-12% -8%

Average gross loans and advances 61,030 59,794 58,441


2% 4%

Average deposits and other borrowings

113,276 115,269 114,924


-2% -1%

Ratios


Return on average assets 1.24% 1.09% 1.46%


Net interest margin

1

2.72% 2.30% 1.90%


Operating expenses to operating income 37.9% 40.9% 39.7%


Operating expenses to average assets 1.15% 1.07% 1.07%


Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 9 (6) 43


large -79%

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average GLA

2

0.03% (0.02%) 0.15%


Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 57 (5) (165)


large large

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average GLA

2

0.19% (0.02%) (0.57%)


Gross impaired assets 288 360 533


-20% -46%

Gross impaired assets as a % of GLA

0.47% 0.59% 0.91%


Total full time equivalent staff (FTE) 3,607 3,551 3,528


2% 2%

1.

Australia Commercial division generates positive net interest income from surplus deposits held. Accordingly, $59.3 billion of average deposits for the March 2023 half (Sep 22 half:

$62.8 billion; Mar 22 half: $64.1 billion) have been included within average net interest earning assets for the net interest margin calculation to align with internal management reporting view.

2.

Credit impairment charge/(release) used in the ratio relates to gross loans and advances and off-balance sheet commitments - undrawn and contingent liabilities.

Cash Profit March 2023 v March 2022



Performance March 2023 v March 2022

Lending volumes increased driven by Specialist Business lending growth.

• Net interest margin increased driven by favourable deposit margins from

a rising interest rate environment and higher earnings on capital and

replicating portfolio. This was partially offset by unfavourable deposit mix

with a shift towards lower margin term deposits, higher net funding costs

and asset margin contraction from competitive pressure.

• Other operating income decreased driven by the gain on sale relating to

the ANZ Worldline partnership in the March 2022 half and lower impact

of divested business results. This was partially offset by the loss on sale

of the financial planning and advice business in the March 2022 half.

• Operating expenses increased driven by inflationary pressure, hiring of

frontline FTE and higher strategic initiatives spend, partially offset by

lower costs post business divestment.

• Credit impairment charge increased driven by higher collectively

assessed credit impairment, partially offset by lower individually

assessed credit impairment charge due to subdued delinquency flows.

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


Australia Commercial

Clare Morgan

57

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release)

Half Yea

r


Movement


Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

SME Banking 10 4 47 large -79%

Specialist Business

(1) (10) (5) -90% -80%

Central Functions

- - 1 n/a large

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release)

9 (6) 43 large -79%


Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)

Half Yea

r Movement


Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

SME Banking 50 (30) (156) large large

Specialist Business

7 25 (9) -72% large

Central Functions

- - - n/a n/a

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)

57 (5) (165) large large


Net loans and advances As at


Movement


Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

SME Banking

1



38,602 38,573 39,128 0% -1%

Specialist Business


20,082 19,585 17,781 3% 13%

Central Functions

1



1,227 1,569 716 -22% 71%

Net loans and advances

59,911 59,727 57,625 0% 4%



Customer deposits

As at Movement


Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

SME Banking


76,994 77,135 78,464 0% -2%

Specialist Business


36,006 35,048 37,939 3% -5%

Central Functions


11 12 17 -8% -35%

Customer deposits

113,011 112,195 116,420 1% -3%

1.

During the September 2022 half, the standalone asset finance business has been reclassified from SME Banking to Central Functions on a prospective basis.

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


Institutional

Mark Whelan


58



Half Year


Movement


Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Net interest income 2,071 1,925 1,772


8% 17%

Other operating income

1,373 868 783


58% 75%

Operating income

3,444 2,793 2,555


23% 35%

Operating expenses (1,328) (1,293) (1,273)


3% 4%

Cash profit before credit impairment and income tax

2,116 1,500 1,282


41% 65%

Credit impairment (charge)/release 74 2 25


large large

Cash profit before income tax

2,190 1,502 1,307


46% 68%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (593) (374) (498)


59% 19%

Cash profit

1,597 1,128 809


42% 97%

Balance Sheet


Net loans and advances 208,265 207,241 188,177


0% 11%

Other external assets

317,483 336,825 281,506


-6% 13%

External assets

525,748 544,066 469,683


-3% 12%

Customer deposits 278,089 262,534 247,173


6% 13%

Other deposits and borrowings 89,429 83,230 84,845


7% 5%

Deposits and other borrowings

367,518 345,764 332,018


6% 11%

Other external liabilities 83,246 127,350 88,208


-35% -6%

External liabilities

450,764 473,114 420,226


-5% 7%

Risk weighted assets 183,125 208,119 198,669


-12% -8%

Average gross loans and advances 214,883 196,195 183,890


10% 17%

Average deposits and other borrowings

355,905 341,058 327,112


4% 9%

Ratios


Return on average assets 0.59% 0.44% 0.35%


Net interest margin 0.91% 0.91% 0.88%


Net interest margin (excluding Markets) 2.26% 2.03% 1.82%


Operating expenses to operating income 38.6% 46.3% 49.8%


Operating expenses to average assets 0.49% 0.50% 0.55%


Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) (79) (15) 1


large large

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average GLA

1

(0.07%) (0.02%) 0.00%


Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 5 13 (26)


-62% large

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average GLA

1

0.00% 0.01% (0.03%)


Gross impaired assets 302 425 683


-29% -56%

Gross impaired assets as a % of GLA

0.14% 0.20% 0.36%


Total full time equivalent staff (FTE) 6,353 6,316 6,323


1% 0%

1.

Credit impairment charge/(release) used in the ratio relates to gross loans and advances and off-balance sheet commitments - undrawn and contingent liabilities.

Cash Profit March 2023 v March 2022




Performance March 2023 v March 2022

Lending volumes increased across Corporate Finance and Markets with

strong core lending and customer flows during the period. Customer

deposits increased in Markets and Transaction Banking.

• Net interest margin ex-Markets increased driven by favourable

deposit margins from a rising interest rate environment and higher

earnings on capital and replicating portfolio.

• Other operating income increased primarily driven by higher Markets

revenues from increased customer activity and more favourable

trading conditions.

• Operating expenses increased driven by inflationary pressure and

higher technology costs, partially offset by lower impact of divested

business.

• Credit impairment release increased driven by release of individually

assessed credit impairment due to significant write-backs and

recoveries, partially offset by increase in collectively assessed credit

impairment.

• Income tax expense in the March 2022 half included the dividend

withholding tax on the dividend payment from ANZ PNG to ANZBGL.

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


Institutional

Mark Whelan


59

Institutional by Geography




Half Year


Movement

Australia

Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Net interest income 844 1,021 947


-17% -11%

Other operating income

647 264 276


large large

Operating income

1,491 1,285 1,223


16% 22%

Operating expenses (610) (595) (603)


3% 1%

Cash profit before credit impairment and income tax

881 690 620


28% 42%

Credit impairment (charge)/release 129 (31) 39


large large

Cash profit before income tax

1,010 659 659


53% 53%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (303) (199) (201)


52% 51%

Cash profit

707 460 458


54% 54%

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) (86) (1) (2)


large large

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) (43) 32 (37)


large 16%

Net loans and advances

113,981 111,117 98,552


3% 16%

Customer deposits

100,559 100,023 91,791


1% 10%

Risk weighted assets

86,459 106,897 101,970


-19% -15%



International and PNG


Net interest income 908 623 525


46% 73%

Other operating income

560 470 401


19% 40%

Operating income

1,468 1,093 926


34% 59%

Operating expenses (614) (587) (551)


5% 11%

Cash profit before credit impairment and income tax

854 506 375


69% large

Credit impairment (charge)/release (19) 12 (3)


large large

Cash profit before income tax

835 518 372


61% large

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (193) (84) (220)


large -12%

Cash profit

642 434 152


48% large

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) (5) (22) (6)


-77% -17%

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 24 10 9


large large

Net loans and advances

76,502 79,561 69,970


-4% 9%

Customer deposits

153,480 139,707 131,913


10% 16%

Risk weighted assets

72,458 77,427 71,296


-6% 2%



New Zealand


Net interest income 319 281 300


14% 6%

Other operating income

166 134 106


24% 57%

Operating income

485 415 406


17% 19%

Operating expenses (104) (111) (119)


-6% -13%

Cash profit before credit impairment and income tax

381 304 287


25% 33%

Credit impairment (charge)/release (36) 21 (11)


large large

Cash profit before income tax

345 325 276


6% 25%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (97) (91) (77)


7% 26%

Cash profit

248 234 199


6% 25%

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 12 8 9


50% 33%

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 24 (29) 2


large large

Net loans and advances

17,782 16,563 19,655


7% -10%

Customer deposits

24,050 22,804 23,469


5% 2%

Risk weighted assets

24,208 23,795 25,403


2% -5%


DIVISIONAL RESULTS


Institutional

Mark Whelan


60

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release)


Half Year


Movement



Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Transaction Banking


(2) (15) (8)


-87% -75%

Corporate Finance


(77) - 9


n/a large

Markets


- - -


n/a n/a

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release)


(79) (15) 1


large large



Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)


Half Year Movement



Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Transaction Banking


1 (1) (20)


large large

Corporate Finance


2 11 (1)


-82% large

Markets


2 3 (5)


-33% large

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)


5 13 (26)


-62% large




Net loans and advances

As at Movement


Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Transaction Banking 18,732 21,062 18,773


-11% 0%

Corporate Finance

148,520 145,475 135,735


2% 9%

Markets

40,950 40,656 33,655


1% 22%

Central Functions

63 48 14


31% large

Net loans and advances

208,265 207,241 188,177


0% 11%



Customer deposits

As at Movement


Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Transaction Banking 148,314 153,477 141,956


-3% 4%

Corporate Finance

1,065 1,842 1,554


-42% -31%

Markets

128,414 106,342 102,006


21% 26%

Central Functions

296 873 1,657


-66% -82%

Customer deposits

278,089 262,534 247,173


6% 13%

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


Institutional

Mark Whelan


61

March 2023 Half Year

Transaction

Banking

$M

Corporate

Finance

$M

Markets

$M

Central

Functions

$M

Total

$M

Net interest income

753 1,153 164 1 2,071

Other operating income

352 43 985 (7) 1,373

Operating income

1,105 1,196 1,149 (6) 3,444

Operating expenses (407) (340) (545) (36) (1,328)

Cash profit/(loss) before credit impairment and income tax

698 856 604 (42) 2,116

Credit impairment (charge)/release 1 75 (2) - 74

Cash profit/(loss) before income tax

699 931 602 (42) 2,190

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (184) (261) (164) 16 (593)

Cash profit/(loss)

515 670 438 (26) 1,597

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) (2) (77) - - (79)

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)

1 2 2 - 5

Net loans and advances

18,732 148,520 40,950 63 208,265

Customer deposits

148,314 1,065 128,414 296 278,089

Risk weighted assets

27,719 99,271 54,954 1,181 183,125


March 2022 Half Year


Net interest income 322 1,029 416 5 1,772

Other operating income 335 42 396 10 783

Operating income 657 1,071 812 15 2,555

Operating expenses (343) (332) (570) (28) (1,273)

Cash profit/(loss) before credit impairment and income tax 314 739 242 (13) 1,282

Credit impairment (charge)/release 28 (8) 5 - 25

Cash profit/(loss) before income tax 342 731 247 (13) 1,307

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (98) (203) (65) (132) (498)

Cash profit/(loss) 244 528 182 (145) 809

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) (8) 9 - - 1

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) (20) (1) (5) - (26)

Net loans and advances 18,773 135,735 33,655 14 188,177

Customer deposits 141,956 1,554 102,006 1,657 247,173

Risk weighted assets 25,425 119,660 52,138 1,446 198,669


March 2023 Half Year v March 2022 Half Year

Net interest income large 12% -61% -80% 17%

Other operating income 5% 2% large large 75%

Operating income 68% 12% 42% large 35%

Operating expenses 19% 2% -4% 29% 4%

Cash profit/(loss) before credit impairment and income tax large 16% large large 65%

Credit impairment (charge)/release -96% large large n/a large

Cash profit/(loss) before income tax large 27% large large 68%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests 88% 29% large large 19%

Cash profit/(loss) large 27% large -82% 97%

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) -75% large n/a n/a large

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) large large large n/a large

Net loans and advances 0% 9% 22% large 11%

Customer deposits 4% -31% 26% -82% 13%

Risk weighted assets 9% -17% 5% -18% -8%

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


Institutional

Mark Whelan


62

March 2023 Half Year

Transaction

Banking

$M

Corporate

Finance

$M

Markets

$M

Central

Functions

$M

Total

$M

Net interest income

753 1,153 164 1 2,071

Other operating income

352 43 985 (7) 1,373

Operating income

1,105 1,196 1,149 (6) 3,444

Operating expenses (407) (340) (545) (36) (1,328)

Cash profit/(loss) before credit impairment and income tax

698 856 604 (42) 2,116

Credit impairment (charge)/release 1 75 (2) - 74

Cash profit/(loss) before income tax

699 931 602 (42) 2,190

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (184) (261) (164) 16 (593)

Cash profit/(loss)

515 670 438 (26) 1,597

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) (2) (77) - - (79)

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)

1 2 2 - 5

Net loans and advances

18,732 148,520 40,950 63 208,265

Customer deposits

148,314 1,065 128,414 296 278,089

Risk weighted assets

27,719 99,271 54,954 1,181 183,125


September 2022 Half Year


Net interest income 557 1,070 291 7 1,925

Other operating income 329 66 464 9 868

Operating income 886 1,136 755 16 2,793

Operating expenses (335) (324) (566) (68) (1,293)

Cash profit/(loss) before credit impairment and income tax 551 812 189 (52) 1,500

Credit impairment (charge)/release 16 (11) (3) - 2

Cash profit/(loss) before income tax 567 801 186 (52) 1,502

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (152) (217) (47) 42 (374)

Cash profit/(loss) 415 584 139 (10) 1,128

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) (15) - - - (15)

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) (1) 11 3 - 13

Net loans and advances 21,062 145,475 40,656 48 207,241

Customer deposits 153,477 1,842 106,342 873 262,534

Risk weighted assets 27,272 121,817 57,813 1,217 208,119


March 2023 Half Year v September 2022 Half Year

Net interest income 35% 8% -44% -86% 8%

Other operating income 7% -35% large large 58%

Operating income 25% 5% 52% large 23%

Operating expenses 21% 5% -4% -47% 3%

Cash profit/(loss) before credit impairment and income tax 27% 5% large -19% 41%

Credit impairment (charge)/release -94% large -33% n/a large

Cash profit/(loss) before income tax 23% 16% large -19% 46%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests 21% 20% large -62% 59%

Cash profit/(loss) 24% 15% large large 42%

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) -87% n/a n/a n/a large

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) large -82% -33% n/a -62%

Net loans and advances -11% 2% 1% 31% 0%

Customer deposits -3% -42% 21% -66% 6%

Risk weighted assets 2% -19% -5% -3% -12%

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


Institutional

Mark Whelan


63

Analysis of Markets operating income

1



Half Year Movement

Composition of Markets operating income by product

Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Foreign Exchange 407 381 324


7% 26%

Rates

158 111 181


42% -13%

Credit and Capital Markets

112 53 32


large large

Commodities

80 30 53


large 51%

Franchise Revenue

757 575 590


32% 28%

Balance Sheet

2

356 206 223 73% 60%

Derivative valuation adjustments

3

36 (26) (1) large large

Markets operating income

1,149 755 812


52% 42%

1.

Markets operating income includes Net interest income and Other operating income.

2.

Balance Sheet represents hedging of interest rate risk on the Group’s loan and deposit books and the management of the Group’s liquidity portfolio.

3.

Includes funding and credit valuation adjustments.




Half Year


Movement

Composition of Markets operating income by geography

Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Australia 310 161 237


93% 31%

International and PNG

705 521 479


35% 47%

New Zealand

134 73 96


84% 40%

Markets operating income

1,149 755 812


52% 42%

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


Institutional

Mark Whelan


64

Market risk

Market risk stems from the Group’s trading and balance sheet management activities and the impact of changes and correlations between interest rates,

foreign exchange rates, credit spreads and volatility in bonds, commodity or equity prices.

The Group manages and controls market risk using Value at Risk (VaR), sensitivity analysis and stress testing. VaR measure the Group’s possible daily

loss based on historical market movements.

The Group’s VaR approach for both traded and non-traded risk is historical simulation using changes in market rates, prices and volatilities over the

previous 500 business days to calculate standard VaR and a 1-year stressed period to calculate stressed VaR.

VaR is measured at 99% confidence interval which means there is a 99% chance that a loss will not exceed the VaR for relevant holding period.

Traded market risk

Below are aggregate VaR exposures at a 99% confidence level covering both physical and derivative trading positions for the Bank’s principal trading

centres.


99% confidence level (1 day holding period)



High for Low for Avg for



High for Low for Avg for


As at period period period


As at year year year


Mar 23

$M

Mar 23

$M

Mar 23

$M

Mar 23

$M


Sep 22

$M

Sep 22

$M

Sep 22

$M

Sep 22

$M

Value at Risk at 99% confidence

Foreign exchange

3.9 3.9 1.6 2.6 1.8 4.8 1.1 2.4

Interest rate

5.5 18.3 5.1 8.5 7.9 22.7 5.0 9.5

Credit

3.9 5.9 2.5 4.1 2.6 11.8 1.6 4.9

Commodities

2.6 6.6 2.0 3.1 4.3 7.0 1.4 2.9

Equity

- - - - - - - -

Diversification benefit

(7.2) n/a n/a (7.6) (7.2) n/a n/a (7.1)

Total VaR

8.7 18.2 7.3 10.7 9.4 26.9 5.6 12.6



Non-traded interest rate risk

Non-traded interest rate risk is managed by Markets and relates to the potential adverse impact of changes in market interest rates on future net interest

income for the Group and current valuation of the banking book. Interest rate risk is reported using various techniques including VaR and scenario

analysis based on a 1% rate shock.


99% confidence level (1 day holding period)



High for Low for Avg for


High for Low for Avg for


As at period period period As at year year year


Mar 23

$M

Mar 23

$M

Mar 23

$M

Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Sep 22

$M

Sep 22

$M

Sep 22

$M

Value at Risk at 99% confidence

Australia

81.2 93.2 81.2 87.8 78.5 93.4 63.0 76.1

New Zealand

33.5 33.5 26.1 27.9 25.4 27.1 20.2 23.9

Rest of World

25.6 26.9 23.2 25.4 21.7 38.0 16.8 25.8

Diversification benefit

1

(52.8) n/a n/a (45.1) (38.1) n/a n/a (33.7)

Total VaR

87.5 101.5 87.5 96.0 87.5 104.9 66.8 92.1



Impact of 1% rate shock on the next 12 months’ net interest income

2


As at


Mar 23 Sep 22

As at period end 0.74% 1.29%

Maximum exposure

1.14% 2.08%

Minimum exposure

0.61% 1.15%

Average exposure (in absolute terms)

0.84% 1.56%

1.

The diversification benefit reflects risks that offset across categories. The high and low VaR figures reported for each factor did not necessarily occur on the same day as the high and low

VaR reported for the Group as a whole. Consequently, a diversification benefit for high and low would not be meaningful and is therefore omitted from the table.

2.

Modelled 1% overnight parallel positive shift in the yield curve to determine the potential impact on Net interest income over the next 12 months. This is a standard risk measure which

assumes the parallel shift is reflected in all wholesale and customer rates.

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


New Zealand

Antonia Watson


65

Table reflects NZD for New Zealand (AUD results shown on page 69)



Half Year Movement


Mar 23

NZD M

Sep 22

NZD M

Mar 22

NZD M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Net interest income 1,721 1,674 1,434


3% 20%

Other operating income

216 238 259


-9% -17%

Operating income

1,937 1,912 1,693


1% 14%

Operating expenses (685) (688) (689)


0% -1%

Cash profit before credit impairment and income tax

1,252 1,224 1,004


2% 25%

Credit impairment (charge)/release (82) (81) 32


1% large

Cash profit before income tax

1,170 1,143 1,036


2% 13%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (328) (321) (290)


2% 13%

Cash profit

842 822 746


2% 13%

Balance Sheet


Net loans and advances 128,433 128,574 125,249


0% 3%

Other external assets

3,527 3,326 3,513


6% 0%

External assets

131,960 131,900 128,762


0% 2%

Customer deposits 104,614 104,450 104,118


0% 0%

Other deposits and borrowings 6,571 5,755 6,692


14% -2%

Deposits and other borrowings

111,185 110,205 110,810


1% 0%

Other external liabilities 18,655 20,611 17,970


-9% 4%

External liabilities

129,840 130,816 128,780


-1% 1%

Risk weighted assets 76,609 65,482 64,356


17% 19%

Average gross loans and advances 129,088 128,172 123,689


1% 4%

Average deposits and other borrowings

111,064 111,633 107,734


-1% 3%

Net funds management income

96 95 101


1% -5%

Funds under management 36,928 34,313 37,358


8% -1%

Average funds under management

35,867 35,875 38,415


0% -7%

Ratios


Return on average assets 1.28% 1.25% 1.18%


Net interest margin 2.67% 2.61% 2.33%


Operating expenses to operating income 35.4% 36.0% 40.7%


Operating expenses to average assets 1.04% 1.05% 1.09%


Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 10 (4) (14)


large large

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average GLA

1

0.02% (0.01%) (0.02%)


Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 72 85 (18)


-15% large

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average GLA

1

0.11% 0.13% (0.03%)


Gross impaired assets 107 106 121


1% -12%

Gross impaired assets as a % of GLA

0.08% 0.08% 0.10%


Total full time equivalent staff (FTE) 6,785 6,793 6,939


0% -2%

1.

Credit impairment charge/(release) used in the ratio relates to gross loans and advances and off-balance sheet commitments - undrawn and contingent liabilities.


Cash Profit March 2023 v March 2022

Performance March 2023 v March 2022

Lending volumes increased driven by home loan and business lending

growth.

• Net interest margin increased driven by favourable deposit margins

from a rising interest rate environment. This was partially offset by

asset margin contraction from competitive pressure and unfavourable

deposit mix with a shift towards lower margin term deposits.

• Other operating income decreased driven by gain on sale of

government securities in the March 2022 half, and lower funds

management fees.

• Credit impairment charge increased driven by increase in collectively

assessed credit impairment and increase in individually assessed

credit impairment due to lower write-backs.

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


New Zealand

Antonia Watson


66

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) Half Year


Movement


Mar 23

NZD M

Sep 22

NZD M

Mar 22

NZD M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Personal 7 4 7


75% 0%

Home Loans

2 - 1


n/a large

Other

5 4 6


25% -17%

Business

3 (8) (21) large large

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release)

10 (4) (14) large large


Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) Half Year

Movement


Mar 23

NZD M

Sep 22

NZD M

Mar 22

NZD M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Personal 43 44 19


-2% large

Home Loans

52 24 21


large large

Other

(9) 20 (2)


large large

Business

29 41 (37) -29% large

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)

72 85 (18) -15% large


Net loans and advances

As at Movement


Mar 23

NZD M

Sep 22

NZD M

Mar 22

NZD M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Personal 103,509 103,014 101,646


0% 2%

Home Loans

101,946 101,482 100,159


0% 2%

Other

1,563 1,532 1,487


2% 5%

Business

24,924 25,560 23,603 -2% 6%

Net loans and advances

128,433 128,574 125,249


0% 3%



Customer deposits

As at Movement


Mar 23

NZD M

Sep 22

NZD M

Mar 22

NZD M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Personal 86,108 85,391 84,039


1% 2%

Business

18,506 19,059 20,079 -3% -8%

Customer deposits

104,614 104,450 104,118


0% 0%

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


New Zealand

Antonia Watson


67

March 2023 Half Year

Personal

NZD M

Business

NZD M

Central

Functions

NZD M

Total

NZD M

Net interest income

1,218 496 7 1,721

Other operating income

192 26 (2) 216

Operating income

1,410 522 5 1,937

Operating expenses (574) (109) (2) (685)

Cash profit before credit impairment and income tax

836 413 3 1,252

Credit impairment (charge)/release (50) (32) - (82)

Cash profit before income tax

786 381 3 1,170

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (220) (107) (1) (328)

Cash profit

566 274 2 842

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 7 3 - 10

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)

43 29 - 72

Net loans and advances

103,509 24,924 - 128,433

Customer deposits

86,108 18,506 - 104,614

Risk weighted assets

48,199 26,251 2,159 76,609


March 2022 Half Year


Net interest income 1,024 415 (5) 1,434

Other operating income 202 24 33 259

Operating income 1,226 439 28 1,693

Operating expenses (585) (102) (2) (689)

Cash profit before credit impairment and income tax 641 337 26 1,004

Credit impairment (charge)/release (26) 58 - 32

Cash profit before income tax 615 395 26 1,036

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (173) (111) (6) (290)

Cash profit 442 284 20 746

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 7 (21) - (14)

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 19 (37) - (18)

Net loans and advances 101,646 23,603 - 125,249

Customer deposits 84,039 20,079 - 104,118

Risk weighted assets 41,571 20,964 1,821 64,356


March 2023 Half Year v March 2022 Half Year

Net interest income 19% 20% large 20%

Other operating income -5% 8% large -17%

Operating income 15% 19% -82% 14%

Operating expenses -2% 7% 0% -1%

Cash profit before credit impairment and income tax 30% 23% -88% 25%

Credit impairment (charge)/release 92% large n/a large

Cash profit before income tax 28% -4% -88% 13%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests 27% -4% -83% 13%

Cash profit 28% -4% -90% 13%

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 0% large n/a large

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) large large n/a large

Net loans and advances 2% 6% n/a 3%

Customer deposits 2% -8% n/a 0%

Risk weighted assets 16% 25% 19% 19%

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


New Zealand

Antonia Watson


68

March 2023 Half Year

Personal

NZD M

Business

NZD M

Central

Functions

NZD M

Total

NZD M

Net interest income

1,218 496 7 1,721

Other operating income

192 26 (2) 216

Operating income

1,410 522 5 1,937

Operating expenses (574) (109) (2) (685)

Cash profit before credit impairment and income tax

836 413 3 1,252

Credit impairment (charge)/release (50) (32) - (82)

Cash profit before income tax

786 381 3 1,170

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (220) (107) (1) (328)

Cash profit

566 274 2 842

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 7 3 - 10

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)

43 29 - 72

Net loans and advances

103,509 24,924 - 128,433

Customer deposits

86,108 18,506 - 104,614

Risk weighted assets

48,199 26,251 2,159 76,609


September 2022 Half Year


Net interest income 1,196 470 8 1,674

Other operating income 212 28 (2) 238

Operating income 1,408 498 6 1,912

Operating expenses (580) (106) (2) (688)

Cash profit before credit impairment and income tax 828 392 4 1,224

Credit impairment (charge)/release (48) (33) - (81)

Cash profit before income tax 780 359 4 1,143

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (218) (101) (2) (321)

Cash profit 562 258 2 822

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 4 (8) - (4)

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 44 41 - 85

Net loans and advances 103,014 25,560 - 128,574

Customer deposits 85,391 19,059 - 104,450

Risk weighted assets 41,710 21,945 1,827 65,482


March 2023 Half Year v September 2022 Half Year

Net interest income 2% 6% -13% 3%

Other operating income -9% -7% 0% -9%

Operating income 0% 5% -17% 1%

Operating expenses -1% 3% 0% 0%

Cash profit before credit impairment and income tax 1% 5% -25% 2%

Credit impairment (charge)/release 4% -3% n/a 1%

Cash profit before income tax 1% 6% -25% 2%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests 1% 6% -50% 2%

Cash profit 1% 6% 0% 2%

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 75% large n/a large

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) -2% -29% n/a -15%

Net loans and advances 0% -2% n/a 0%

Customer deposits 1% -3% n/a 0%

Risk weighted assets 16% 20% 18% 17%

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


New Zealand

Antonia Watson


69

Table reflects AUD for New Zealand

NZD results shown on page 65



Half Year


Movement



Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Net interest income


1,582 1,517 1,354


4% 17%

Other operating income

199 216 244


-8% -18%

Operating income

1,781 1,733 1,598


3% 11%

Operating expenses (630) (622) (651)


1% -3%

Cash profit before credit impairment and income tax

1,151 1,111 947


4% 22%

Credit impairment (charge)/release (75) (76) 31


-1% large

Cash profit before income tax

1,076 1,035 978


4% 10%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (302) (290) (274)


4% 10%

Cash profit

774 745 704


4% 10%

Consisting of:


Personal 520 510 418


2% 24%

Business

252 233 269


8% -6%

Central Functions

2 2 17


0% -88%

Cash profit

774 745 704


4% 10%

Balance Sheet


Net loans and advances 120,262 113,288 116,403


6% 3%

Other external assets

3,303 2,930 3,264


13% 1%

External assets

123,565 116,218 119,667


6% 3%

Customer deposits 97,958 92,032 96,765


6% 1%

Other deposits and borrowings 6,153 5,070 6,219


21% -1%

Deposits and other borrowings

104,111 97,102 102,984


7% 1%

Other external liabilities 17,469 18,161 16,699


-4% 5%

External liabilities

121,580 115,263 119,683


5% 2%

Risk weighted assets 71,735 57,696 59,810


24% 20%

Average gross loans and advances 118,683 115,946 116,794


2% 2%

Average deposits and other borrowings

102,113 100,984 101,729


1% 0%

Net funds management income

88 86 96


2% -8%

Funds under management 34,580 30,324 34,719


14% 0%

Average funds under management

32,975 32,443 36,275


2% -9%

Ratios


Return on average assets


1.28% 1.25% 1.18%


Net interest margin


2.67% 2.61% 2.33%


Operating expenses to operating income


35.4% 36.0% 40.7%


Operating expenses to average assets


1.04% 1.05% 1.09%


Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release)


9 (3) (13)


large large

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average GLA

1



0.02% (0.01%) (0.02%)


Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)


66 79 (18)


-16% large

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average GLA

1



0.11% 0.13% (0.03%)


Gross impaired assets


100 93 113


8% -12%

Gross impaired assets as a % of GLA


0.08% 0.08% 0.10%


Total full time equivalent staff (FTE)


6,785 6,793 6,939


0% -2%

1.

Credit impairment charge/(release) used in the ratio relates to gross loans and advances and off-balance sheet commitments - undrawn and contingent liabilities.

DIVISIONAL RESULTS


Pacific

Antonia Watson


70


Half Year


Movement


Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M


Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Net interest income 62 50 46


24% 35%

Other operating income

40 34 34 18% 18%

Operating income

102 84 80 21% 28%

Operating expenses (74) (73) (80) 1% -8%

Cash profit/(loss) before credit impairment and income tax

28 11 - large n/a

Credit impairment (charge)/release 16 9 (3) 78% large

Cash profit/(loss) before income tax

44 20 (3) large large

Income tax (expense)/benefit and non-controlling interests (10) (5) (3) large large

Cash profit/(loss)

34 15 (6) large large

Balance Sheet

Net loans and advances 1,661 1,754 1,664 -5% 0%

Customer deposits

3,562 3,776 3,763 -6% -5%

Risk weighted assets

4,131 3,899 3,604 6% 15%

Total full time equivalent staff (FTE)

1,037 1,086 1,092 -5% -5%


Group Centre



Half Year


Movement


Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Share of associates' profit/(loss)


101 103 73 -2% 38%

Operating income (other)


(6) 117 32 large large

Operating income

1

95 220 105 -57% -10%

Operating expenses

2



(535) (492) (397) 9% 35%

Cash profit/(loss) before credit impairment and income tax

(440) (272) (292) 62% 51%

Credit impairment (charge)/release - (14) (4) large large

Cash profit/(loss) before income tax

(440) (286) (296) 54% 49%

Income tax benefit and non-controlling interests 91 60 82 52% 11%

Cash profit/(loss)

(349) (226) (214) 54% 63%

Risk weighted assets 11,320 5,444 5,425 large large

Total full time equivalent staff (FTE)

3

10,821 10,319 10,329 5% 5%

1.

The March 2023 half includes the loss on reclassification of data centres to held for sale of $43 million. The September 2022 half includes the impact associated with the early termination of

the head lease on the 55 Collins Street Melbourne building of $23 million and customer remediation of -$14 million. The March 2022 half Includes a $65 million loss from recycling of foreign

currency reserves following dissolution of several entities.

2.

The March 2023 half includes transaction related costs of $56 million, restructuring expense of $12 million (Sep 22 half: $12 million; Mar 22 half: $6 million). The September 2022 half also

includes remediation expense of $22 million and the loss associated with the early termination of the head lease on the 55 Collins Street Melbourne building of $47 million.

3.

Comparative information has been restated to include FTE of the consolidated investments managed by 1835i Group Pty Ltd (Sep 22: 185; Mar 22: 157).

PROFIT RECONCILIATION


71



CONTENTS Page


Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit 72

Explanation of adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit 72

Reconciliation of statutory profit to cash profit 73

PROFIT RECONCILIATION


72

Non-IFRS information

Statutory profit is prepared in accordance with the recognition and measurement requirements of Australian Accounting Standards, which comply with

International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). The Group provides additional measures of performance in the Consolidated Financial Report and

Dividend Announcement which are prepared on a basis other than in accordance with accounting standards. The guidance provided in ASIC Regulatory

Guide 230 has been followed when presenting this information.

Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit

Cash profit represents ANZ’s preferred measure of the result of the core business activities of the Group, enabling readers to assess Group and

Divisional performance against prior periods and against peer institutions. To calculate cash profit, the Group excludes non-core items from statutory

profit (refer to Definitions on pages 131 to 134 for further details). The adjustments made in arriving at cash profit are included in statutory profit which is

subject to review within the context of the external auditor’s review of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. Cash profit is not subject to

review by the external auditor. The external auditor has informed the Audit Committee that cash profit adjustments have been determined on a consistent

basis across each period presented.



Half Year


Movement



Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Statutory profit attributable to shareholders of the Company from

continuing operations


3,547 3,603 3,535 -2% 0%



Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit from continuing

operations



Economic hedges


190 (196) (373) large large

Revenue and expense hedges


84 (5) (49) large large

Total adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit from continuing

operations


274 (201) (422) large large

Cash profit from continuing operations 3,821 3,402 3,113 12% 23%

Statutory profit/(loss) attributable to shareholders of the Company from

discontinued operations


- (14) (5) large large

Cash profit 3,821 3,388 3,108 13% 23%

Explanation of adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit

• Economic hedges

The Group enters into economic hedges to manage its interest rate and foreign exchange risk which, in accordance with accounting standards, result

in fair value gains and losses being recognised in the Income Statement. This includes gains and losses arising from approved classes of derivatives

not designated in accounting hedge relationships but which are considered to be economic hedges, as well as ineffectiveness from designated

accounting hedges.

Economic hedges comprise:


• Derivatives (primarily cross currency interest rate swaps) used to convert the proceeds of foreign currency debt issuances into floating rate

Australian dollar and New Zealand dollar debt that do not qualify for hedge accounting. The main drivers of these fair value movements are

currency basis spreads and Australian dollar and New Zealand dollar fluctuations against other major funding currencies.

• Economic hedges of select structured finance and specialised leasing transactions that do not qualify for hedge accounting. The main drivers of

these fair value adjustments are movements in the Australian and New Zealand term structure of interest rates.

• Ineffectiveness arising from differences in certain factors between the hedged items and the hedging instruments.

The Group removes the fair value adjustments from cash profit since the profit or loss will reverse over time to match with the profit or loss from the

underlying hedged item.

In the March 2023 half, the majority of the loss on economic hedges relates to funding related swaps, principally from narrowing USD/EUR currency

basis spreads and from the strengthening of AUD and NZD against USD. Further losses were driven by falling AUD yield curves on net pay fixed

swap positions.

• Revenue and expense hedges

The Group enters into economic hedges to manage exposures from larger foreign exchange denominated revenue and expense streams, primarily

NZD and USD (and USD correlated). The loss on revenue and expense hedges in the March 2023 half was mainly due to the depreciation of AUD

against the NZD.

PROFIT RECONCILIATION


73

Reconciliation of statutory profit to cash profit



Adjustments to statutory profit


Statutory profit

Economic

hedges

Revenue and

expense

hedges

Total

adjustments to

statutory profit Cash profit

$M $M $M $M $M

March 2023 Half Yea

r

Net interest income 8,503 - - - 8,503

Other operating income

1,636 269 120 389 2,025

Operating income

10,139 269 120 389 10,528

Operating expenses (4,997) - - - (4,997)

Profit before credit impairment and tax

5,142 269 120 389 5,531

Credit impairment (charge)/release (133) - - - (133)

Profit before income tax

5,009 269 120 389 5,398

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (1,462) (79) (36) (115) (1,577)

Profit after tax from continuing operations

3,547 190 84 274 3,821

Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations - - - - -

Profit after tax

3,547 190 84 274 3,821


September 2022 Half Year

Net interest income 7,774 - - - 7,774

Other operating income 2,110 (278) (7) (285) 1,825

Operating income 9,884 (278) (7) (285) 9,599

Operating expenses (4,788) - - - (4,788)

Profit before credit impairment and tax 5,096 (278) (7) (285) 4,811

Credit impairment (charge)/release (52) - - - (52)

Profit before income tax 5,044 (278) (7) (285) 4,759

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (1,441) 82 2 84 (1,357)

Profit after tax from continuing operations 3,603 (196) (5) (201) 3,402

Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations (14) - - - (14)

Profit after tax 3,589 (196) (5) (201) 3,388


March 2022 Half Year

Net interest income 7,100 - - - 7,100

Other operating income 2,442 (524) (70) (594) 1,848

Operating income 9,542 (524) (70) (594) 8,948

Operating expenses (4,791) - - - (4,791)

Profit before credit impairment and tax 4,751 (524) (70) (594) 4,157

Credit impairment (charge)/release 284 - - - 284

Profit before income tax 5,035 (524) (70) (594) 4,441

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (1,500) 151 21 172 (1,328)

Profit after tax from continuing operations 3,535 (373) (49) (422) 3,113

Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations (5) - - - (5)

Profit after tax 3,530 (373) (49) (422) 3,108

PROFIT RECONCILIATION


74

This page has been left blank intentionally

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


75



CONTENTS Page


Directors’ Report 76

Condensed Consolidated Income Statement 77

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 78

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet 79

Condensed Consolidated Cash Flow Statement 80

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 81

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements 82

Directors’ Declaration 116

Auditor’s Review Report and Independence Declaration 117

DIRECTORS’ REPORT


76

The Directors present their report on the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for ANZ Group Holdings Limited (the Company) for the half year

ended 31 March 2023.


Directors


The names of the Directors of the Company who held office during and since the end of the half year are:


Directors appointed on 20 December 2022

Mr PD O’Sullivan Chairman

Mr SC Elliott Director and Chief Executive Officer

Ms IR Atlas, AO Director

Ms SJ Halton, AO PSM Director

Rt Hon Sir JP Key, GNZM AC Director

Mr JT Macfarlane Director

Ms CE O’Reilly Director

Mr JP Smith Director


The following Directors held office prior to the Company’s listing on the ASX and while the Company was dormant. They each ceased office on

20 December 2022:

Dr T Warren Director

Mr CT Brackenrig Director

Ms ML Treloar Director



Establishment of a New Group Organisational Structure

On 3 January 2023, Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (ANZBGL) established by a scheme of arrangement, a non-operating holding

company, ANZ Group Holdings Limited (ANZGHL), as the new listed parent holding company of the ANZ Group and implemented a restructure to

separate ANZ’s banking and certain non-banking businesses into the ANZ Bank Group and ANZ Non-Bank Group (Restructure). The ANZ Bank Group

comprises the majority of the businesses and subsidiaries that were held in ANZBGL prior to the Restructure. The ANZ Non-Bank Group comprises

banking-adjacent businesses developed or acquired by the ANZ Group to focus on bringing new technology and banking-adjacent services to the ANZ

Group’s customers, and a separate service company.

On Restructure, each ANZ shareholder received one ANZGHL ordinary share for each ANZ ordinary share that they held prior to the implementation of

the Restructure.

Result

The consolidated profit attributable to shareholders of the Company was $3,547 million. Further details are contained in Group Results on pages 19 to 48

which forms part of this report, and in the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.


Review of operations

A review of the operations of the Group during the half year and the results of those operations are contained in the Group Results on pages 19 to 48

which forms part of this report.


Lead auditor’s independence declaration

The lead auditor’s independence declaration given under section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001 (as amended) is set out on page 118 which forms

part of this report.


Rounding of amounts

The amounts contained in these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements have been rounded to the nearest million dollars, except where

otherwise indicated, as permitted by ASIC Corporations Instrument 2016/191.


Significant events since balance date

There have been no significant events from 31 March 2023 to the date of signing this report that have not been adjusted or disclosed.



Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors.




Paul D O’Sullivan Shayne C Elliott

Chairman Managing Director




4 May 2023

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT



ANZ Group Holdings Limited


77



Half Year


Movement


Note

Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M


Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Interest income 22,830 13,902 9,707


64% large

Interest expense

(14,327) (6,128) (2,607)


large large

Net interest income 2

8,503 7,774 7,100


9% 20%

Other operating income 2 1,495 1,922 2,313


-22% -35%

Net income from insurance business 2

40 85 55


-53% -27%

Share of associates' profit/(loss) 2, 16

101 103 74


-2% 36%

Operating income

10,139 9,884 9,542


3% 6%

Operating expenses 3 (4,997) (4,788) (4,791)


4% 4%

Profit before credit impairment and income tax

5,142 5,096 4,751


1% 8%

Credit impairment (charge)/release 9 (133) (52) 284


large large

Profit before income tax

5,009 5,044 5,035


-1% -1%

Income tax expense 4 (1,448) (1,440) (1,500)


1% -3%

Profit after tax from continuing operations

3,561 3,604 3,535


-1% 1%

Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations - (14) (5)


large large

Profit for the period

3,561 3,590 3,530


-1% 1%

Comprising:


Profit attributable to shareholders of the Company 3,547 3,589 3,530


-1% 0%

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests 14

14 1 -


large n/a


Earnings per ordinary share (cents) including discontinued operations


Basic 6 118.5 125.4 124.6


-6% -5%

Diluted 6

112.8 117.5 116.7


-4% -3%

Earnings per ordinary share (cents) from continuing operations


Basic 6 118.5 125.9 124.8


-6% -5%

Diluted 6

112.8 117.9 116.9


-4% -4%

Dividend per ordinary share (cents) 5

81 74 72


9% 13%


The notes appearing on pages 82 to 115 form an integral part of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME



ANZ Group Holdings Limited


78


Half Year


Movement


Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Profit for the period from continuing operations 3,561 3,604 3,535 -1% 1%


Other comprehensive income


Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Investment securities - equity securities at FVOCI 62 (66) 11 large large

Other reserve movements

(34) 28 99 large large


Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Foreign currency translation reserve 792 16 (775) large large

Other reserve movements

1,073 (1,549) (2,631) large large


Income tax attributable to the above items (306) 429 743 large large

Share of associates' other comprehensive income

1

8 (50) 10 large -20%

Other comprehensive income after tax from continuing operations

1,595 (1,192) (2,543) large large

Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations - (14) (5) large large

Total comprehensive income for the period

5,156 2,398 987 large large

Comprising total comprehensive income attributable to:

Shareholders of the Company 5,112 2,412 987 large large

Non-controlling interests

44 (14) - large n/a

1.

Share of associates’ other comprehensive income includes:


Mar 23 half

$M

Sep 22 half

$M

Mar 22 half

$M

FVOCI reserve gain/(loss) 2 (51) (5)

Defined benefits gain/(loss) 6 - 15

Foreign currency translation reserve gain/(loss) - 1 -

Total 8 (50) 10


The notes appearing on pages 82 to 115 form an integral part of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET



ANZ Group Holdings Limited


79


As at Movement

Assets Note

Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Cash and cash equivalents

1

208,800 168,132 168,054 24% 24%

Settlement balances owed to ANZ

7,020 4,762 7,141 47% -2%

Collateral paid

9,245 12,700 10,764 -27% -14%

Trading assets

39,611 35,237 39,433 12% 0%

Derivative financial instruments

45,614 90,174 45,238 -49% 1%

Investment securities

93,972 86,153 79,757 9% 18%

Net loans and advances 8

690,087 672,407 651,436 3% 6%

Regulatory deposits

646 632 661 2% -2%

Investments in associates

2,253 2,181 2,018 3% 12%

Current tax assets

49 46 227 7% -78%

Deferred tax assets

2,962 3,384 2,903 -12% 2%

Goodwill and other intangible assets

4,037 3,877 4,068 4% -1%

Premises and equipment

2,289 2,431 2,702 -6% -15%

Other assets

4,615 3,613 2,959 28% 56%

Total assets

1,111,200 1,085,729 1,017,361 2% 9%


Liabilities

Settlement balances owed by ANZ 23,010 13,766 19,752 67% 16%

Collateral received

8,002 16,230 6,716 -51% 19%

Deposits and other borrowings 10

842,564 797,281 780,288 6% 8%

Derivative financial instruments

46,154 85,149 47,795 -46% -3%

Current tax liabilities

347 829 320 -58% 8%

Deferred tax liabilities

79 83 82 -5% -4%

Payables and other liabilities

12,991 9,835 10,579 32% 23%

Employee entitlements

593 549 585 8% 1%

Other provisions

1,694 1,872 2,262 -10% -25%

Debt issuances 11

106,157 93,734 87,226 13% 22%

Total liabilities

1,041,591 1,019,328 955,605 2% 9%

Net assets 69,609 66,401 61,756 5% 13%


Shareholders' equity

Ordinary share capital 14 29,054 28,797 25,091 1% 16%

Reserves 14

(1,019) (2,606) (1,422) -61% -28%

Retained earnings 14

41,049 39,716 38,078 3% 8%

Share capital and reserves attributable to shareholders of the Company

69,084 65,907 61,747 5% 12%

Non-controlling interests 14 525 494 9 6% large

Total shareholders' equity

69,609 66,401 61,756 5% 13%

1.

Includes settlement balances owed to ANZ that meet the definition of Cash and cash equivalents.


The notes appearing on pages 82 to 115 form an integral part of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT



ANZ Group Holdings Limited

80

Half Year


Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Profit after income tax 3,561 3,590 3,530

Adjustments to reconcile to net cash flow from operating activities:


Credit impairment charge/(release) 133 52 (284)

Depreciation and amortisation

471 499 509

Loss on reclassification of data centres to held for sale

43 - -

(Profit)/loss on sale of premises and equipment

- (8) -

Net derivatives/foreign exchange adjustment

5,417 (4,055) (379)

(Gain)/loss on sale from divestments

- 7 (259)

Other non-cash movements

(746) (734) (175)

Net (increase)/decrease in operating assets:

Collateral paid 3,185 (704) (1,934)

Trading assets

(2,273) 4,557 3,463

Loans and advances

(11,227) (18,073) (28,305)

Other assets

(587) 574 111

Net increase/(decrease) in operating liabilities:

Deposits and other borrowings 41,391 (32) 48,911

Settlement balances owed by ANZ

9,053 (6,011) 2,525

Collateral received

(7,892) 8,205 1,263

Other liabilities

(1,072) (332) 3,665

Total adjustments

35,896 (16,055) 29,111

Net cash (used in)/provided by operating activities

1

39,457 (12,465) 32,641

Cash flows from investing activities

Investment securities:

Purchases (13,553) (17,083) (17,209)

Proceeds from sale or maturity

5,432 14,305 18,492

Controlled entities and associates:

Purchased, net of cash acquired (10) - (65)

Proceeds from divestments, net of cash disposed

- - 394

Net investments in other assets

(350) (132) (519)

Net cash (used in)/provided by investing activities

(8,481) (2,910) 1,093

Cash flows from financing activities

Deposits and other borrowings drawn down 937 794 432

Debt issuances:

2


Issue proceeds 25,041 15,955 7,467

Redemptions

(14,689) (9,141) (16,876)

Dividends paid

3

(1,979) (1,790) (1,994)

On market purchase of treasury shares

(19) - (117)

Repayment of lease liabilities

(156) (60) (158)

Share buy-back

- - (846)

ANZ Bank New Zealand Perpetual Preference Shares

- 492 -

Share entitlement issue

- 3,497 -

Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities

9,135 9,747 (12,092)

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 40,111 (5,628) 21,642

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period 168,132 168,054 151,260

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

557 5,706 (4,848)

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

208,800 168,132 168,054

1.

Net cash (used in)/provided by operating activities includes interest received of $22,079 million (Sep 22 half: $13,129 million; Mar 22 half: $9,619 million), interest paid of $12,717 million

(Sep 22 half: $5,223 million; Mar 22 half: $2,634 million) and income taxes paid of $1,827 million (Sep 22 half: $749 million; Mar 22 half: $1,422 million).

2.

Non-cash changes in debt issuances include a loss of $2,072 million (Sep 22 half: $831 million gain; Mar 22 half: $3,894 million gain) from unrealised movements primarily due to fair value

hedge adjustments and foreign exchange differences.

3.

Cash outflow for shares purchased to satisfy the Dividend Reinvestment Plan are classified in dividends paid.


The notes appearing on pages 82 to 115 form an integral part of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY



ANZ Group Holdings Limited


81


Ordinary

share

capital Reserves

Retained

earnings

Share capital

and reserves

attributable to

shareholders of

the Company

Non-

controlling

interests

Total

shareholders'

equity


$M $M $M $M $M $M

As at 1 October 2021 25,984 1,228 36,453 63,665 11 63,676

Profit/(Loss) from continuing operations - - 3,535 3,535 - 3,535

Profit/(Loss) from discontinued operations - - (5) (5) - (5)

Other comprehensive income for the period from continuing operations - (2,628) 85 (2,543) - (2,543)

Total comprehensive income for the period - (2,628) 3,615 987 - 987

Transactions with equity holders in their capacity as equity holders:

Dividends paid - - (1,992) (1,992) (2) (1,994)

Group share buy-back

1

(846) - - (846) - (846)

Other equity movements:


Employee share and option plans (47) - - (47) - (47)

Other items - (22) 2 (20) - (20)

As at 31 March 2022 25,091 (1,422) 38,078 61,747 9 61,756

Profit/(Loss) from continuing operations - - 3,603 3,603 1 3,604

Profit/(Loss) from discontinued operations - - (14) (14) - (14)

Other comprehensive income for the period from continuing operations - (1,207) 30 (1,177) (15) (1,192)

Total comprehensive income for the period - (1,207) 3,619 2,412 (14) 2,398

Transactions with equity holders in their capacity as equity holders:

Dividends paid - - (1,973) (1,973) - (1,973)

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

2

183 - - 183 - 183

Share entitlement issue

3

3,497 - - 3,497 - 3,497

Other equity movements:

Employee share and option plans 26 - - 26 - 26

ANZ Bank New Zealand Perpetual Preference Shares issued

4

- - (7) (7) 499 492

Other items - 23 (1) 22 - 22

As at 30 September 2022 28,797 (2,606) 39,716 65,907 494 66,401

Profit/(Loss) from continuing operations - - 3,547 3,547 14 3,561

Other comprehensive income for the period from continuing operations - 1,607 (42) 1,565 30 1,595

Total comprehensive income for the period - 1,607 3,505 5,112 44 5,156

Transactions with equity holders in their capacity as equity holders:

Dividends paid - - (2,172) (2,172) (13) (2,185)

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

2

206 - - 206 - 206

Other equity movements:

Employee share and option plans 53 - - 53 - 53

Other items (2) (20) - (22) - (22)

As at 31 March 2023 29,054 (1,019) 41,049 69,084 525 69,609

1.

The Group completed its $1.5 billion on-market share buy-back of ANZ ordinary shares resulting in 31 million shares being cancelled in the March 2022 half.

2.

8.4 million shares were issued under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) for the 2022 final dividend (2022 interim dividend: 7.2 million; 2021 final dividend: nil). On-market share

purchases for the DRP were $204 million in the March 2022 half.

3.

The Group issued 187.1 million new ordinary shares under the share entitlement offer in the September 2022 half.

4.

ANZ Bank New Zealand, a wholly owned subsidiary of ANZGHL, issued Perpetual Preference Shares in the September 2022 half which are considered non-controlling interests to the

Group. Refer to Note 14 Shareholders’ equity for further details.


The notes appearing on pages 82 to 115 form an integral part of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


82

1. Basis of preparation

Organisational Restructure

These Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared for the ANZ Group Holdings Limited consolidated group. On 3 January 2023,

Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (ANZBGL) established by a scheme of arrangement, a non-operating holding company, ANZ Group

Holdings Limited (ANZGHL), as the new listed parent holding company of the ANZ Group. Accordingly, these Condensed Consolidated Financial

Statements reflect a continuation of the existing ANZ Group and have been prepared on the basis of accounting policies and using methods of

computation consistent with those applied in the 2022 ANZ Annual Report.

Basis of Preparation

These Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements:

• have been prepared in accordance with the recognition and measurement requirements of Australian Accounting Standards (AASs),

• should be read in conjunction with ANZ’s Annual Financial Report for the year ended 30 September 2022 and any public announcements made by

the Parent Entity and its controlled entities (the Group) for the half year ended 31 March 2023 in accordance with the continuous disclosure

obligations under the Corporations Act 2001 and the ASX Listing Rules;

• do not include all notes of the type normally included in the 2022 ANZ Annual Report;

• are presented in Australian dollars unless otherwise stated; and

• were approved by the Board of Directors on 4 May 2023.

i) Statement of Compliance

These Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 and AASB 134 Interim

Financial Reporting which ensures compliance with IAS 34 Interim Financial Reporting.

ii) Rounding of amounts

The amounts contained in these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements have been rounded to the nearest million dollars, except where

otherwise indicated, as permitted by Australian Securities and Investments Commission Corporations Instrument 2016/191.

iii) Basis of measurement and presentation

The financial information has been prepared in accordance with the historical cost basis except the following assets and liabilities that are stated at their

fair values:

• derivative financial instruments as well as, in the case of fair value hedges, the fair value adjustment on the underlying hedged exposure,

• financial assets and liabilities held for trading;

• financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss (FVTPL);

• financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI); and

• assets and liabilities held for sale (except those required to be at carrying value).

In accordance with AASB 119 Employee Benefits, defined benefit obligations are measured using the Projected Unit Credit method.

There were no discontinued operations in the current period. For the purpose of comparative information, discontinued operations in the prior periods

were separately presented from the results of the continuing operations as a single line item ‘Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations’ in the

Condensed Consolidated Income Statement.

iv) Accounting policies

These Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared on the basis of accounting policies and using methods of computation

consistent with those applied in the 2022 ANZ Annual Report.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


83

1. Basis of preparation, cont’d

v) Use of estimates, assumptions and judgements

The preparation of these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements requires the use of management judgement, estimates and assumptions

impacting the application of accounting policies and financial outcomes. Discussion of the critical accounting estimates and judgements, which include

complex or subjective decisions or assessments are provided in the 2022 ANZ Annual Report. Such estimates and judgements are reviewed on an

ongoing basis.

The global economy is facing challenges associated with high inflation, increasing interest rates, labour market constraints, and continuing geopolitical

tensions which contributes to an elevated level of estimation uncertainty involved in the preparation of these financial statements.

The Group has made various accounting estimates in these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements based on forecasts of economic conditions

which reflect expectations and assumptions at 31 March 2023 about future events considered reasonable in the circumstances. Thus there is a

considerable degree of judgement involved in preparing these estimates. Actual economic conditions are likely to be different from those forecast since

anticipated events frequently do not occur as expected, and the effect of these differences may significantly impact accounting estimates included in

these financial statements. The significant accounting estimates impacted by these forecasts and associated uncertainties are predominantly related to

expected credit losses and recoverable amounts of non-financial assets.

The impact of these uncertainties on each of these accounting estimates is discussed further below, along with assumptions and judgements made in

relation to other key estimates. Readers should consider these disclosures in light of the inherent uncertainties described above.

Allowance for expected credit losses

The Group measures the allowance for expected credit losses (ECL) using an expected credit loss impairment model as required by AASB 9 Financial

Instruments.

The Group’s allowance for expected credit losses is included in the table below (refer to Note 9 for further information).


As at


Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Collectively assessed 4,040 3,853 3,757

Individually assessed

421 542 636

Total

1

4,461 4,395 4,393

1.

Includes allowance for expected credit losses for Net loans and advances - at amortised cost, Investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost and Off-balance sheet commitments -

undrawn and contingent facilities.

Individually assessed allowance for expected credit losses

During the March 2023 half, the individually assessed allowance for expected credit losses decreased $121 million.

In estimating individually assessed ECL, the Group makes judgements and assumptions in relation to expected repayments, the realisable value of

collateral, business prospects for the customer, competing claims and the likely cost and duration of the work-out process. Judgements and assumptions

in respect of these matters have been updated to reflect amongst other things, the continuing uncertainties described above.

Collectively assessed allowance for expected credit losses

During the March 2023 half, the collectively assessed allowance for expected credit losses increased $187 million, attributable to $100 million from

deterioration in economic outlook, $80 million from a net increase in management temporary adjustments, $24 million from deterioration in credit risk, and

$24 million from foreign currency translation and other impacts. This was partially offset by $41 million from an improvement in portfolio composition.

In estimating collectively assessed ECL, the Group makes judgements and assumptions in relation to:

• the selection of an estimation technique or modelling methodology; and

• the selection of inputs for those models, and the interdependencies between those inputs.

The judgements and associated assumptions have been made within the context of the uncertainty of how various factors might impact the global

economy, and reflect historical experience and other factors that are considered relevant, including expectations of future events that are believed to be

reasonable under the circumstances. The Group’s ECL estimates are inherently uncertain and, as a result, actual results may differ from these estimates.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


84

1. Basis of preparation, cont’d

The following table summarises the key judgements and assumptions in relation to the model inputs and the interdependencies between those inputs,

and highlights significant changes during the current period.


Judgement/Assumption Description Considerations for the half year ended 31 March 2023

Determining when a

significant increase in

credit risk (SICR) has

occurred or reversed

In the measurement of ECL, judgement is involved in

determining whether there has been a SICR since initial

recognition of a loan, which would result in the financial asset

moving from Stage 1 to Stage 2. This is a key area of

judgement since transition from Stage 1 to Stage 2 increases

the ECL from an allowance based on the probability of default

(PD) in the next 12 months, to an allowance for lifetime

expected credit losses. Subsequent decreases in credit risk

resulting in transition from Stage 2 to Stage 1 may similarly

result in significant changes in the ECL allowance.

The setting of precise SICR trigger points requires judgement

which may have a material impact upon the size of the ECL

allowance. The Group monitors the effectiveness of SICR

criteria on an ongoing basis.

The Group has continued to adjust ECL this period to account

for expected deterioration in credit-worthiness of certain

customer segments which are considered particularly

vulnerable to economic pressures such as higher interest

rates, elevated inflation and labour market pressures.



Measuring both 12-month

and lifetime credit losses

The probability of default, loss given default (LGD) and

exposure at default (EAD) factors used in determining ECL

are point-in-time measures reflecting the relevant forward-

looking information determined by management. Judgement

is involved in determining which forward-looking information

is relevant for particular lending portfolios and for determining

each portfolio’s point-in-time sensitivity.

In addition, judgement is required where behavioural

characteristics are applied in estimating the lifetime of a

facility which is used in measuring ECL.

The PD, LGD and EAD models are subject to the Group’s

model risk policy that stipulates periodic model monitoring and

re-validation, and defines approval procedures and authorities

according to model materiality.

There were no material changes to the policies.

Base case economic

forecast

The Group derives a forward-looking ‘base case’ economic

scenario which reflects ANZ Research - Economics’ (ANZ

Economics) view of future macroeconomic conditions.

There have been no changes to the types of forward-looking

variables (key economic drivers) used as model inputs.

As at 31 March 2023, the base case assumptions have been

updated to reflect elevated inflation, continuing high interest

rates, continued cost of living pressures and tightness in the

labour market.

The expected outcomes of key economic drivers for the base

case scenario at 31 March 2023 are described below under the

heading ‘Base case economic forecast assumptions’.

Probability weighting of

each economic scenario

(base case, upside,

downside and severe

downside scenarios)

1


Probability weighting of each economic scenario is

determined by management considering the risks and

uncertainties surrounding the base case economic scenario

at each measurement date.

The assigned probability weightings in Australia, New

Zealand and Rest of World are subject to a high degree of

inherent uncertainty and therefore the actual outcomes may

be significantly different to those projected.

The probability weightings for each scenario remained

unchanged from 30 September 2022.

Weightings for current and prior periods are as detailed in the

section below under the heading on ‘Probability weightings’.

Management temporary

adjustments

Management temporary adjustments to the ECL allowance

are used in circumstances where it is judged that our existing

inputs, assumptions and model techniques do not capture all

the risk factors relevant to our lending portfolios. Emerging

local or global macroeconomic, microeconomic or political

events, and natural disasters that are not incorporated into

our current parameters, risk ratings, or forward-looking

information are examples of such circumstances.

Management have continued to apply adjustments to

accommodate uncertainty associated with higher inflation and

interest rates.

Management overlays have been made for risks particular to

retail, including home loans, credit cards and small business in

Australia, business banking in New Zealand, and for personal

and tourism in Pacific.

1.

The upside and downside scenarios are fixed by reference to average economic cycle conditions (that is, they are not based on the economic conditions prevailing at balance date) and are

based on a combination of more optimistic (in the case of the upside) and pessimistic (in the case of the downside) economic conditions.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


85

1. Basis of preparation, cont’d


Base case economic forecast assumptions

Continuing uncertainties described above increase the risk of the economic forecast resulting in an understatement or overstatement of the ECL balance.

The economic drivers of the base case economic forecasts, reflective of ANZ Economics’ view of future macro-economic conditions, used at 31 March

2023 are set out below. For years beyond the near-term forecasts below, the ECL models apply simplified assumptions for the economy to calculate

lifetime loss.

The base case economic forecasts for Australia, New Zealand and Rest of World are for continuing slowdowns in economic activity. Continued high

inflation and tight labour markets are expected to keep interest rates high and dampen growth over the forecast period.

Probability weightings

Probability weightings for each scenario are determined by management considering the risks and uncertainties surrounding the base case economic

scenario including the uncertainties described above.

Scenario weightings remain the same as those applied in September 2022 as noted in the table below.

The assigned probability weightings in Australia, New Zealand and Rest of World are subject to a high degree of inherent uncertainty and therefore the

actual outcomes may be significantly different to those projected. The Group considers these weightings in each geography to provide estimates of the

possible loss outcomes and taking into account short and long term inter-relationships within the Group’s credit portfolios. The average weightings

applied across the Group are set out below:


Mar 23 Sep 22 Mar 22

Group


Base 45.0%

45.0%

40.0%

Upside

0.0%

0.0%

5.0%

Downside

40.0%

40.0%

45.0%

Severe downside

15.0% 15.0% 10.0%


ECL -

Sensitivity analysis

Given current economic uncertainties and the judgement applied to factors used in determining the expected default of borrowers in future periods,

expected credit losses reported by the Group should be considered as a best estimate within a range of possible estimates. The table below illustrates

the sensitivity of the Group’s allowance for collectively assessed ECL to key factors used in determining it at

31 March 2023:



Balance

Sheet

$M

(Profit) and Loss

Impact

$M

If 1% of stage 1 facilities were included in stage 2

4,121 81

If 1% of stage 2 facilities were included in stage 1

4,035 (5)



100% upside scenario

1,315 (2,725)

100% base scenario

1,816 (2,224)

100% downside scenario

3,272 (768)

100% severe downside scenario

7,314 3,274


Actual calendar year Forecast calendar year

2022 2023 2024

Australia

GDP (annual % change) 3.6% 2.0% 1.2%

Unemployment rate 3.7% 3.7% 4.2%

Residential property prices (annual % change) -6.9% -9.2% 4.2%

Consumer price index (annual % change) 6.6% 5.3% 3.3%

New Zealand

GDP (annual % change) 2.8% 1.4% -0.1%

Unemployment rate 3.3% 3.9% 5.2%

Residential property prices (annual % change) -13.0% -9.7% 2.2%

Consumer price index (annual % change) 7.2% 6.1% 2.9%

Rest of World

GDP (annual % change) 2.1% 1.4% 0.4%

Consumer price index (annual % change) 8.0% 4.1% 2.7%

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


86

1. Basis of preparation, cont’d

Fair value measurement of financial instruments

The majority of valuation models the Group used to value financial instruments employ observable market data as inputs. For certain financial instruments,

the Group may use data that is not readily observable in current markets requiring management to exercise judgement in determining fair value depending

on the significance of the unobservable input to the overall valuation. Generally, the Group derives unobservable inputs from other relevant market data

and compare them to observed transaction prices where available.

At 31 March 2023, the Group had $1,868 million of assets and $26 million of liabilities where the valuation was primarily derived using unobservable

inputs (Sep 22: $1,833 million assets and $31 million liabilities; Mar 22: $1,580 million assets and $23 million liabilities). The financial instruments which

are valued using unobservable inputs are predominantly equity securities and syndicated loans where quoted prices in active markets are not available.

Equity securities

The Group holds an equity investment in the Bank of Tianjin (BoT), which at 31 March 2023 has a carrying value of $900 million (Sep 22: $854 million;

Mar 22: $956 million). The shares in BoT are listed, but the shares are illiquid, and consequently the fair value is based upon a valuation model using

comparator group pricing multiples.

The Group holds equity investments in unlisted equities, which at 31 March 2023 have a carrying value of $545 million (Sep 22: $491 million; Mar 22:

$426 million). The fair values of these investments are based on valuation techniques relevant to the investments, including use of discounted cash flow

approaches, prices from recent arm’s length transactions where available, and comparator group pricing multiples, such as price to book ratios.

For equity instruments valued using valuation techniques, judgement is required in both the selection of the model and inputs used. When the Group

adopts comparator group pricing multiples, judgement is required to determine an appropriate comparator group for the purposes of the specific

valuation.

Syndicated loans

The Group holds $380 million (Sep 22: $403 million; Mar 22: $113 million) of syndicated loans which are measured at fair value when there is no market

data available for the valuation. A fair value is derived using discounted cash flow techniques with discount factors sourced from credit default swaps as a

proxy.

Investments in associates

The Group assesses the carrying value of its investments in associates for impairment indicators semi-annually. In addition, the recoverable amount of

the investments is assessed to determine whether it is appropriate to reverse any prior period impairment losses recorded in respect of those

investments.

Investments may be subjected to impairment depending on whether indicators of impairment exist, and then where a value-in-use (VIU) or fair value less

cost of disposal (FVLCOD) recoverable value assessment indicate that impairment is warranted.

Investments are also assessed for reversals of any prior period impairments by comparing their carrying values to higher of value-in-use and FVLCOD

and determining whether the service potential of the investment has increased since it was last impaired.

Both VIU and FVLCOD are subject to management judgement including the inputs used in the VIU measurement. Depending on the judgements applied,

decisions on the amount of impairment, reversals of prior-period impairments, or decisions on whether or not to adjust carrying values, may differ.

Customer remediation provisions

At 31 March 2023, the Group has recognised customer remediation provisions of $549 million (Sep 22: $662 million; Mar 22: $853 million) which includes

provisions for expected refunds to customers, remediation project costs and related customer and regulatory claims, penalties and litigation costs and

outcomes.

Determining the amount of the provisions, which represent management’s best estimate of the cost of settling the identified matters, requires the exercise

of significant judgement. It will often be necessary to form a view on a number of different assumptions, including the number of impacted customers, the

average refund per customer, associated remediation project costs, and the implications of regulatory exposures and customer claims having regard to

their specific facts and circumstances.

Consequently, the appropriateness of the underlying assumptions is reviewed on a regular basis against actual experience and other relevant evidence,

including expert legal advice, and adjustments are made to the provisions where appropriate.

Other provisions

The Group holds provisions for various obligations including restructuring costs, non-lending losses, fraud and forgeries and litigation related claims.

These provisions involve judgements regarding the timing and outcome of future events, including estimates of expenditure required to satisfy such

obligations. The appropriateness of the underlying assumptions is reviewed on a regular basis against actual experience and other relevant evidence,

including expert legal advice, and adjustments are made to the provisions where appropriate.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


87

1. Basis of preparation, cont’d

vi) Interest rate benchmark reform

Interbank offered rates (IBORs), such as the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR), continue to play a critical role in global financial markets, serving

as reference rates for certain derivatives, loans and securities, and in the valuation of financial instruments. The IBOR reforms have a wide-ranging

impact for the Group and our customers given the fundamental differences between IBORs and risk-free rates (RFRs). RFRs are available both as

backward-looking in arrears rates and, for some currencies, as forward-looking term rates. The key difference between IBORs and RFRs is that IBOR

rates include a term and bank credit risk premium, whereas RFRs do not. As a result of these differences, adjustments are required to an RFR to ensure

contracts referencing an IBOR rate transition on an economically comparable basis.

Update on the Group’s approach to interest rate benchmark reform

In line with the regulatory announcements made in 2021, the majority of IBOR rates, including Pound Sterling (GBP), Euro (EUR), Swiss Franc (CHF)

and Japanese Yen (JPY), and the US Dollar (USD) 1-week and 2-month LIBOR rate settings ceased on 31 December 2021 and have been replaced by

alternative RFRs. This transition had an immaterial impact to the Group’s profit and loss. Through its loan and derivative transactions with customers,

issuance of debt and its asset and liability management activities the Group continues to have exposure to the remaining USD LIBOR settings and other

IBOR-related benchmarks that are due to cease primarily by 30 June 2023.

The Group continues to manage the transition from the remaining USD LIBOR tenors and other IBOR settings to RFR’s through its enterprise-wide

Benchmark Transition Program (the Program). The program is responsible for managing the risks associated with the transition including operational,

market, legal, conduct and financial reporting risks that may arise.

Exposures subject to benchmark reform as at 31 March 2023

The table below presents the Group’s exposure to interest rate benchmarks still subject to IBOR reform. These are financial instruments that contractually

reference an IBOR benchmark planned to transition to an RFR and have a contractual maturity date beyond the planned IBOR cessation date.



USD LIBOR Others

As at 31 March 2023

$M $M

Gross loans and advances

1

7,735 48

Other non-derivative financial assets

1

149 -

Non-derivative financial liabilities

2

650 32

Derivative assets (notional value)

3

597,784 11,064

Derivative liabilities (notional value)

3

578,589 9,599

Loan commitments

1,4

6,914 -

1.

Excludes Expected Credit Losses (ECL).

2.

Comprises floating rate debt issuances by the Group.

3.

For cross-currency swaps, where both the receive and pay legs are in currencies subject to reform, the Group discloses the Australian dollar-equivalent notional amounts for both. Where

one leg of a swap is subject to reform, the Group discloses the notional amount of the receive leg.

4.

For multi-currency IBOR referenced facilities, the undrawn balance has been allocated to the pricing currency of the facility. In the event there are multiple pricing currencies that are

impacted by cessation, the allocation is based on most likely currency of drawdown.

Hedge accounting exposures subject to IBOR reform

The Group has hedge-accounted relationships referencing USD LIBOR, primarily due to fixed rate investment securities and the Group’s fixed rate debt

issuances denominated in USD that are designated in fair value hedge accounting relationships. The table below details the carrying values of the

exposures designated in hedge accounting relationships referencing LIBOR that will be impacted by IBOR reform. The nominal value of the associated

hedging instruments is also presented:


As at 31 March 2023

Hedged items



$M

Investment securities at FVOCI 7,410

Net loans and advances 201

Deposits and other borrowings 157

Debt issuances 15,387

Hedging instruments


Notional designated up to

30 June 2023

$M

Notional designated

beyond 30 June 2023

$M

Total notional amount

$M

Fair value hedges 3,278 19,098 22,376

Cash flow hedges - 277 277

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


88

2. Income


Half Year Movement


Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Interest income 22,830 13,902 9,707 64% large

Interest expense

(14,152) (5,953) (2,442) large large

Major bank levy

(175) (175) (165) 0% 6%

Net interest income

8,503 7,774 7,100 9% 20%

Other operating income

i) Fee and commission income

Lending fees

1

199 186 188 7% 6%

Non-lending fees

1,129 1,120 1,274 1% -11%

Commissions

40 53 50 -25% -20%

Funds management income

122 124 137 -2% -11%

Fee and commission income

1,490 1,483 1,649 0% -10%

Fee and commission expense (552) (494) (666) 12% -17%

Net fee and commission income

938 989 983 -5% -5%

ii) Other income

Net foreign exchange earnings and other financial instruments income

2

590 870 1,123 -32% -47%

Gain on completion of ANZ Worldline partnership

- - 307 n/a large

Release of foreign currency translation reserve

- - (65) n/a large

Loss on disposal of financial planning and advice business

- - (62) n/a large

Loss on reclassification of data centres to held for sale

(43) - - n/a n/a

Other

10 63 27 -84% -63%

Other income

557 933 1,330 -40% -58%

Other operating income 1,495 1,922 2,313 -22% -35%

Net income from insurance business 40 85 55 -53% -27%

Share of associates' profit/(loss) 101 103 74 -2% 36%

Operating income

10,139 9,884 9,542 3% 6%

1.

Lending fees exclude fees treated as part of the effective yield calculation in interest income.

2.

Includes fair value movements (excluding realised and accrued interest) on derivatives not designated as accounting hedges entered into to manage interest rate and foreign exchange risk,

ineffective portions of cash flow hedges, and fair value movements in financial assets and liabilities measured and/or designated at fair value through profit or loss.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


89

3. Operating expenses


Half Year Movement


Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

i) Personnel

Salaries and related costs


2,608 2,376 2,378 10% 10%

Superannuation costs


195 187 188 4% 4%

Other

90 79 88 14% 2%

Personnel

2,893 2,642 2,654 10% 9%

ii) Premises

Rent


34 48 40 -29% -15%

Depreciation


210 207 212 1% -1%

Other

90 125 89 -28% 1%

Premises

334 380 341 -12% -2%

iii) Technology

Depreciation and amortisation


257 285 293 -10% -12%

Subscription licences and outsourced services


484 455 444 6% 9%

Other

95 66 78 44% 22%

Technology

836 806 815 4% 3%

iv) Restructuring 54 52 49 4% 10%


v) Other

Advertising and public relations


93 88 77 6% 21%

Professional fees


407 471 464 -14% -12%

Freight, stationery, postage and communication


86 85 87 1% -1%

Other

294 264 304 11% -3%

Other

880 908 932 -3% -6%

Operating expenses 4,997 4,788 4,791 4% 4%

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


90

4. Income tax expense


Reconciliation of the prima facie income tax expense on pre-tax profit with the income tax expense recognised in the profit and loss.



Half Year


Movement


Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Profit before income tax from continuing operations 5,009 5,044 5,035


-1% -1%

Prima facie income tax expense at 30%

1,503 1,513 1,511


-1% -1%

Tax effect of permanent differences:



Net gain from divestments/closures

- 4 (87)


large large

Share of associates' (profit)/loss

(31) (31) (22)


0% 41%

Interest on convertible instruments

38 28 21


36% 81%

Overseas tax rate differential

(94) (67) (61)


40% 54%

Provision for foreign tax on dividend repatriation

1

18 16 139


13% -87%

Other

15 (7) 11 large 36%

Subtotal

1,449 1,456 1,512 0% -4%

Income tax (over)/under provided in previous years (1) (16) (12) -94% -92%

Income tax expense

1,448 1,440 1,500 1% -3%

Australia 849 884 960 -4% -12%

Overseas 599 556 540 8% 11%

Income tax expense

1,448 1,440 1,500 1% -3%

Effective tax rate 28.9% 28.5% 29.8%

1.

Includes the $126 million withholding tax paid in the March 2022 half on the dividend payment made by ANZ Papua New Guinea to ANZBGL.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


91

5. Dividends

Dividend per ordinary share (cents)

1


Half Year Movement


Mar 23 Sep 22 Mar 22

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Interim 81 - 72

Final

- 74 -

Total

81 74 72 9% 13%


Ordinary share dividend ($M)

2



Interim dividend

- 2,012 -

Final dividend

2,213 - 2,030

Bonus option plan adjustment

(41) (39) (38) 5% 8%

Total

2,172 1,973 1,992 10% 9%

Ordinary share dividend payout ratio


(%)

3

68.6% 61.7% 57.0%

1.

Fully franked for Australian tax purposes (30% tax rate) and carry New Zealand imputation credits of NZD 9 cents for the proposed 2023 interim dividend (2022 final dividend: NZD 9 cents;

2022 interim dividend: NZD 9 cents).

2.

Dividends paid to ordinary equity holders of the Company. Excludes dividends paid by subsidiaries of the Group to non-controlling equity holders of $13 million (Sep 22 half: nil;

Mar 22 half: $2 million).

3.

The dividend payout ratio for the March 2023 half is calculated using the proposed 2023 interim dividend of $2,433 million, based on the forecast number of ordinary shares on issue at the

dividend record date. Dividend payout ratios for the September 2022 half and March 2022 half were calculated using actual dividends of $2,213 million and $2,012 million respectively.



Ordinary Shares

The Directors propose an interim dividend of 81 cents be paid on each eligible fully paid ANZ ordinary share on 3 July 2023. The proposed 2023 interim

dividend will be fully franked for Australian tax purposes. New Zealand imputation credits of NZD 9 cents per ordinary share will also be attached.

ANZ has a Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) and a Bonus Option Plan (BOP) that will operate in respect of the proposed 2023 interim dividend.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


92

6. Earnings per share


Basic earnings per share (EPS) is calculated by dividing the profit or loss attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of

ordinary shares outstanding during the period (after eliminating ANZ shares held within the Group referred to as treasury shares). Diluted EPS is

calculated by adjusting the profit or loss attributable to ordinary shareholders and the weighted average number of ordinary shares used in the basic EPS

calculation for the effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares.




Half Year Movement



Mar 23 Sep 22 Mar 22

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Earnings Per Share - Basic


Earnings Per Share (cents)


118.5 125.4 124.6 -6% -5%

Earnings Per Share (cents) from continuing operations


118.5 125.9 124.8 -6% -5%

Earnings Per Share (cents) from discontinued operations


- (0.5) (0.2) large large




Earnings Per Share - Diluted


Earnings Per Share (cents)


112.8 117.5 116.7 -4% -3%

Earnings Per Share (cents) from continuing operations


112.8 117.9 116.9 -4% -4%

Earnings Per Share (cents) from discontinued operations


- (0.4) (0.2) large large





Half Year Movement


Mar 23 Sep 22 Mar 22

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Reconciliation of earnings used in earnings per share calculations


Basic:


Profit for the period ($M)


3,561 3,590 3,530 -1% 1%

Less: Profit attributable to non-controlling interests ($M)


14 1 - large n/a

Earnings used in calculating basic earnings per share ($M)


3,547 3,589 3,530 -1% 0%

Less: Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations ($M)


- (14) (5) large large

Earnings used in calculating basic earnings per share from continuing

operations ($M)


3,547 3,603 3,535 -2% 0%




Diluted:



Earnings used in calculating basic earnings per share ($M)


3,547 3,589 3,530 -1% 0%

Add: Interest on convertible subordinated debt ($M)


150 107 92 40% 63%

Earnings used in calculating diluted earnings per share ($M)


3,697 3,696 3,622 0% 2%

Less: Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations ($M)


- (14) (5) large large

Earnings used in calculating diluted earnings per share from

continuing operations ($M)


3,697 3,710 3,627 0% 2%




Reconciliation of weighted average number of ordinary shares

(WANOS) used in earnings per share calculations

1





WANOS used in calculating basic earnings per share (M)


2,994.1 2,862.5 2,832.9 5% 6%

Add: Weighted average dilutive potential ordinary shares (M)



Convertible subordinated debt (M)


277.3 275.7 264.0 1% 5%

Share based payments (options, rights and deferred shares) (M)


6.9 7.3 6.9 -5% 0%

WANOS used in calculating diluted earnings per share (M)


3,278.3 3,145.5 3,103.8 4% 6%

1.

WANOS excludes the weighted average number of treasury shares held in ANZEST Pty Ltd of 4.2 million in the March 2023 half (Sep 22 half: 4.3 million; Mar 22 half: 4.5 million).

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


93

7. Segment reporting

i) Description of segments

During the March 2023 half, the Group operated on a divisional structure with six divisions: Australia Retail, Australia Commercial, Institutional, New

Zealand, Pacific, and Group Centre. For further information on the composition of divisions refer to the Definitions on page 134.

The presentation of divisional results has been impacted by the following structural changes during the period. Prior period comparatives have been

restated:

• Business Restructure - the non-banking businesses held in the Australia Commercial and Institutional divisions were transferred to the Group Centre

division. As a result of this transfer, Group Centre division holds all interests in the ANZ Non-Bank Group.

• Corporate customer re-segmentation - certain business and property finance customers were transferred from the New Zealand division to the

Institutional division to better align customer needs with the right support and expertise delivery.

• Cost reallocations - certain costs were reallocated across the Australia Retail, Australia Commercial, Institutional and Group Centre divisions.

Operating segments presented below are consistent with internal divisional reporting provided to the chief operating decision maker, being the Chief

Executive Officer.

ii) Operating segments

ANZ measures the performance of operating segments on a cash profit basis. To calculate cash profit, the Group excludes items from profit after tax

attributable to shareholders. For the current and prior periods, the adjustments relate to impacts of economic hedges and revenue and expense hedges

which represent timing differences that will reverse through earnings in the future.

Transactions between divisions across segments within ANZ are conducted on an arm’s-length basis and disclosed as part of the income and expenses

of these segments.


Australia

Retail

Australia

Commercial Institutional

New

Zealand Pacific

Group

Centre

Group

Total

March 2023 Half Year $M $M $M $M $M $M $M

Net interest income

3,018 1,632 2,071 1,582 62 138 8,503

Net fee and commission income

235 162 346 199 10 (14) 938

Net income from insurance business

40 - - - - - 40

Other income

1,2

6 13 1,027 - 30 (130) 946

Share of associates’ profit/(loss)

- - - - - 101 101

Operating income

1,2

3,299 1,807 3,444 1,781 102 95 10,528

Operating expenses (1,745) (685) (1,328) (630) (74) (535) (4,997)

Cash profit before credit impairment and income tax

1,554 1,122 2,116 1,151 28 (440) 5,531

Credit impairment (charge)/release (82) (66) 74 (75) 16 - (133)

Cash profit before income tax

1,472 1,056 2,190 1,076 44 (440) 5,398

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests

1,2

(446) (317) (593) (302) (10) 91 (1,577)

Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations

1,026 739 1,597 774 34 (349) 3,821

Cash profit/(loss) from discontinued operations -

Cash profit/(loss)

1,026 739 1,597 774 34 (349) 3,821

Economic hedges

1

(190)

Revenue and expense hedges

2

(84)

Profit after tax attributable to shareholders

3,547

Financial Position

Total external assets 303,783 60,227 525,748 123,565 3,489 94,388 1,111,200

Total external liabilities

160,228 119,042 450,764 121,580 3,834 186,143 1,041,591

1.

The cash profit adjustment relates to the Institutional, New Zealand and Group Centre divisions. In the consolidated income statement, these amounts are recognised in Other operating

income (Mar 23 half: $269 million loss; Sep 22 half: $278 million gain; Mar 22 half: $524 million gain) and Income tax expense (Mar 23 half: $79 million benefit; Sep 22 half: $82 million

expense; Mar 22 half: $151 million expense).

2.

The cash profit adjustment relates to the Group Centre division. In the consolidated income statement, these amounts are recognised in Other operating income (Mar 23 half: $120 million

loss; Sep 22 half: $7 million gain; Mar 22 half: $70 million gain) and Income tax expense (Mar 23 half: $36 million benefit; Sep 22 half: $2 million expense; Mar 22 half: $21 million expense).

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


94

7. Segment reporting, cont’d


Australia

Retail

Australia

Commercial Institutional

New

Zealand Pacific

Group

Centre

Group

Total

September 2022 Half Year $M $M $M $M $M $M $M

Net interest income 2,821 1,410 1,925 1,517 50 51 7,774

Net fee and commission income 262 170 339 215 14 (11) 989

Net income from insurance business 85 - - - - - 85

Other income

1,2

6 15 529 1 20 77 648

Share of associates’ profit/(loss) - - - - - 103 103

Operating income

1,2

3,174 1,595 2,793 1,733 84 220 9,599

Operating expenses (1,656) (652) (1,293) (622) (73) (492) (4,788)

Cash profit before credit impairment and income tax 1,518 943 1,500 1,111 11 (272) 4,811

Credit impairment (charge)/release 16 11 2 (76) 9 (14) (52)

Cash profit before income tax 1,534 954 1,502 1,035 20 (286) 4,759

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests

1,2

(462) (286) (374) (290) (5) 60 (1,357)

Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations 1,072 668 1,128 745 15 (226) 3,402

Cash profit/(loss) from discontinued operations (14)

Cash profit/(loss) 3,388

Economic hedges

1

196

Revenue and expense hedges

2

5

Profit after tax attributable to shareholders 3,589

Financial Position

Total external assets 292,876 59,983 544,066 116,218 3,707 68,879 1,085,729

Total external liabilities 153,494 118,355 473,114 115,263 4,065 155,037 1,019,328


March 2022 Half Year

Net interest income 2,706 1,158 1,772 1,354 46 64 7,100

Net fee and commission income 214 233 312 213 12 (1) 983

Net income from insurance business 55 - - - - - 55

Other income

1,2

- 244 471 31 22 (32) 736

Share of associates’ profit/(loss) - - - - - 74 74

Operating income

1,2

2,975 1,635 2,555 1,598 80 105 8,948

Operating expenses (1,741) (649) (1,273) (651) (80) (397) (4,791)

Cash profit before credit impairment and income tax 1,234 986 1,282 947 - (292) 4,157

Credit impairment (charge)/release 113 122 25 31 (3) (4) 284

Cash profit before income tax 1,347 1,108 1,307 978 (3) (296) 4,441

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests

1,2

(410) (225) (498) (274) (3) 82 (1,328)

Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations 937 883 809 704 (6) (214) 3,113

Cash profit/(loss) from discontinued operations (5)

Cash profit/(loss) 3,108

Economic hedges

1

373

Revenue and expense hedges

2

49

Profit after tax attributable to shareholders 3,530

Financial Position

Total external assets 287,304 57,822 469,683 119,667 3,796 79,089 1,017,361

Total external liabilities 150,732 122,812 420,226 119,683 3,986 138,166 955,605

1.

The cash profit adjustment relates to the Institutional, New Zealand and Group Centre divisions. In the consolidated income statement, these amounts are recognised in Other operating

income (Mar 23 half: $269 million loss; Sep 22 half: $278 million gain; Mar 22 half: $524 million gain) and Income tax expense (Mar 23 half: $79 million benefit; Sep 22 half: $82 million

expense; Mar 22 half: $151 million expense).

2.

The cash profit adjustment relates to the Group Centre division. In the consolidated income statement, these amounts are recognised in Other operating income (Mar 23 half: $120 million

loss; Sep 22 half: $7 million gain; Mar 22 half: $70 million gain) and Income tax expense (Mar 23 half: $36 million benefit; Sep 22 half: $2 million expense; Mar 22 half: $21 million expense).

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


95

8. Net loans and advances


As at Movement


Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Australia

Overdrafts 3,834 3,852 3,491 0% 10%

Credit cards outstanding

5,670 5,658 5,707 0% -1%

Commercial bills outstanding

4,898 5,214 5,632 -6% -13%

Term loans - housing

292,597 282,343 277,894 4% 5%

Term loans - non-housing

166,051 163,520 151,718 2% 9%

Other

916 1,019 1,113 -10% -18%

Total Australia

473,966 461,606 445,555 3% 6%


Rest of World

Overdrafts 568 561 668 1% -15%

Credit cards outstanding

6 6 6 0% 0%

Term loans - housing

475 490 464 -3% 2%

Term loans - non-housing

77,095 79,878 69,731 -3% 11%

Other

613 1,016 1,332 -40% -54%

Total Rest of World

78,757 81,951 72,201 -4% 9%


New Zealand

Overdrafts 879 853 824 3% 7%

Credit cards outstanding

1,184 1,091 1,087 9% 9%

Term loans - housing

97,939 91,792 95,794 7% 2%

Term loans - non-housing

38,381 36,332 38,512 6% 0%

Total New Zealand

138,383 130,068 136,217 6% 2%

Subtotal 691,106 673,625 653,973 3% 6%


Unearned income

1

(526) (518) (460)


2% 14%

Capitalised brokerage and other origination costs

1

3,165 2,882 1,482 10% large

Gross loans and advances

693,745 675,989 654,995 3% 6%


Allowance for expected credit losses (refer to Note 9) (3,658) (3,582) (3,559) 2% 3%

Net loans and advances

2

690,087 672,407 651,436 3% 6%

1.

Amortised over the expected life of the loan.

2.

Net loans and advances include a balance of $558 million (Sep 22: $667 million; Mar 22: $724 million) relating to the ANZ Share Investing lending portfolio which was sold in April 2023.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


96

9. Allowance for expected credit losses



As at


Mar 23 Sep 22 Mar 22


Collectively

assessed

$M

Individually

assessed

$M

Total

$M

Collectively

assessed

$M

Individually

assessed

$M

Total

$M

Collectively

assessed

$M

Individually

assessed

$M

Total

$M



Net loans and advances at

amortised cost

3,244 414 3,658 3,049 533 3,582 2,940 619 3,559

Off-balance sheet commitments

767 7 774 766 9 775 788 17 805

Investment securities - debt securities

at amortised cost

29 - 29 38 - 38 29 - 29

Total

4,040 421 4,461 3,853 542 4,395 3,757 636 4,393

Other Comprehensive Income

Investment securities - debt securities

at FVOCI

1


13 - 13 10 - 10 10 - 10

1.

For FVOCI assets, the allowance for ECL does not alter the carrying amount which remains at fair value. Instead, the allowance for ECL is recognised in Other comprehensive income with a

corresponding charge to profit or loss.


The following tables present the movement in the allowance for ECL.


Net loans and advances at amortised cost




Allowance for ECL is included in Net loans and advances.


Stage 3



Stage 1

$M

Stage 2

$M

Collectively

assessed

$M

Individually

assessed

$M

Total

$M

As at 1 October 2021 968 1,994 417 666 4,045

Transfer between stages 130 (152) (58) 80 -

New and increased provisions (net of releases) (73) (301) 46 221 (107)

Write-backs - - - (111) (111)

Bad debts written off (excluding recoveries) - - - (222) (222)

Foreign currency translation and other movements

1

(14) (14) (3) (15) (46)

As at 31 March 2022 1,011 1,527 402 619 3,559

Transfer between stages 155 (131) (87) 63 -

New and increased provisions (net of releases) (41) 158 46 156 319

Write-backs - - - (111) (111)

Bad debts written off (excluding recoveries) - - - (206) (206)

Foreign currency translation and other movements

1

16 (6) (1) 12 21

As at 30 September 2022 1,141 1,548 360 533 3,582

Transfer between stages 114 (100) (63) 49 -

New and increased provisions (net of releases) (103) 264 56 188 405

Write-backs

- - - (164) (164)

Bad debts written off (excluding recoveries)

- - - (185) (185)

Foreign currency translation and other movements

1

7 17 3 (7) 20

As at 31 March 2023

1,159 1,729 356 414 3,658

1.

Other movements include the impact of discounting on expected cash flows for individually assessed allowances for ECL during the period.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


97

9. Allowance for expected credit losses, cont’d


Off-balance sheet commitments - undrawn and contingent facilities


Allowance for ECL is included in Other provisions.



Stage 3



Stage 1

$M

Stage 2

$M

Collectively

assessed

$M

Individually

assessed

$M

Total

$M

As at 1 October 2021 555 211 19 21 806

Transfer between stages 28 (27) (2) 1 -

New and increased provisions (net of releases) 24 (5) 21 (1) 39

Write-backs - - - (4) (4)

Foreign currency translation and other movements

1

(30) (6) - - (36)

As at 31 March 2022 577 173 38 17 805

Transfer between stages 24 (18) (7) 1 -

New and increased provisions (net of releases) (29) (12) (2) (1) (44)

Write-backs - - - (7) (7)

Foreign currency translation 21 1 - (1) 21

As at 30 September 2022 593 144 29 9 775

Transfer between stages 24 (22) (2) - -

New and increased provisions (net of releases) (30) 30 1 - 1

Write-backs

- - - (2) (2)

Foreign currency translation

(1) - 1 - -

As at 31 March 2023

586 152 29 7 774

1.

Other movements include the impact of divestments completed during the period.


Investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost




Allowance for ECL is included in Investment securities.


Stage 3



Stage 1

$M

Stage 2

$M

Collectively

assessed

$M

Individually

assessed

$M

Total

$M

As at 31 March 2022 29 - - - 29

As at 30 September 2022 38 - - - 38

As at 31 March 2023

29 - - - 29


Investment securities - debt securities at FVOCI

For FVOCI assets, the allowance for ECL does not alter the carrying amount which remains at fair value. Instead, the allowance for ECL is recognised in

Other comprehensive income with a corresponding charge to profit or loss.



Stage 3



Stage 1

$M

Stage 2

$M

Collectively

assessed

$M

Individually

assessed

$M

Total

$M

As at 31 March 2022 10 - - - 10

As at 30 September 2022 10 - - - 10

As at 31 March 2023

13 - - - 13

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


98

9. Allowance for expected credit losses, cont’d


Credit impairment charge/(release) analysis




Half Year Movement


Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

New and increased provisions (net of releases)

1,2


- Collectively assessed 163 60 (371) large large

- Individually assessed

237 219 301 8% -21%

Write-backs

3

(166) (118) (115) 41% 44%

Recoveries of amounts previously written off

(101) (109) (99) -7% 2%

Total credit impairment charge/(release)

133 52 (284) large large

1.

Includes the impact of transfers between collectively assessed and individually assessed.

2.

New and increased provisions (net of releases) includes:


Mar 23 half Sep 22 half Mar 22 half

Collectively

assessed

$M

Individually

assessed

$M

Collectively

assessed

$M

Individually

assessed

$M

Collectively

assessed

$M

Individually

assessed

$M

Net loans and advances at amortised cost 168 237 100 219 (408) 301

Off-balance sheet commitments 1 - (44) - 39 -

Investment securities - debt securities at

amortised cost

(8) -

4 -

(1) -

Investment securities - debt securities at FVOCI 2 - - - (1) -

Total 163 237 60 219 (371) 301

3.

Consists of write-backs in Net loans and advances at amortised cost of $164 million for the March 2023 half (Sep 22 half: $111 million; Mar 22 half: $111 million), and Off-balance sheet

commitment of $2 million for the March 2023 half (Sep 22 half: $7 million; Mar 22 half: $4 million).

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


99

10. Deposits and other borrowings



As at Movement


Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Australia

Certificates of deposit 37,920 29,412 29,914 29% 27%

Term deposits

76,341 51,319 44,165 49% 73%

On demand and short term deposits

270,418 285,677 286,191 -5% -6%

Deposits not bearing interest

22,815 25,110 24,785 -9% -8%

Deposits from banks and securities sold under repurchase agreements

53,990 47,147 50,398 15% 7%

Commercial paper

36,248 36,619 27,309 -1% 33%

Total Australia

497,732 475,284 462,762 5% 8%


Rest of World

Certificates of deposit 5,233 3,193 5,013 64% 4%

Term deposits

127,467 107,557 97,525 19% 31%

On demand and short term deposits

24,125 28,974 30,841 -17% -22%

Deposits not bearing interest

5,453 6,957 7,314 -22% -25%

Deposits from banks and securities sold under repurchase agreements

52,160 52,343 47,967 0% 9%

Total Rest of World

214,438 199,024 188,660 8% 14%


New Zealand

Certificates of deposit 1,392 1,444 2,018 -4% -31%

Term deposits

47,598 41,188 38,931 16% 22%

On demand and short term deposits

56,307 54,809 59,590 3% -6%

Deposits not bearing interest

18,103 18,839 21,712 -4% -17%

Deposits from banks and securities sold under repurchase agreements

4,398 4,090 2,069 8% large

Commercial paper and other borrowings

2,596 2,603 4,546 0% -43%

Total New Zealand

130,394 122,973 128,866 6% 1%


Deposits and other borrowings 842,564 797,281 780,288 6% 8%

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


100

11. Debt issuances



As at Movement



Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Total unsubordinated debt 73,443 66,406 64,645 11% 14%



Additional Tier 1 Capital (perpetual subordinated securities)

1


ANZ Capital Notes (ANZ CN)

2


ANZ CN3 - 970 969 large large

ANZ CN4

1,620 1,619 1,618 0% 0%

ANZ CN5

929 928 928 0% 0%

ANZ CN6

1,488 1,487 1,487 0% 0%

ANZ CN7

1,297 1,297 1,298 0% 0%

ANZ CN8

1,482 - - n/a n/a

ANZ Capital Securities

3

1,380 1,404 1,282 -2% 8%

Tier 2 Capital - Term Subordinated Notes

4

22,797 17,907 14,047 27% 62%

Other subordinated debt securities

5

1,721 1,716 952 0% 81%

Total subordinated debt

32,714 27,328 22,581 20% 45%


Total debt issuances 106,157 93,734 87,226 13% 22%

1.

ANZ Capital Notes and ANZ Capital Securities are Basel 3 compliant instruments.

2.

Each of the ANZ Capital Notes will convert into a variable number of ordinary shares of ANZGHL on a specified mandatory conversion date at a 1% discount (subject to certain conditions

being satisfied). If ANZ’s Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio is equal to or less than 5.125%, or ANZ receives a notice of non-viability from APRA, then the notes will immediately convert

into a variable number of ordinary shares of ANZGHL at a 1% discount subject to a maximum conversion number. Subject to certain conditions, the notes are redeemable or convertible into

ordinary shares of ANZGHL (on similar terms to mandatory conversion) by ANZ at its discretion on an early redemption or conversion date.



Issuer Issue date Issue amount

$M

Early redemption or

conversion date

Mandatory

conversion date

CN3 ANZ, acting through its New Zealand branch 5 Mar 2015 970 n/a n/a

CN4 ANZ 27 Sep 2016 1,622 20 Mar 2024 20 Mar 2026

CN5 ANZ 28 Sep 2017 931 20 Mar 2025 20 Mar 2027

CN6 ANZ 8 Jul 2021 1,500 20 Mar 2028 20 Sep 2030

CN7 ANZ 24 Mar 2022 1,310 20 Mar 2029 20 Sep 2031

CN8 ANZ 24 Mar 2023 1,500 20 Mar 2030 20 Sep 2032

All ANZ Capital Notes 3 were redeemed by ANZ’s New Zealand branch on 24 March 2023 with approximately $502 million of the proceeds from redemption reinvested into ANZ Capital

Notes 8 on the same date.

3.

On 15 June 2016, ANZ acting through its London branch issued US$1 billion fully-paid perpetual subordinated contingent convertible securities (ANZ Capital Securities). If ANZ’s Common

Equity Tier 1 capital ratio is equal to or less than 5.125%, or ANZ receives a notice of non-viability from APRA, then the securities will immediately convert into a variable number of ANZ

ordinary shares at a 1% discount subject to a maximum conversion number. Subject to certain conditions, on the First Reset Date (15 June 2026) and on each 5 year anniversary, ANZ has

the right to redeem all of the securities at its discretion.

4.

All the term subordinated notes are convertible and are Basel 3 compliant instruments. If ANZ receives a notice of non-viability from APRA, then the convertible subordinated notes will

immediately convert into a variable number of ordinary shares of ANZGHL at a 1% discount subject to a maximum conversion number.

5.

ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Group, issued NZ$600 million of unsecured subordinated notes in September 2021. Whilst these notes constitute Tier 2

capital under RBNZ requirements, the notes do not contain a Non-Viability Trigger Event and therefore do not meet APRA's requirements for Tier 2 capital instruments in order to qualify as

regulatory capital for the Group. Other subordinated debt securities also includes ANZ’s USD 300 million perpetual subordinated notes from 1 January 2022. The USD 300 million perpetual

subordinated notes ceased to be treated as Basel 3 transitional Tier 2 capital under APRA’s capital framework from 1 January 2022.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


101

12. Credit risk


Maximum exposure to credit risk

For financial assets recognised on the balance sheet, the maximum exposure to credit risk is the carrying amount. In certain circumstances there may be

differences between the carrying amounts reported on the balance sheet and the amounts reported in the tables below. Principally, these differences

arise in respect of financial assets that are subject to risks other than credit risk, such as equity instruments which are primarily subject to market risk, or

bank notes and coins.

For undrawn facilities, this maximum exposure to credit risk is the full amount of the committed facilities. For contingent exposures, the maximum

exposure to credit risk is the maximum amount the group would have to pay if the instrument is called upon.

The table below shows the maximum exposure to credit risk of on-balance sheet, and off-balance sheet positions before taking account of any collateral

held or other credit enhancements:



Reported


Excluded

1

Maximum Exposure to Credit Risk


As at


As at


As at

On-balance sheet positions

Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M


Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M


Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Net loans and advances 690,087 672,407 651,436


- - -


690,087 672,407 651,436

Investment securities


- debt securities at amortised cost 7,912 7,943 8,505


- - -


7,912 7,943 8,505

- debt securities at FVOCI

84,589 76,817 69,824


- - -


84,589 76,817 69,824

- equity securities at FVOCI

1,453 1,353 1,390


1,453 1,353 1,390


- - -

- debt securities at FVTPL

18 40 38


- - -


18 40 38

Other financial assets

314,646 314,580 273,507


8,521 9,769 13,117


306,125 304,811 260,390

Total on-balance sheet positions

1,098,705 1,073,140 1,004,700


9,974 11,122 14,507


1,088,731 1,062,018 990,193

Off-balance sheet commitments


Undrawn and contingent facilities

2

292,550 285,041 264,137


- - -


292,550 285,041 264,137

Total

1,391,255 1,358,181 1,268,837


9,974 11,122 14,507


1,381,281 1,347,059 1,254,330

1.

Excluded comprises bank notes and coins and cash at bank within Other financial assets, and investment securities - equity securities at FVOCI as they do not have credit exposure.

2.

Undrawn and contingent facilities include guarantees, letters of credit and performance related contingencies, net of collectively assessed allowance for expected credit losses.


Credit Quality

The Group’s internal Customer Credit Rating (CCR) is used to manage the credit quality of financial assets. To enable wider comparisons, the Group’s

CCRs are mapped to external rating agency scales as follows:


Credit Quality

Description Internal CCR ANZ Customer Requirement

Moody's

Rating

Standard &

Poor's

Rating

Strong CCR 0+ to 4-

Demonstrated superior stability in their operating and financial performance over the

long-term, and whose earnings capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable

events.

Aaa - Baa3 AAA - BBB-

Satisfactory CCR 5+ to 6-

Demonstrated sound operational and financial stability over the medium to long term

even though some may be susceptible to cyclical trends or variability in earnings.

Ba1 - B1 BB+ - B+

Weak CCR 7+ to 8=

Demonstrated some operational and financial instability, with variability and

uncertainty in profitability and liquidity projected to continue over the short and

possibly medium term.

B2 - Caa B - CCC

Defaulted CCR 8- to 10

When doubt arises as to the collectability of a credit facility, the financial instrument

(or ‘the facility’) is classified as defaulted.

N/A N/A

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


102

12. Credit risk, cont’d


Net loans and advances





Stage 3



Stage 1

$M

Stage 2

$M

Collectively

assessed

$M

Individually

assessed

$M

Total

$M

As at March 2023

Strong

416,053 14,678 - - 430,731

Satisfactory 176,054 40,305 - - 216,359

Weak

10,072 10,293 - - 20,365

Defaulted

- - 3,378 804 4,182

Gross loans and advances at amortised cost

602,179 65,276 3,378 804 671,637

Allowance for ECL (1,159) (1,729) (356) (414) (3,658)

Net loans and advances at amortised cost

601,020 63,547 3,022 390 667,979

Coverage ratio 0.19% 2.65% 10.54% 51.49% 0.54%

Loans and advances at fair value through profit or loss 19,469

Unearned income (526)

Capitalised brokerage and other origination costs

3,165

Net carrying amount

690,087


As at September 2022

Strong 443,571 15,880 - - 459,451

Satisfactory 154,823 31,864 - - 186,687

Weak 9,197 9,244 - - 18,441

Defaulted - - 3,328 1,043 4,371

Gross loans and advances at amortised cost 607,591 56,988 3,328 1,043 668,950

Allowance for ECL (1,141) (1,548) (360) (533) (3,582)

Net loans and advances at amortised cost 606,450 55,440 2,968 510 665,368

Coverage ratio 0.19% 2.72% 10.82% 51.10% 0.54%

Loans and advances at fair value through profit or loss 4,675

Unearned income (518)

Capitalised brokerage and other origination costs 2,882

Net carrying amount 672,407


As at March 2022

Strong 431,582 13,744 - - 445,326

Satisfactory 145,404 30,144 - - 175,548

Weak 11,709 10,721 - - 22,430

Defaulted - - 3,628 1,286 4,914

Gross loans and advances at amortised cost 588,695 54,609 3,628 1,286 648,218

Allowance for ECL (1,011) (1,527) (402) (619) (3,559)

Net loans and advances at amortised cost 587,684 53,082 3,226 667 644,659

Coverage ratio 0.17% 2.80% 11.08% 48.13% 0.55%

Loans and advances at fair value through profit or loss 5,755

Unearned income (460)

Capitalised brokerage and other origination costs 1,482

Net carrying amount 651,436

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


103

12. Credit risk, cont’d


Off-balance sheet commitments - undrawn and contingent facilities



Stage 3


Stage 1

$M

Stage 2

$M

Collectively

assessed

$M

Individually

assessed

$M

Total

$M

As at March 2023

Strong

200,066 1,439 - - 201,505

Satisfactory 18,769 2,742 - - 21,511

Weak

904 782 - - 1,686

Defaulted

- - 89 24 113

Gross undrawn and contingent facilities subject to ECL

219,739 4,963 89 24 224,815

Allowance for ECL included in Other provisions (586) (152) (29) (7) (774)

Net undrawn and contingent facilities subject to ECL

219,153 4,811 60 17 224,041

Coverage ratio 0.27% 3.06% 32.58% 29.17% 0.34%

Undrawn and contingent facilities not subject to ECL

1

68,509

Net undrawn and contingent facilities 292,550


As at September 2022

Strong 191,363 1,703 - - 193,066

Satisfactory 18,583 3,078 - - 21,661

Weak 774 706 - - 1,480

Defaulted - - 113 19 132

Gross undrawn and contingent facilities subject to ECL 210,720 5,487 113 19 216,339

Allowance for ECL included in Other provisions (593) (144) (29) (9) (775)

Net undrawn and contingent facilities subject to ECL 210,127 5,343 84 10 215,564

Coverage ratio 0.28% 2.62% 25.66% 47.37% 0.36%

Undrawn and contingent facilities not subject to ECL

1

69,477

Net undrawn and contingent facilities 285,041


As at March 2022

Strong 175,462 1,244 - - 176,706

Satisfactory 23,219 3,637 - - 26,856

Weak 1,728 782 - - 2,510

Defaulted - - 112 37 149

Gross undrawn and contingent facilities subject to ECL 200,409 5,663 112 37 206,221

Allowance for ECL included in Other provisions (577) (173) (38) (17) (805)

Net undrawn and contingent facilities subject to ECL 199,832 5,490 74 20 205,416

Coverage ratio 0.29% 3.05% 33.93% 45.95% 0.39%

Undrawn and contingent facilities not subject to ECL

1

58,721

Net undrawn and contingent facilities 264,137

1.

Commitments that can be unconditionally cancelled at any time without notice.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


104

12. Credit risk, cont’d

Investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost




Stage 3


Stage 1

$M

Stage 2

$M

Collectively

assessed

$M

Individually

assessed

$M

Total

$M

As at March 2023

Strong

6,191 - - - 6,191

Satisfactory 82 - - - 82

Weak

1,668 - - - 1,668

Gross investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost

7,941 - - - 7,941

Allowance for ECL (29) - - - (29)

Net investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost

7,912 - - - 7,912

Coverage ratio 0.37% - - - 0.37%


As at September 2022

Strong 6,279 - - - 6,279

Satisfactory 113 - - - 113

Weak 1,589 - - - 1,589

Gross investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost 7,981 - - - 7,981

Allowance for ECL (38) - - - (38)

Net investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost 7,943 - - - 7,943

Coverage ratio 0.48% - - - 0.48%


As at March 2022

Strong 6,978 - - - 6,978

Satisfactory 120 - - - 120

Weak 1,436 - - - 1,436

Gross investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost 8,534 - - - 8,534

Allowance for ECL (29) - - - (29)

Net investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost 8,505 - - - 8,505

Coverage ratio 0.34% - - - 0.34%


Investment securities - debt securities at FVOCI




Stage 3


Stage 1

$M

Stage 2

$M

Collectively

assessed

$M

Individually

assessed

$M

Total

$M

As at March 2023

Strong

84,589 - - - 84,589

Satisfactory - - - - -

Investment securities - debt securities at FVOCI

84,589 - - - 84,589

Allowance for ECL recognised in Other comprehensive income (13) - - - (13)

Coverage ratio

0.02% - - - 0.02%


As at September 2022

Strong 76,668 - - - 76,668

Satisfactory 149 - - - 149

Investment securities - debt securities at FVOCI 76,817 - - - 76,817

Allowance for ECL recognised in Other comprehensive income (10) - - - (10)

Coverage ratio 0.01% - - - 0.01%


As at March 2022

Strong 69,656 - - - 69,656

Satisfactory 168 - - - 168

Investment securities - debt securities at FVOCI 69,824 - - - 69,824

Allowance for ECL recognised in Other comprehensive income (10) - - - (10)

Coverage ratio 0.01% - - - 0.01%

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


105

12. Credit risk, cont’d


Other financial assets




As at


Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Strong 302,785 301,735 257,543

Satisfactory

1

2,285 2,164 2,483

Weak

1,069 945 391

Defaulted

4 7 11

Other financial assets

1

306,143 304,851 260,428

1.

Includes Investment securities - debt securities at FVTPL of $18 million (Sep 22: $40 million; Mar 22: $38 million).

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


106

13. Fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities


Classification of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities

The Group recognises and measures financial instruments at either fair value or amortised cost, with a significant number of financial instruments on the

balance sheet at fair value. Fair value is the best estimate of the price that would be received to sell an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly

transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

The following tables set out the classification of financial asset and liabilities according to their measurement bases with their carrying amounts as

recognised on the balance sheet.


As at March 2023

At amortised cost

$M

At fair value

$M

Total

$M

Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents

1

184,092 24,708 208,800

Settlement balances owed to ANZ

7,020 - 7,020

Collateral paid

9,245 - 9,245

Trading assets

- 39,611 39,611

Derivative financial instruments

- 45,614 45,614

Investment securities

7,912 86,060 93,972

Net loans and advances

1

670,618 19,469 690,087

Regulatory deposits

646 - 646

Other financial assets

3,710 - 3,710

Total

883,243 215,462 1,098,705

Financial liabilities

Settlement balances owed by ANZ 23,010 - 23,010

Collateral received

8,002 - 8,002

Deposits and other borrowings

1

811,236 31,328 842,564

Derivative financial instruments

- 46,154 46,154

Payables and other liabilities

8,258 4,733 12,991

Debt issuances

104,626 1,531 106,157

Total

955,132 83,746 1,038,878


As at September 2022

At amortised cost

$M

At fair value

$M

Total

$M

Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents 168,132 - 168,132

Settlement balances owed to ANZ 4,762 - 4,762

Collateral paid 12,700 - 12,700

Trading assets - 35,237 35,237

Derivative financial instruments - 90,174 90,174

Investment securities 7,943 78,210 86,153

Net loans and advances 667,732 4,675 672,407

Regulatory deposits 632 - 632

Other financial assets 2,943 - 2,943

Total 864,844 208,296 1,073,140

Financial liabilities

Settlement balances owed by ANZ 13,766 - 13,766

Collateral received 16,230 - 16,230

Deposits and other borrowings 794,621 2,660 797,281

Derivative financial instruments - 85,149 85,149

Payables and other liabilities 6,596 3,239 9,835

Debt issuances 92,623 1,111 93,734

Total 923,836 92,159 1,015,995

1.

During the March 2023 half, within the trading book in its Markets business, a component of the Institutional division, the Group commenced the management of repurchase agreements

and associated reverse repurchase agreements on a fair value basis. This resulted in repurchase and associated reverse repurchase agreements being recognised and measured at fair

value through profit and loss.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


107

13. Fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities, cont’d


As at March 2022

At amortised cost

$M

At fair value

$M

Total

$M

Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents 168,054 - 168,054

Settlement balances owed to ANZ 7,141 - 7,141

Collateral paid 10,764 - 10,764

Trading assets - 39,433 39,433

Derivative financial instruments - 45,238 45,238

Investment securities 8,505 71,252 79,757

Net loans and advances 645,681 5,755 651,436

Regulatory deposits 661 - 661

Other financial assets 2,216 - 2,216

Total 843,022 161,678 1,004,700

Financial liabilities

Settlement balances owed by ANZ 19,752 - 19,752

Collateral received 6,716 - 6,716

Deposits and other borrowings 775,699 4,589 780,288

Derivative financial instruments - 47,795 47,795

Payables and other liabilities 5,945 4,634 10,579

Debt issuances 85,362 1,864 87,226

Total 893,474 58,882 952,356

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


108

13. Fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities, cont’d


i) Assets and liabilities measured at fair value

The fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities are generally determined at the individual instrument level. If the Group holds offsetting risk

positions, then the portfolio exception in AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement (AASB 13) is used to measure the fair value of such groups of financial

assets and financial liabilities. The Group measures the portfolio based on the price that would be received to sell a net long position (an asset) for a

particular risk exposure, or to transfer a net short position (a liability) for a particular risk exposure.

a) Fair value designation

The Group designates certain loans and advances and certain deposits and other borrowings and debt issuances as fair value through profit or loss:

• where they contain separable embedded derivatives and are managed on a fair value basis, the total fair value movements are recognised in profit or

loss in the same period as the movement on any associated hedging instruments; or

• in order to eliminate an accounting mismatch which would arise if the assets or liabilities were otherwise carried at amortised cost. This mismatch

arises due to measuring the derivative financial instruments (used to mitigate interest rate risk of these assets or liabilities) at fair value through profit

or loss.

The Group’s approach ensures that it recognises the fair value movements on the assets or liabilities in profit or loss in the same period as the movement

on the associated derivatives.

The Group may also designate certain loans and advances, certain deposits and other borrowings and debt issuances as fair value through profit or loss

where they are managed on a fair value basis to align the measurement with how the instruments are managed.

b) Fair value approach and valuation techniques

We use valuation techniques to estimate the fair value of assets and liabilities for recognition, measurement and disclosure purposes where no quoted

price in an active market for that asset or liability exists. This includes the following:


Asset or Liability Fair Value Approach

Financial instruments held for trading:

• Securities sold short

• Derivative financial assets and financial liabilities

• Debt and equity securities

Valuation techniques are used that incorporate observable market inputs for financial

instruments with similar credit risk, maturity and yield characteristics.

Equity securities where an active market does not exist are measured using

comparable company valuation multiples (such as price-to-book ratios).

Financial instruments classified as:

• Derivative financial assets and financial liabilities

(not held for trading)

• Net loans and advances

• Deposits and other borrowings

Discounted cash flow techniques are used whereby contractual future cash flows of the

instrument are discounted using wholesale market interest rates, or market borrowing

rates for debt or loans with similar maturities or yield curve appropriate for the

remaining term to maturity.

Financial instruments classified as:

• Investment securities – debt or equity


Valuation techniques use comparable multiples (such as price-to-book ratios) or

discounted cashflow (DCF) techniques incorporating, to the extent possible, observable

inputs from instruments with similar characteristics.

There were no significant changes to valuation approaches during the current or prior periods.


c) Fair value hierarchy

The Group categorises assets and liabilities carried at fair value into a fair value hierarchy in accordance with AASB 13 based on the observability of

inputs used to measure the fair value:

• Level 1 - valuations based on quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

• Level 2 - valuations using inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for a similar asset or liability, either directly or

indirectly; and

• Level 3 - valuations where significant unobservable inputs are used to measure the fair value of the asset or liability.

There were no significant changes to levelling approaches during the current or prior periods.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


109

13. Fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities, cont’d

The following table presents assets and liabilities carried at fair value in accordance with the fair value hierarchy:



Fair value measurements

As at March 2023

Level 1

$M

Level 2

$M

Level 3

$M

Total

$M

Assets

Cash and cash equivalents (measured at fair value)

1

- 24,708 - 24,708

Trading assets

2

26,593 13,017 1 39,611

Derivative financial instruments

315 45,275 24 45,614

Investment securities

2

68,176 16,421 1,463 86,060

Net loans and advances (measured at fair value)

1

- 19,089 380 19,469

Total

95,084 118,510 1,868 215,462

Liabilities

Deposits and other borrowings (designated at fair value)

1

- 31,328 - 31,328

Derivative financial instruments

765 45,363 26 46,154

Payables and other liabilities

3

3,572 1,161 - 4,733

Debt issuances (designated at fair value)

- 1,531 - 1,531

Total

4,337 79,383 26 83,746


As at September 2022


Assets

Trading assets

2

28,455 6,782 - 35,237

Derivative financial instruments 944 89,185 45 90,174

Investment securities

2

68,211 8,614 1,385 78,210

Net loans and advances (measured at fair value) - 4,272 403 4,675

Total 97,610 108,853 1,833 208,296

Liabilities

Deposits and other borrowings (designated at fair value) - 2,660 - 2,660

Derivative financial instruments 309 84,809 31 85,149

Payables and other liabilities

3

2,842 397 - 3,239

Debt issuances (designated at fair value) - 1,111 - 1,111

Total 3,151 88,977 31 92,159


As at March 2022


Assets

Trading assets

2

31,901 7,532 - 39,433

Derivative financial instruments 1,302 43,889 47 45,238

Investment securities

2

59,312 10,520 1,420 71,252

Net loans and advances (measured at fair value) - 5,642 113 5,755

Total 92,515 67,583 1,580 161,678

Liabilities

Deposits and other borrowings (designated at fair value) - 4,589 - 4,589

Derivative financial instruments 655 47,117 23 47,795

Payables and other liabilities

3

4,226 408 - 4,634

Debt issuances (designated at fair value) - 1,864 - 1,864

Total 4,881 53,978 23 58,882

1.

During the March 2023 half, within the trading book in its Markets business, a component of the Institutional division, the Group commenced the management of repurchase agreements

and associated reverse repurchase agreements on a fair value basis. This resulted in repurchase and associated reverse repurchase agreements being recognised and measured at fair

value through profit and loss.

2.

During the March 2023 half, $7,246 million of assets were transferred from Level 1 to Level 2, (Sep 22: $1,043 million; Mar 22: $3,949 million), and $1,181 million of assets were transferred

from Level 2 to Level 1 (Sep 22: $1,677 million; Mar 22: $1,181 million) due to a change of the observability of bond valuation inputs. There were no other material transfers during the

period. Transfers into and out of levels are measured at the beginning of the reporting period in which the transfer occurred.

3.

Payables and other liabilities relate to securities sold short which are classified as held for trading and measured at FVTPL.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


110

13. Fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities, cont’d


ii) Details of fair value measurements that incorporate unobservable market data

a) Level 3 fair value measurements

Level 3 financial instruments are a net asset of $1,842 million (Sep 22: $1,802 million; Mar 22: $1,557 million). The assets and liabilities which incorporate

significant unobservable inputs are:

• equity securities for which there is no active market or traded prices cannot be observed;

• loans and advances measured at fair value for which there is no observable market data; and

• derivatives referencing market rates that cannot be observed primarily due to lack of market activity.

Level 3 Transfers

During the March 2023 half, the Group transferred $3 million of derivatives measured at fair value from Level 3 to Level 2, as a result of valuation inputs

becoming observable during the period. There were no other transfers into or out of Level 3 during the period.

The material Level 3 financial instruments as at 31 March 2023 are summarised below:

i) Investment Securities - equity holdings classified as FVOCI

Bank of Tianjin (BoT)

The Group holds an investment in the BoT. The investment is valued based on comparative price-to-book (P/B) multiples (a P/B multiple is the ratio of the

market value of equity to the book value of equity). The extent of judgement applied in determining the appropriate multiple and comparator group from

which the multiple is derived resulted in the Level 3 classification. As at March 2023, the BoT equity holding balance was $900 million (Sep 22:

$854 million, Mar 22: $956 million). An increase in the BoT fair valuation in the March 2023 half was mainly due to the increase of the P/B multiple used

in the valuation over the half.

Other equity investments

The Group holds $545 million (Sep 22: $491 million; Mar 22: $426 million) of unlisted equities classified as FVOCI, for which there are no active markets

or traded prices available, resulting in Level 3 classification. The increase in unlisted equity holdings balance was mainly due to new investment

purchases and small revaluation increase of the equity instruments during the March 2023 half.

ii) Net loans and advances - classified as FVTPL

Syndicated loans

The Group holds $380 million (Sep 22: $403 million; Mar 22: $113 million) of syndicated loans for sale which are measured at FVTPL. These loans are

classified as Level 3 when there is no observable market data available for the valuation. The decrease in the Level 3 loan balances for the March 2023

half was mainly due to FX translation impact as well as scheduled repayments.

b) Sensitivity to Level 3 data inputs

When we make assumptions due to significant inputs to a valuation not being directly observable (Level 3 inputs), then changing these assumptions

changes the Group’s estimate of the instrument’s fair value. Favourable and unfavourable changes are determined by changing the primary

unobservable parameters used to derive the fair valuation.

Investment securities - equity holdings

The valuation of the equity investments is sensitive to variations in select unobservable inputs, with valuation techniques used including P/B multiples and

discounted cashflow techniques. If for example, a 10% increase or decrease to the primary input into the valuations were to occur (such as the P/B

multiple), it would result in a $145 million increase or decrease in the fair value of the portfolio, which would be recognised in shareholders’ equity in the

Group, with no impact to net profit or loss.

Net loans and advances

Syndicated loan valuations are sensitive to credit spreads and discount curves in determining their fair valuation. However as these are primarily

investment-grade loans, an increase or decrease in credit spreads and / or interest yield would have an immaterial impact on net profit or net assets of

the Group.

Other

The remaining Level 3 balance is immaterial and changes in inputs have a minimal impact on net profit and net assets of the Group.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


111

13. Fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities, cont’d

c) Deferred fair value gains and losses

When fair values are determined using unobservable inputs significant to the fair value of a financial instrument, the Group does not immediately

recognise the difference between the transaction price and the amount determined based on the valuation technique (referred to as the day one gain or

loss) in profit or loss. The amount deferred at initial recognition is recognised in profit or loss over the life of the transaction on a straight line basis or

when all inputs become observable.

The day one gains and losses deferred are immaterial.


iii) Financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value

The classes of financial assets and liabilities listed in the table below are predominately carried at amortised cost on the Group’s balance sheet. Whilst

this is the value at which we expect the assets will be realised and the liabilities settled, the Group provides an estimate of the fair value of these financial

assets and liabilities at balance date in the table below.




Carrying amount in the balance sheet Fair value

As at March 2023

At amortised

cost

$M

At fair

value

$M

Total

$M


$M

Financial assets

Investment securities

1

7,912 86,060 93,972 93,958

Net loans and advances

670,618 19,469 690,087 687,457

Total

678,530 105,529 784,059 781,415

Financial liabilities

Deposits and other borrowings 811,236 31,328 842,564 842,215

Debt issuances

104,626 1,531 106,157 105,800

Total

915,862 32,859 948,721 948,015


As at September 2022

Financial assets

Investment securities

1

7,943 78,210 86,153 86,128

Net loans and advances 667,732 4,675 672,407 668,407

Total 675,675 82,885 758,560 754,535

Financial liabilities

Deposits and other borrowings 794,621 2,660 797,281 796,784

Debt issuances 92,623 1,111 93,734 93,121

Total 887,244 3,771 891,015 889,905


As at March 2022

Financial assets

Investment securities

1

8,505 71,252 79,757 79,678

Net loans and advances 645,681 5,755 651,436 649,142

Total 654,186 77,007 731,193 728,820

Financial liabilities

Deposits and other borrowings 775,699 4,589 780,288 780,104

Debt issuances 85,362 1,864 87,226 87,727

Total 861,061 6,453 867,514 867,831

1.

Investment securities at amortised cost includes $4,260 million of assets that are part of the Group’s liquidity portfolio (Sep 22: $3,976 million; Mar 22: $4,664 million). These are all short tenor

(<1 year) instruments primarily in the Group’s Rest of World geography and represent <4% of the Group’s total liquid asset securities at 31 March 2023.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


112

14. Shareholders’ equity


i) Issued securities


As at

Ordinary shares


Mar 23

No.

Sep 22

No.

Mar 22

No.

Opening balance


2,989,923,751 2,794,104,174 2,823,563,652

Share buy-back

1



- - (30,831,227)

Share entitlement issue

2



- 187,105,950 -

Bonus Option Plan


1,657,422 1,518,519 1,371,749

Dividend Reinvestment Plan issuances


8,406,978 7,195,108 -

Employee share and option plans


3,378,631 - -

Closing balance


3,003,366,782 2,989,923,751 2,794,104,174

Less: Treasury Shares


(4,099,015) (4,209,150) (4,391,572)

Closing balance


2,999,267,767 2,985,714,601 2,789,712,602



Issued/(Repurchased) during the period


13,443,031 195,819,577 (29,459,478)

1.

The Group completed its $1.5 billion on-market share buy-back of ANZ ordinary shares in the March 2022 half, purchasing $846 million worth of shares and resulting in 31 million shares

being cancelled in the March 2022 half.

2.

On 18 July 2022, the Group announced a fully underwritten pro rata accelerated renounceable entitlement offer of new ANZ ordinary shares to help fund the Group’s anticipated acquisition

of Suncorp Bank. All eligible shareholders were invited to purchase one new ordinary share for every 15 existing ordinary shares held on 21 July 2022 at an issue price of $18.90 per share.

The Group issued a total of 187.1 million ordinary shares under the offer, raising $3,497 million of new share capital (net of issue costs).




As at Movement

ii) Shareholders' equity


Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Ordinary share capital


29,054 28,797 25,091

1% 16%

Reserves


Foreign currency translation reserve

1



644 (148) (164) large large

Share option reserve


58 78 54 -26% 7%

FVOCI reserve


(412) (478) (43) -14% large

Cash flow hedge reserve


(1,287) (2,036) (1,247) -37% 3%

Transactions with non-controlling interests reserve


(22) (22) (22)


0% 0%

Total reserves


(1,019) (2,606) (1,422) -61% -28%

Retained earnings


41,049 39,716 38,078


3% 8%

Share capital and reserves attributable to shareholders of the Company


69,084 65,907 61,747 5% 12%

Non-controlling interests


525 494 9 6% large

Total shareholders' equity


69,609 66,401 61,756


5% 13%

1.

As a result of the dissolution of Minerva Holdings Limited in the United Kingdom and ANZ Asia Limited in Hong Kong, $65 million of the associated foreign currency translation reserve was

recycled from Other comprehensive income to profit or loss in the March 2022 half.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


113

14. Shareholders’ equity, cont’d



Profit attributable to

non-controlling interests


Equity attributable to

non-controlling interests


Dividend paid to

non-controlling interests

iii) Non-controlling interests Half Year As at Half Year


Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

ANZ Bank New Zealand PPS 13 - - 515 484 - 13 - -

Other non-controlling interests

1 1 - 10 10 9 - - 2

Total

14 1 - 525 494 9 13 - 2

ANZ Bank New Zealand Perpetual Preference Shares

ANZ Bank New Zealand, a wholly owned subsidiary of ANZGHL, issued $484 million (NZD 550 million) of Perpetual Preference Shares (PPS) on 18 July

2022. These are considered non-controlling interests of the Group.

The key terms of the PPS are as follows:

PPS dividends

PPS dividends are payable at the discretion of the Directors of ANZ Bank New Zealand and are non-cumulative. ANZ Bank New Zealand must not

resolve to pay any dividend or make any other distribution on its ordinary shares until the next PPS dividend payment date if a PPS dividend is not paid.

Should ANZ Bank New Zealand elect to pay a PPS dividend, the PPS dividend is 6.95% per annum up until 18 July 2028 and thereafter a floating rate

equal to the aggregate of the New Zealand 3 month bank bill rate plus 3.25%, multiplied by one minus the New Zealand company tax rate (where the

PPS dividend is fully imputed), with PPS dividend payments due on 18 January, 18 April, 18 July and 18 October each year.

Redemption features

Holders of PPS have no right to require that the PPS be redeemed. ANZ Bank New Zealand may at its option redeem all of the PPS on an optional

redemption date (each PPS dividend date from 18 July 2028), or at any time following the occurrence of a tax or regulatory event, subject to prior written

approval of RBNZ and meeting other conditions.


15. Changes in composition of the Group

There were no acquisitions or disposals of material controlled entities for the half year ended 31 March 2023.


16. Investments in associates


Half Year


Movement


Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Share of associates' profit/(loss) 101 103 74 -2% 36%


Contributions to profit

Contribution to

Group profit after tax


Ownership interest

held by Group

Associates


Half Year As at



Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

%

Sep 22

%

Mar 22

%

P.T. Bank Pan Indonesia (PT Panin)


56 58 24 39 39 39

AMMB Holdings Berhad (AmBank)


63 57 51 22 22 22

Worldline Australia Pty Ltd


(17) (10) - 49 49 49

Other associates

(1) (2) (1) n/a n/a n/a

Share of associates' profit/(loss)

101 103 74


17. Related party disclosure

There have been no transactions with related parties that are significant to understanding the changes in financial position and performance of the Group

since 30 September 2022.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


114

18. Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

There are outstanding court proceedings, claims and possible claims for and against the Group. Where relevant, expert legal advice has been obtained

and, in the light of such advice, provisions and/or disclosures as deemed appropriate have been made. In some instances, we have not disclosed the

estimated financial impact of the individual items either because it is not practicable to do so or because such disclosure may prejudice the interests of

the Group.

Refer to Note 33 of the 2022 ANZ Annual Financial Report for a description of commitments, contingent liabilities and contingent assets as at

30 September 2022. A description of the contingent liabilities and contingent assets as at 31 March 2023 is set out below.

• Regulatory and customer exposures

The Group regularly engages with its regulators in relation to regulatory investigations, surveillance and reviews, reportable situations, civil

enforcement actions (whether by court action or otherwise), formal and informal inquiries and regulatory supervisory activities in Australia and

globally. The Group has received various notices and requests for information from its regulators as part of both industry-wide and Group-specific

reviews and has also made disclosures to its regulators at its own instigation. The nature of these interactions can be wide ranging and, for example,

include or have included in recent years a range of matters including responsible lending practices, regulated lending requirements, product

suitability and distribution, interest and fees and the entitlement to charge them, customer remediation, wealth advice, insurance distribution, pricing,

competition, conduct in financial markets and financial transactions, capital market transactions, anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism

financing obligations, privacy obligations and information security, business continuity management, reporting and disclosure obligations and product

disclosure documentation. There may be exposures to customers which are additional to any regulatory exposures. These could include class

actions, individual claims or customer remediation or compensation activities. The outcomes and total costs associated with such reviews and

possible exposures remain uncertain.

• South African rate action

In February 2017, the South African Competition Commission commenced proceedings against local and international banks including ANZBGL

alleging breaches of the cartel provisions of the South African Competition Act in respect of trading in the South African rand. The potential civil

penalty or other financial impact is uncertain.

• Capital raising action

In September 2018, the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) commenced civil penalty proceedings against ANZBGL alleging

failure to comply with continuous disclosure obligations in connection with ANZBGL’s August 2015 underwritten institutional equity placement. ASIC

alleges ANZBGL should have advised the market that the joint lead managers took up approximately 25.5 million ordinary shares of the placement.

ANZBGL is defending the allegations.

• Consumer credit insurance litigation

In February 2020, a class action was brought against ANZBGL alleging breaches of financial advice obligations, misleading or deceptive conduct and

unconscionable conduct in relation to the distribution of consumer credit insurance products. The issuers of the insurance products, QBE and

OnePath Life, are also defendants to the claim. An agreement to settle the claim was reached in November 2022. The financial impact is not

material. The settlement is without admission of liability and remains subject to court approval.

• Esanda dealer car loan litigation

In August 2020, a class action was brought against ANZBGL alleging unfair conduct, misleading or deceptive conduct and equitable mistake in

relation to the use of flex commissions in dealer arranged Esanda car loans. ANZBGL is defending the allegations.

• OnePath superannuation litigation

In December 2020, a class action was brought against OnePath Custodians, OnePath Life and ANZBGL alleging that OnePath Custodians breached

its obligations under superannuation legislation, and its duties as trustee, in respect of superannuation investments and fees. The claim also alleges

that ANZBGL was involved in some of OnePath Custodians’ investment breaches. ANZBGL is defending the allegations.

• New Zealand loan information litigation

In September 2021, a representative proceeding was brought against ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited, alleging breaches of disclosure requirements

under consumer credit legislation in respect of variation letters sent to certain loan customers. ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited is defending the

allegations.

• Credit cards litigation

In November 2021, a class action was brought against ANZBGL alleging that certain interest terms in credit card contracts were unfair contract terms

and that it was unconscionable for ANZBGL to rely on them. ANZBGL is defending the allegations.

• Available funds action

In May 2022, ASIC commenced civil penalty proceedings against ANZBGL in relation to fees charged to customers in some circumstances for credit

card cash advance transactions made using recently deposited unprocessed funds. ASIC alleges that ANZBGL made false or misleading

representations, engaged in misleading or deceptive conduct and breached certain statutory obligations as a credit licensee. ANZBGL is defending

the allegations.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


115

18. Contingent liabilities and contingent assets, cont’d

• Royal Commission

The Royal Commission into Misconduct in the Banking, Superannuation and Financial Services Industry released its final report on 4 February 2019.

Following the Royal Commission there have been, and continue to be, additional costs and further exposures, including exposures associated with

further regulator activity or potential customer exposures such as class actions, individual claims or customer remediation or compensation activities.

The outcomes and total costs associated with these possible exposures remain uncertain.

• Security recovery actions

Various claims have been made or are anticipated, arising from security recovery actions taken to resolve impaired assets. These claims will be

defended.

• Warranties, indemnities and performance management fees

The Group has provided warranties, indemnities and other commitments in favour of the purchaser and other persons in connection with various

disposals of businesses and assets and other transactions, covering a range of matters and risks. It is exposed to claims under those warranties,

indemnities and commitments, some of which are currently active. The outcomes and total costs associated with these exposures remain uncertain.

The Group has entered an arrangement to pay performance management fees to external fund managers in the event predetermined performance

criteria are satisfied in relation to certain Group investments. The satisfaction of the performance criteria and associated performance management

fee remains uncertain.

• Clearing and settlement obligations

Certain group companies have a commitment to comply with rules governing various clearing and settlement arrangements which could result in a

credit risk exposure and loss if another member institution fails to settle its payment clearing activities. The Group’s potential exposure arising from

these arrangements is unquantifiable in advance.

Certain group companies hold memberships of central clearing houses, including ASX Clear (Futures), London Clearing House (LCH) SwapClear

and RepoClear, Korea Exchange (KRX), Hong Kong Exchange (HKEX), Clearing Corporation of India and the Shanghai Clearing House. These

memberships allow the relevant group company to centrally clear derivative instruments in line with cross-border regulatory requirements. Common

to all of these memberships is the requirement for the relevant group company to make default fund contributions. In the event of a default by another

member, the relevant group company could potentially be required to commit additional default fund contributions which are unquantifiable in

advance.

• Parent entity guarantees

ANZGHL and ANZBGL have issued letters of comfort and guarantees in respect of certain subsidiaries in the normal course of business. Under

these letters and guarantees, ANZGHL and ANZBGL undertake to ensure that those subsidiaries continue to meet their financial obligations, subject

to certain conditions including that the entity remains a controlled entity.

• Sale of Grindlays business

On 31 July 2000, ANZBGL completed the sale to Standard Chartered Bank (SCB) of ANZ Grindlays Bank Limited (Grindlays) and certain other

businesses. ANZBGL provided warranties and indemnities relating to those businesses.

The indemnified matters include civil penalty proceedings and criminal prosecutions brought by Indian authorities against Grindlays and certain of its

officers, in relation to certain transactions conducted in 1991 that are alleged to have breached the Foreign Exchange Regulation Act,1973. Civil

penalties were imposed in 2007 which are the subject of appeals. The criminal prosecutions are being defended.

Contingent Assets

• National Housing Bank

ANZBGL is pursuing recovery of the proceeds of certain disputed cheques which were credited to the account of a former Grindlays customer in the

early 1990s.

The disputed cheques were drawn on the National Housing Bank (NHB) in India. Proceedings between Grindlays and NHB concerning the proceeds

of the cheques were resolved in early 2002.

Recovery is now being pursued from the estate of the Grindlays customer who received the cheque proceeds. Any amounts recovered are to be

shared between ANZBGL and NHB.


19. Significant events since balance date

There have been no significant events from 31 March 2023 to the date of signing this report.

DIRECTORS’ DECLARATION


116

Directors’ Declaration


The Directors of ANZ Group Holdings Limited declare that:

1. in the Directors’ opinion the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are in

accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:

• section 304, that they comply with the Australian Accounting Standards and any further requirements in the Corporations Regulations 2001;

and

• section 305, that they give a true and fair view of the financial position of the Group as at 31 March 2023 and of its performance for the half

year ended on that date; and


2. in the Directors’ opinion as at the date of this declaration there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its debts as

and when they become due and payable.



Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors.






Paul D O’Sullivan Shayne C Elliott

Chairman Managing Director




4 May 2023

AUDITOR’S REVIEW REPORT AND INDEPENDENCE DECLARATION
117

Independent Auditor’s Review Report to the shareholders of ANZ Group Holdings Limited

Report on the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Conclusion

We have reviewed the accompanying Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements of ANZ Group Holdings Limited (the Group).

Based on our review, which is not an audit, we have not become aware of any matter that makes us believe that the Condensed Consolidated Financial

Statements of ANZ Group Holdings Limited do not comply with the Corporations Act 2001, including:

i)giving a true and fair view of the Group’s financial position as at 31 March 2023 and of its performance for the half year ended on that date; and

ii)complying with Australian Accounting Standard AASB 134 Interim Financial Reporting and the Corporations Regulations 2001.

The Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements comprise:

•The condensed consolidated balance sheet as at 31 March 2023;

•The condensed consolidated income statement, condensed consolidated statement of comprehensive income, condensed consolidated statement

of changes in equity, and condensed consolidated cash flow statement for the half year ended on that date;

•Notes 1 to 19 comprising a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information; and

•The Directors’ Declaration.

The Group comprises ANZ Group Holdings Limited (the Company) and the entities it controlled at the half year’s end or from time to time during the half

year.

Basis for Conclusion

We conducted our review in accordance with ASRE 2410 Review of a Financial Report Performed by the Independent Auditor of the Entity. Our

responsibilities are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Review of the Financial Report section of our report.

We are independent of the Group in accordance with the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 and the ethical requirements

of the Accounting Professional and Ethical Standards Board’s APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including Independence

Standards) (the Code) that are relevant to our audit of the annual financial report in Australia. We have also fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in

accordance with these requirements.

Responsibilities of the Directors for the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

The Directors of the Company are responsible for:

•the preparation of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements that give a true and fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting

Standards and the Corporations Act 2001; and

•such internal control as the Directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements that

give a true and fair view and are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor’s responsibility for the review of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Our responsibility is to express a conclusion on the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements based on our review. ASRE 2410 requires us to

conclude whether we have become aware of any matter that makes us believe that the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements do not comply

with the Corporations Act 2001 including giving a true and fair view of the Group’s financial position as at 31 March 2023 and its performance for the half

year ended on that date, and complying with Australian Accounting Standard AASB 134 Interim Financial Reporting and the Corporations Regulations

2001.

A review of Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements consists of making enquiries, primarily of persons responsible for financial and accounting

matters, and applying analytical and other review procedures. A review is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with

Australian Auditing Standards and consequently does not enable us to obtain assurance that we would become aware of all significant matters that might

be identified in an audit. Accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion.

KPMG Martin McGrath

Partner

Melbourne

4 Ma

y 2023

Maria Trinci

Partner

Melbourne

4 Ma

y 2023

K

PMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG global organisation of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG International Limited, a private English company

limited by guarantee. All right reserved. The KPMG name and logo are trademarks used under license by the independent member firms of the KPMG global organisation. Liability limited by a

scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.

AUDITOR’S REVIEW REPORT AND INDEPENDENCE DECLARATION
118

Lead

Auditor’s Independence Declaration under Section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001

To the Directors of ANZ Group Holdings Limited

I declare that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, in relation to the review of ANZ Group Holdings Limited for the half year ended 31 March 2023,

there have been:

(i)no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements as set out in the Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the review; and

(ii)no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the review.

KPMG Martin McGrath

Partner

Melbourne

4 May 2023

K

PMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG global organisation of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG International Limited, a private English company

limited by guarantee. All right reserved. The KPMG name and logo are trademarks used under license by the independent member firms of the KPMG global organisation. Liability limited by a

scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION


119



CONTENTS Page


Establishment of a new group organisational structure 120

ANZGHL and ANZBGL summary financial information 121

Capital management 122

Average balance sheet and related interest 126

Select geographical disclosures 129

Exchange rates 130

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
120

Establis

hment of a new group organisational structure

On 3 January 2023, Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (ANZBGL) established by a scheme of arrangement, a non-operating holding

company, ANZ Group Holdings Limited (ANZGHL), as the new listed parent holding company of the ANZ Group and implemented a restructure to

separate ANZ’s banking and certain non-banking businesses into the ANZ Bank Group and ANZ Non-Bank Group (Restructure).

Overview of the Restructure

The key steps undertaken in the Restructure were:

•New legal entities ANZGHL, ANZ BH Pty Ltd (ANZ Bank HoldCo), ANZ NBH Pty Ltd (ANZ Non-Bank HoldCo) and ANZ Group Services Pty Ltd (ANZ

ServiceCo) were created;

•ANZBGL transferred its beneficial interests in the 1835i trusts, its non-controlling interest in the Worldline merchant acquiring joint venture with

Worldline, and its equity interests in Lygon, TIN and Pollination to ANZ Non-Bank HoldCo;

•ANZBGL transferred its interest in ANZ Centre Trust, ANZ Centre Chattels Trust, certain fixtures and fittings (including leasehold improvement assets)

and ANZ Centre Pty Ltd to ANZ ServiceCo;

•ANZBGL transferred all shares in ANZ Bank HoldCo, ANZ Non-Bank HoldCo and ANZ ServiceCo to ANZGHL; and

•ANZGHL transferred all shares in ANZBGL to ANZ Bank HoldCo.

The composition of the ANZ Group after the Restructure is shown in the diagram below

1

.

1.

This diagram has been simplified and does not show all subsidiaries of the ANZ Group and interests of ANZ. Note that references to ANZ/ANZGHL Shareholders includes holders of ANZ

ADSs representing ANZ Shares.

APRA Regulatory Requirements

As part of the Restructure, ANZ’s prudential policy framework was adjusted to reflect APRA’s regulation of the ANZ Group after the Restructure. A

summary of APRA’s regulation of the ANZ Group after the Restructure is set out below.

•ANZGHL: a non-operating holding company that is authorised by APRA and is required to comply with certain conditions including specific capital

requirements. As an authorised NOHC, ANZGHL is also subject to regulation under the Banking Act 1959 (Cth) (Banking Act) and certain APRA

prudential standards. As the head of a Level 3 group, ANZGHL is required to ensure certain APRA prudential standards are applied appropriately

throughout the ANZ Group (including the ANZ Bank Group and relevant members of the ANZ Non-Bank Group).

•ANZ Bank HoldCo: includes the ANZ Group’s entities that conduct banking business (including ANZBGL and ANZ Bank New Zealand). ANZ Bank

HoldCo is subject to the full suite of APRA prudential and reporting standards for ADIs, including standards in relation to capital adequacy and liquidity.

•ANZ Non-Bank HoldCo: comprises investments and entities that are not within the ANZ Bank Group. Subject to the requirements relating to APRA’s

authorisation, these entities are not subject to ADI-specific regulation, such as bank capital adequacy and liquidity requirements currently applied to

ANZBGL. As noted above, ANZGHL is required to apply certain APRA prudential standards appropriately throughout the ANZ Group, including to

relevant members of the ANZ Non-Bank Group being those where ANZGHL has considered it appropriate to do so to protect the ANZ Group or ANZ

customers or where APRA has required ANZGHL to do so.

Initially, ANZ's risk management framework will apply to the ANZ Group following the Restructure in substantially the same form as the current risk

management framework. However, over time, ANZ's risk management framework and risk appetite statement may be adjusted as the ANZ Non-Bank

Group develops.

Further information relating to the implementation of the Group Organisational Structure can be found on www.anz.com at

https://www.anz.com/shareholder/centre/about/anzs-non-operating-holding-company/

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION


121

ANZGHL and ANZBGL summary financial information


Condensed Income Statement


ANZBGL Consolidated ANZGHL Consolidated


Half Year Half Year


Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Net interest income 8,500 7,774 7,100 8,503 7,774 7,100

Other operating income

1,647 2,110 2,442 1,636 2,110 2,442

Operating income

10,147 9,884 9,542 10,139 9,884 9,542

Operating expenses (4,986) (4,788) (4,791) (4,997) (4,788) (4,791)

Profit before credit impairment and income tax

5,161 5,096 4,751 5,142 5,096 4,751

Credit impairment (charge)/release (133) (52) 284 (133) (52) 284

Profit before income tax

5,028 5,044 5,035 5,009 5,044 5,035

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (1,460) (1,441) (1,500) (1,462) (1,441) (1,500)

Profit attributable to shareholders of the Company

from continuing operations

3,568 3,603 3,535 3,547 3,603 3,535

Profit/(Loss) from discontinued operations - (14) (5) - (14) (5)

Profit attributable to shareholders of the Company

3,568 3,589 3,530 3,547 3,589 3,530

Economic hedges 190 (196) (373) 190 (196) (373)

Revenue and expense hedges 84 (5) (49) 84 (5) (49)

Cash profit

3,842 3,388 3,108 3,821 3,388 3,108


Condensed Balance Sheet


ANZBGL Consolidated ANZGHL Consolidated


As at As at

Assets

Mar 23

$B

Sep 22

$B

Mar 22

$B

Mar 23

$B

Sep 22

$B

Mar 22

$B

Cash / Settlement balances owed to ANZ / Collateral paid 225.1 185.6 186.0 225.1 185.6 186.0

Trading assets and investment securities

133.1 121.4 119.2 133.6 121.4 119.2

Derivative financial instruments

45.6 90.2 45.2 45.6 90.2 45.2

Net loans and advances

690.7 672.4 651.4 690.1 672.4 651.4

Other

17.1 16.0 15.6 16.8 16.0 15.6

Total assets

1,111.6 1,085.6 1,017.4 1,111.2 1,085.6 1,017.4

Liabilities

Settlement balances owed by ANZ / Collateral received 31.0 30.0 26.5 31.0 30.0 26.5

Deposits and other borrowings

843.1 797.3 780.3 842.6 797.3 780.3

Derivative financial instruments

46.2 85.1 47.8 46.2 85.1 47.8

Debt issuances

106.2 93.7 87.2 106.2 93.7 87.2

Other

16.5 13.2 13.8 15.6 13.2 13.8

Total liabilities

1,043.0 1,019.3 955.6 1,041.6 1,019.3 955.6

Total equity 68.6 66.4 61.8 69.6 66.4 61.8

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
122

Capita

l management

ANZ provides information as required under APRA’s prudential standard APS 330: Public Disclosure. This information is located in the Regulatory

Disclosures section of ANZ’s website: https://www.anz.com/shareholder/centre/reporting/regulatory-disclosure/.

The disclosures below represent the position for ANZ BH Pty Ltd as the head of ANZ’s Level 2 banking group following the Restructure described on

page 120 (Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited for prior years). The capital position for ANZGHL, the head of the Level 3 conglomerate

group, is outlined on page 43.

As at Mo

vement

Qualifying Capital

Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Tier 1

Shareholder

s' equity and non-controlling interests

68,625 66,401 61,756 3% 11%

Prudential adjustments to shareholders' equity Table 1

(358) (175) 180 large large

Gross Common Equity Tier 1 capital

68,267 66,226 61,936 3% 10%

DeductionsTable 2 (10,887) (10,354) (11,425) 5% -5%

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

57,380 55,872 50,511 3% 14%

Additional Tier 1 capital Table 3 8,184 7,686 7,490 6% 9%

Tier 1 capital

65,564 63,558 58,001 3% 13%

Tier 2 capital Table 4 24,068 19,277 14,780 25% 63%

Total qualifying capital

89,632 82,835 72,781 8% 23%

Capital adequacy ratios (Level 2)

Common Equity Tier 1 13.2% 12.3% 11.5%

Tier 1

15.1% 14.0% 13.2%

Tier 2

5.5% 4.2% 3.4%

Total capital ratio

20.6% 18.2% 16.6%

Risk weighted assets Table 5

435,514 454,718 437,910 -4%-1%

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION


123

Capital management, cont’d



As at Movement


Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Table 1: Prudential adjustments to shareholders' equity


Shareholders' equity attributable to deconsolidated entities

(233) (48) (150) large 55%

Deferred fee revenue including fees deferred as part of loan yields

453 440 386 3% 17%

Non-controlling interests and other deductions

(578) (567) (56) 2% large

Total

(358) (175) 180 large large


Table 2: Deductions from Common Equity Tier 1 capital


Unamortised goodwill & other intangibles (excluding ANZ New Zealand

Investments Holdings Ltd)


(2,994) (2,914) (3,073) 3% -3%

Intangible component of investments in ANZ New Zealand Investments

Holdings Ltd


(71) (67) (71) 6% 0%

Capitalised software

(868) (896) (924) -3% -6%

Capitalised expenses (including loan and lease origination fees)

(1,874) (1,625) (1,548) 15% 21%

Applicable deferred net tax assets

(2,461) (2,511) (2,908) -2% -15%

Expected losses in excess of eligible provisions Table 8

(39) (11) (32) large 22%

Investment in other insurance subsidiaries

(284) (348) (347) -18% -18%

Investment in ANZ New Zealand Investments Holdings Ltd

(45) (43) (45) 5% 0%

Investment in associates

(2,214) (2,181) (2,018) 2% 10%

Other equity investments

(973) (1,385) (1,432) -30% -32%

Cashflow hedge reserve and other deductions

936 1,627 973 -42% -4%

Total

(10,887) (10,354) (11,425) 5% -5%


Table 3: Additional Tier 1 capital


ANZ Capital Notes 3

- 970 969 large large

ANZ Capital Notes 4

1,620 1,619 1,618 0% 0%

ANZ Capital Notes 5

929 928 928 0% 0%

ANZ Capital Notes 6

1,488 1,487 1,487 0% 0%

ANZ Capital Notes 7

1,297 1,297 1,298 0% 0%

ANZ Capital Notes 8

1,482 - - n/a n/a

ANZ Capital Securities

1,380 1,404 1,282 -2% 8%

Regulatory adjustments and deductions

(12) (19) (92) -37% -87%

Total

8,184 7,686 7,490 6% 9%


Table 4: Tier 2 capital


General reserve for impairment of financial assets

1,781 1,233 1,082 44% 65%

Term subordinated debt notes

22,797 17,907 14,047 27% 62%

Regulatory adjustments and deductions

(510) 137 (349) large 46%

Total

24,068 19,277 14,780 25% 63%

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION


124

Capital management, cont’d


As at Movement


Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Table 5: Risk weighted assets


On balance sheet

269,191 268,741 262,774 0% 2%

Commitments

45,944 58,039 58,578 -21% -22%

Contingents

14,227 12,330 11,646 15% 22%

Derivatives

15,932 20,332 15,819 -22% 1%

Total credit risk weighted assets Table 6

345,294 359,442 348,817 -4% -1%

Market risk - Traded 11,737 9,282 7,705 26% 52%

Market risk - IRRBB

31,887 38,063 33,402 -16% -5%

Operational risk

42,319 47,931 47,986 -12% -12%

Total risk weighted assets

431,237 454,718 437,910 -5% -2%

RWA adjustment for the IRB capital floor 4,277 n/a n/a n/a n/a

Total risk weighted assets including floor adjustment 435,514 n/a n/a n/a n/a



As at Movement


Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Table 6: Credit risk weighted assets by Basel asset class



Subject to Advanced IRB approach




Corporate


62,680 146,069 141,243


-57% -56%

Sovereign


n/a 10,955 9,781


n/a n/a

Bank


n/a 12,071 10,742


n/a n/a

Residential mortgage


86,726 113,590 111,355


-24% -22%

Retail SME


10,065 n/a n/a


n/a n/a

Qualifying revolving retail


3,325 3,272 3,418


2% -3%

Other retail


1,709 17,029 18,200


-90% -91%

Credit risk weighted assets subject to Advanced IRB approach


164,505 302,986 294,739


-46% -44%





Credit risk weighted assets subject to supervisory slotting approach


3,577 39,792 38,432


-91% -91%





Subject to Foundation Internal Rating Based (IRB) approach




Corporate


38,808 n/a n/a


n/a n/a

Sovereign


11,199 n/a n/a


n/a n/a

Financial institution


32,832 n/a n/a


n/a n/a

Credit risk weighted assets subject to Foundational IRB approach


82,839 n/a n/a


n/a n/a





Subject to Standardised approach




Corporate


4,911 6,235 6,149


-21% -20%

Sovereign


88 29 36


large large

Residential mortgage


1,809 224 194


large large

Other retail


32 11 12


large large

Other assets


4,138 n/a n/a


n/a n/a

Credit risk weighted assets subject to Standardised approach


10,978 6,499 6,391


69% 72%





Credit Valuation Adjustment and Qualifying Central Counterparties


3,449 3,865 3,154


-11% 9%





Exposures of New Zealand banking subsidiaries


77,717 n/a n/a


n/a n/a





Credit risk weighted assets relating to securitisation exposures


2,229 2,424 2,090


-8% 7%

Other assets


n/a 3,876 4,011


n/a n/a

Total credit risk weighted assets


345,294 359,442 348,817


-4% -1%

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
125

Capita

l management, cont’d

Collectively and Individually

Assessed Provision Basel Expected Loss

1


Table 7: Total provision for credit impairment and Basel expected

loss by division

Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Australia Retail 1,017 974 1,015 824 957991

Australia

Commercial

1,182 1,164 1,240 657 826927

Insti

tutional

1,580 1,652 1,584 814 984959

Ne

w Zealand

590 494438515 514572

Paci

fic

91 11011417 1714

Group Cen

tre

1 122 33

To

tal provision for credit impairment and expected loss

4,461 4,395 4,393 2,829 3,301 3,466

1.

Only applicable to IRB portfolios.

As at Movement

Table 8: APRA Expected loss in excess of eligible provisions

Mar 23

$M

Sep 22

$M

Mar 22

$M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

APRA Basel 3 expected loss: non-defaulted 1,875 2,231 2,235-16%-16%

Less: Qualifying collectively assessed provision

Collectively assessed provision (4,040) (3,853) (3,757)5% 8%

Non-qualifying collectively assessed provision

384389440-1%-13%

Standardised collectively assessed provision

141147142-4%-1%

Non-defaulted excess included in deduction

- - -n/an/a

APRA Basel 3 expected loss: defaulted 954 1,070 1,231-11%-23%

Less: Qualifying individually assessed provision

Individually assessed provision (421)(542)(636)-22%-34%

Additional individually assessed provision for partial write offs

(181)(213)(206)-15%-12%

Standardised individually assessed provision

44 5143 -14%2%

Collectively assessed provision on IRB defaulted

(357)(355)(400)1%-11%

391132large 22%

Shortfall in expected loss not included in deduction - - -n/a n/a

Defaulted excess included in deduction

391132large 22%

Gross deduction 391132large 22%

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION


126

Average balance sheet and related interest

1


Mar 23 Half Year Sep 22 Half Year Mar 22 Half Year


Avg bal Int Rate Avg bal Int Rate Avg bal Int Rate

$M $M % $M $M % $M $M %

Loans and advances


Home loans

2

344,016 8,730 5.1% 333,606 6,159 3.7% 334,774 4,941 3.0%

Consumer finance

12,320 493 8.0% 12,130 456 7.5% 12,286 490 8.0%

Business lending

293,374 8,853 6.1% 274,341 5,123 3.7% 260,680 3,502 2.7%

Individual provisions for credit impairment

(457) - n/a (587) - n/a (653) - n/a

Total

649,253 18,076 5.6% 619,490 11,738 3.8% 607,087 8,933 3.0%

Non-lending interest earning assets

Cash and other liquid assets 196,798 2,712 2.8% 177,619 952 1.1% 170,619 89 0.1%

Trading and investment securities

126,358 2,040 3.2% 122,643 1,194 1.9% 121,366 678 1.1%

Other assets

563 2 n/a 588 18 n/a 606 7 n/a

Total

323,719 4,754 2.9% 300,850 2,164 1.4% 292,591 774 0.5%

Total interest earning assets

3

972,972 22,830 4.7% 920,340 13,902 3.0% 899,678 9,707 2.2%

Non-interest earning assets

2

139,344 141,680 110,098

Total average assets 1,112,316 1,062,020 1,009,776


Interest bearing deposits and other borrowings



Certificates of deposit

41,710 674 3.2% 37,232 235 1.3% 38,148 40 0.2%

Term deposits

226,515 3,998 3.5% 191,680 1,471 1.5% 176,866 440 0.5%

On demand and short term deposits

4

317,740 4,268 2.7% 334,447 1,899 1.1% 339,419 858 0.5%

Deposits from banks and securities sold under agreement to

repurchase

103,137 1,677 3.3% 100,096 572 1.1% 91,070 103 0.2%

Commercial paper and other borrowings

43,553 883 4.1% 34,993 243 1.4% 29,431 55 0.4%

Total

732,655 11,500 3.1% 698,448 4,420 1.3% 674,934 1,496 0.4%

Non-deposit interest bearing liabilities

Collateral received and settlement balances owed by ANZ 22,349 271 2.4% 18,984 124 1.3% 14,507 13 0.2%

Debt issuances & subordinated debt

96,609 2,080 4.3% 89,023 1,222 2.7% 94,683 799 1.7%

Other liabilities

9,293 476 n/a 9,084 362 n/a 8,776 299 n/a

Total

128,251 2,827 4.4% 117,091 1,708 2.9% 117,966 1,111 1.9%

Total interest bearing liabilities

3

860,906 14,327 3.3% 815,539 6,128 1.5% 792,900 2,607 0.7%

Non-interest bearing liabilities

4

183,799 183,361 154,332

Total average liabilities 1,044,705 998,900 947,232


Total average shareholders' equity 67,611 63,120 62,544

1.

Averages used are predominantly daily averages.

2.

Home loans are reported net of average mortgage offset balances of $43,799 million (Sep 22: $41,990 million; Mar 22: $40,329 million), which are included in non-interest earning assets.

While these balances are required to be grossed up under accounting standards, they are netted down for the calculation of customer interest payments and the calculation of the Group’s

net interest margin.

3.

Intra-group interest earning assets and interest income and Intra-group interest earning liabilities and interest expense have been eliminated.

4.

On demand and short-term deposits exclude average mortgage offset balances of $43,799 million (Sep 22: $41,990 million; Mar 22: $40,329 million), which are included in non-interest

bearing liabilities.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
127

Average

balance sheet and related interest

1

, cont’d

Mar 23 Half Year Sep 22 Half Year Mar 22 Half Year

Avg bal Int Rate Avg bal Int Rate Avg bal Int Rate

$M $M % $M $M % $M $M %

Loans and advances

2


Australia


432,682 11,721 5.4% 410,151 7,691 3.7% 402,017 6,097 3.0%

Rest of World

80,510 2,588 6.4% 75,812 1,260 3.3% 69,003 689 2.0%

New Zealand

136,061 3,767 5.6% 133,527 2,787 4.2% 136,067 2,147 3.2%

Total

649,253 18,076 5.6% 619,490 11,738 3.8% 607,087 8,933 3.0%

Trading assets and investment securities

Australia 62,933 1,151 3.7% 61,583 621 2.0% 61,595 272 0.9%

Rest of World

46,819 661 2.8% 43,971 405 1.8% 40,857 276 1.4%

New Zealand

16,606 228 2.8% 17,089 168 2.0% 18,914 130 1.4%

Total

126,358 2,040 3.2% 122,643 1,194 1.9% 121,366 678 1.1%

Total interest earning assets

3


Australia 595,274 14,356 4.8% 562,269 8,857 3.1% 548,966 6,368 2.3%

Rest of World

211,188 4,184 4.0% 196,306 1,989 2.0% 184,992 1,018 1.1%

New Zealand

166,510 4,290 5.2% 161,765 3,056 3.8% 165,720 2,321 2.8%

Total

972,972 22,830 4.7% 920,340 13,902 3.0% 899,678 9,707 2.2%

Total average assets

Australia


664,826 646,314 617,384

Rest of World

266,218 238,668 212,617

New Zealand

181,272 177,038 179,775

Total average assets

1,112,316 1,062,020 1,009,776

Interest bearing deposits and other borrowings

4


Australia


415,469 6,202 3.0% 405,671 2,320 1.1% 391,882 869 0.4%

Rest of World

206,186 3,590 3.5% 185,569 1,256 1.3% 174,536 235 0.3%

New Zealand

111,000 1,708 3.1% 107,208 844 1.6% 108,516 392 0.7%

Total

732,655 11,500 3.1% 698,448 4,420 1.3% 674,934 1,496 0.4%

Total interest bearing liabilities

3


Australia 504,444 8,132 3.2% 484,186 3,442 1.4% 472,317 1,556 0.7%

Rest of World

223,615 3,927 3.5% 202,915 1,494 1.5% 190,269 434 0.5%

New Zealand

132,847 2,268 3.4% 128,438 1,192 1.9% 130,314 617 0.9%

Total

860,906 14,327 3.3% 815,539 6,128 1.5% 792,900 2,607 0.7%

Total average liabilities

Australia


599,344 592,028 564,609

Rest of World

282,113 247,059 220,531

New Zealand

163,248 159,813 162,092

Total average liabilities

1,044,705 998,900 947,232

Total average shareholders' equity

Share

capital and reserves attributable to shareholders of the

Company

67,094 62,90562,532

Non-controlling interests

517 21512

To

tal average shareholders' equity

67,611 63,12062,544

Total average liabilities and shareholders' equity 1,112,316 1,062,020 1,009,776

1.

Averages used are predominantly daily averages.

2.

Home loans are reported net of average mortgage offset balances of $43,799 million (Sep 22: $41,990 million; Mar 22: $40,329 million), which are included in non-interest earning assets.

While these balances are required to be grossed up under accounting standards, they are netted down for the calculation of customer interest payments and the calculation of the Group’s

net interest margin.

3.

Intra-group interest earning assets and interest income and Intra-group interest earning liabilities and interest expense have been eliminated.

4.

On demand and short-term deposits exclude average mortgage offset balances of $43,799 million (Sep 22: $41,990 million; Mar 22: $40,329 million), which are included in non-interest

bearing liabilities.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
128

Average

balance sheet and related interest

1

, cont’d

Hal

f Year

Gross earnings rate

1


Mar 23

%

Sep 22

%

Mar 22

%

Australia 5.03 3.232.39

Re

st of World

4.20 2.081.06

Ne

w Zealand

5.17 3.772.81

Group


4.71 3.012.16

Net interest spread and net interest margin analysis as follows:

Hal

f Year

Australia

1


Mar 23

%

Sep 22

%

Mar 22

%

Net interest spread 1.51 1.731.73

Inte

rest attributable to net non-interest bearing items

0.42 0.170.08

Net

interest margin - Australia

1.93 1.901.81

Rest of World

1


Net interest spread 0.68 0.610.60

Inte

rest attributable to net non-interest bearing items

0.19 0.080.03

N

et interest margin - Rest of World

0.87 0.690.63

New Zealand

1


Net interest spread 1.71 1.881.82

Inte

rest attributable to net non-interest bearing items

0.65 0.360.19

Net

interest margin - New Zealand

2.36 2.242.01

Group

Net interest spread 1.37 1.511.50

Inte

rest attributable to net non-interest bearing items

0.38 0.170.08

Net

interest margin

1.75 1.681.58

Net interest margin (excluding Markets) 2.43 2.262.08

1.

Geographic gross earnings rate, net interest spread and net interest margin are calculated gross of intra-group items (Intra-group interest earning assets and associated interest income and

intra-group interest bearing liabilities and associated interest expense).

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
129

Select ge

ographical disclosures

The following divisions operate across the geographic locations illustrated below:

•Australia Retail division - Australia

•Australia Commercial division - Australia

•Institutional division - Australia, New Zealand and Rest of World

•Pacific division – Rest of World

•New Zealand division - New Zealand

•Group Centre division - Australia, New Zealand and Rest of World

The Rest of World geography includes all geographies in which the Group operates in outside of Australia and New Zealand. This includes Asia, Pacific,

Europe & America.

Au

stralia

$M

New Zealand

$M

Rest of World

$M

Total

$M

March 2023 Half Yea

r

Statutory profit/(loss) attributable to shareholders of the Company 1,804 922 821 3,547

Cash profit/(loss)

2,001 1,018 802 3,821

Net loans and advances

473,874 138,044 78,169 690,087

Customer deposits

369,574 122,008 157,045 648,627

Risk weighted assets

262,828 95,936 76,750 435,514

September 2022 Half Yea

r

Statutory profit/(loss) attributable to shareholders of the Company 1,987 1,089 513 3,589

Cash profit/(loss) 1,882

993513

3,388

Net loans and advances 461,235

129,851

81,321

672,407

Cu

stomer deposits 362,105

114,836

143,488

620,429

Risk weighted assets 291,78381,48281,453454,718

March 2022 Half Year

Statutory profit/(loss) attributable to shareholders of the Company 2,229 1,035 266 3,530

Cash profit/(loss) 1,928

914266

3,108

Net loans and advances 443,739

136,057

71,640

651,436

Cu

stomer deposits 355,141

120,233

135,680

611,054

Risk weighted assets 277,64685,22075,044437,910

New Zealand geography (in NZD)

Hal

f Year Movement

Mar 23

NZD M

Sep 22

NZD M

Mar 22

NZD M

Mar 23

v. Sep 22

Mar 23

v. Mar 22

Net interest income 2,127 2,000 1,761 6%21%

Other

operating income

363 401383-9%-5%

Operati

ng income

2,490 2,401 2,144 4%16%

Operating expenses (809) (822)(824)-2%-2%

Ca

sh profit before credit impairment and income tax

1,681 1,579 1,320 6%27%

Credit impairment (charge)/release (121) (59)20large large

Cash profit before income tax

1,560 1,520 1,340 3%16%

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (453) (424)(372)7%22%

C

ash profit

1,107 1,0969681%14%

Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit (105) 107128large large

Statutory profit

1,002 1,203 1,096 -17%-9%

Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 23 6(4)large large

Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)

98 53(16)85% large

Net loans and advances

147,423 147,373 146,397 0%1%

Cu

stomer deposits

130,297 130,330 129,371 0%1%

Ri

sk weighted assets

102,449 92,477 91,697 11%12%

T

otal full time equivalent staff (FTE)

7,252 7,280 7,431 0%-2%

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
130

Exchan

ge rates

Major exchange rates used in the translation of foreign subsidiaries, branches, investments in associates and issued debt are as follows:

Balance Sheet Profit & Loss Average

As at Half Year

Mar 23 Sep 22 Mar 22 Mar 23 Sep 22 Mar 22

Chinese Renminbi 4.6079 4.6021 4.7505 4.6763 4.7031 4.6261

Euro

0.6158 0.6618 0.6703 0.6409 0.6747 0.6406

Pound Sterling

0.5419 0.5845 0.5704 0.5618 0.5745 0.5398

Indian Rupee

55.188 52.971 56.663 55.069 54.872 54.500

Indonesian Rupiah

10,051 9,879 10,743 10,315 10,307 10,387

Japanese Yen

89.280 93.802 91.432 91.664 93.536 83.399

Malaysian Ringgit

2.9598 3.0093 3.1460 3.0018 3.0872 3.0413

New Taiwan Dollar

20.425 20.603 21.412 20.696 20.913 20.264

New Zealand Dollar

1.0679 1.1349 1.0760 1.0877 1.1063 1.0590

Papua New Guinean Kina

2.3634 2.2849 2.6347 2.3589 2.4617 2.5492

United States Dollar

0.6712 0.6489 0.7483 0.6699 0.6991 0.7260

DEFINITIONS
131

AASB means Australian Accounting Standards Board. The term ‘AASB’ is commonly used when identifying Australian Accounting Standards issued by

the AASB.

ADI means Authorised Deposit-taking Institution as defined by APRA.

ADSs means American Depositary Shares.

ANZ means ANZBGL or the ANZGHL, as the context requires.

ANZ Bank HoldCo means ANZ BH Pty Ltd, a non-operating intermediate holding company owned by ANZGHL and which owns the ANZ Bank Group

(including ANZBGL and ANZ Bank New Zealand).

ANZ Bank Group means all businesses and entities owned by ANZ Bank HoldCo, including ANZBGL and ANZ Bank New Zealand.

ANZBGL means Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited.

ANZBGL Group means ANZBGL and each of its subsidiaries.

ANZ Bank New Zealand means ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited.

ANZEST means ANZ Employee Share Trust.

ANZ Group means the ANZBGL Group or the ANZGHL Group as a whole (including all businesses), as the context requires.

ANZGHL means ANZ Group Holdings Limited.

ANZGHL Group means all businesses owned by ANZGHL after the Restructure (including ANZ Bank HoldCo, ANZBGL, ANZ ServiceCo and ANZ Non-

Bank HoldCo).

ANZ Non-Bank Group means ANZ ServiceCo and all businesses and entities owned by ANZ Non-Bank HoldCo, including ANZ’s beneficial interests in

the 1835i trusts, non-controlling interests in the Worldline merchant acquiring joint venture, and equity interests in Lygon, TIN and Pollination.

ANZ Non-Bank HoldCo means ANZ NBH Pty Ltd, a non-operating intermediate holding company owned by ANZGHL and which will own certain non-

banking subsidiaries.

ANZ Research - Economics, a business unit within ANZ, which conducts analysis of key economic inputs and developments and assessment of the

potential impacts on the local, regional and global economies.

ANZ ServiceCo means ANZ Group Services Pty Ltd.

ANZ Share means a fully paid ordinary share in the capital of ANZ.

APRA means Australian Prudential Regulation Authority.

APS means ADI Prudential Standard.

ASX means Australian Securities Exchange.

ASX Listing Rules means the official Listing Rules of the ASX.

AT1 means Additional Tier 1 capital.

BOP means Bonus Option Plan.

Cash and cash equivalents comprise coins, notes, money at call, balances held with central banks, liquid settlement balances (readily convertible to

known amounts of cash which are subject to insignificant risk of changes in value) and securities purchased under agreements to resell (reverse

repurchase agreements) in less than three months.

Cash profit is an additional measure of profit which is prepared on a basis other than in accordance with accounting standards. Cash profit represents

ANZ’s preferred measure of the result of the core business activities of the Group, enabling readers to assess Group and Divisional performance against

prior periods and against peer institutions. To calculate cash profit, the Group excludes non-core items from statutory profit as noted below. These items

are calculated consistently period on period so as not to discriminate between positive and negative adjustments.

Gains and losses are adjusted where they are significant, or have the potential to be significant in any one period, and fall into one of three categories:

1.gains or losses included in earnings arising from changes in tax, legal or accounting legislation or other non-core items not associated with the

core operations of the Group;

2.economic hedging impacts and similar accounting items that represent timing differences that will reverse through earnings in the future; and

3.accounting reclassifications between individual line items that do not impact reported results, such as credit risk on impaired derivatives.

Cash profit is not a measure of cash flow or profit determined on a cash accounting basis.

Collectively assessed allowance for expected credit loss represents the Expected Credit Loss (ECL), which incorporates forward-looking information

and does not require an actual loss event to have occurred for a credit loss provision to be recognised.

Committed Liquidity Facility (CLF) – The RBA established a CLF to offset the shortage of High-Quality Liquid Assets (HQLA) in Australia. In

September 2021, APRA wrote to ADIs to advise that APRA and the RBA consider there to be sufficient HQLA for ADIs to meet their LCR requirements,

and therefore the use of the CLF should no longer be required beyond calendar year 2022.

Covered bonds are bonds issued by an ADI to external investors secured against a pool of the ADI’s assets (the cover pool) assigned to a bankruptcy

remote special purpose entity. The primary assets forming the cover pool are mortgage loans. The mortgages remain on the issuer’s balance sheet. The

covered bond holders have dual recourse to the issuer and the cover pool assets. The mortgages included in the cover pool cannot be otherwise pledged

or disposed of but may be repurchased and substituted in order to maintain the credit quality of the pool. The Group issues covered bonds as part of its

funding activities.

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss resulting from the failure of ANZ’s customers and counterparties to honour or perform fully the terms of a loan or

contract.

Credit risk weighted assets (CRWA) represent assets which are weighted for credit risk according to a set formula as prescribed in APS 112/113.

DEFINITIONS


132


Customer deposits represent term deposits, other deposits bearing interest, deposits not bearing interest and borrowing corporations’ debt excluding

securitisation deposits.


Customer remediation includes provisions for expected refunds to customers, remediation project costs and related customer and regulatory claims,

penalties and litigation outcomes.


Derivative credit valuation adjustment (CVA) - Over the life of a derivative instrument, ANZ uses a model to adjust fair value to take into account the

impact of counterparty credit quality. The methodology calculates the present value of expected losses over the life of the financial instrument as a

function of probability of default, loss given default, expected credit risk exposure and an asset correlation factor. Impaired derivatives are also subject to

a CVA.


Dividend payout ratio is the total ordinary dividend payment divided by profit attributable to shareholders of the Company.


DRP means Dividend Reinvestment Plan.


Embedded losses - In relation to interest rate risk in the banking book, APRA requires ADIs to give consideration to embedded gains or losses in

banking book items that are not accounted for on a marked-to-market basis when determining regulatory capital. The embedded loss or gain measures

the difference between the book value and the economic value of banking book activities at a point in time.


Fair value is an amount at which an asset or liability could be exchanged between knowledgeable and willing parties in an arm’s length transaction.


Funding for Lending Programme (FLP) refers to three-year funding announced by the RBNZ in November 2020 and offered to New Zealand banks,

which aimed to lower the cost of borrowing for New Zealand businesses and households.


Gross loans and advances (GLA) is made up of loans and advances, capitalised brokerage and other origination costs less unearned income.


Group means ANZ Group Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries.


Impaired assets are those financial assets where doubt exists as to whether the full contractual amount will be received in a timely manner, or where

concessional terms have been provided because of the financial difficulties of the customer.


Impaired loans comprise drawn facilities where the customer’s status is defined as impaired.


Individually assessed allowance for expected credit losses is assessed on a case-by-case basis for all individually managed impaired assets taking

into consideration factors such as the realisable value of security (or other credit mitigants), the likely return available upon liquidation or bankruptcy, legal

uncertainties, estimated costs involved in recovery, the market price of the exposure in secondary markets and the amount and timing of expected

receipts and recoveries.


Interest rate risk in the banking book (IRRBB) relates to the potential adverse impact of changes in market interest rates on ANZ’s future net interest

income. The risk generally arises from:

1. Repricing and yield curve risk - the risk to earnings or market value as a result of changes in the overall level of interest rates and/or the

relativity of these rates across the yield curve;

2. Basis risk - the risk to earnings or market value arising from volatility in the interest margin applicable to banking book items; and

3. Optionality risk - the risk to earnings or market value arising from the existence of stand-alone or embedded options in banking book items.


International and PNG comprises the countries outside of Australia and New Zealand that form part of the Institutional division. This includes Asia,

Papua New Guinea, Europe & America.


Internationally comparable ratios are ANZ’s interpretation of Basel Calculation of RWA for credit risk regulations (effective 1 Jan 2023) documented in

the Basel Framework and the ‘Australian Banking Association Basel 3.1 Capital Comparison Study’ (Mar 2023). This definition is for measures from

March 2023 onwards.


Level 1 in the context of APRA supervision, means ANZBGL consolidated with certain approved subsidiaries.


Level 2 in the context of APRA supervision, means consolidated ANZ Bank Group, excluding insurance and funds management entities, commercial

non-financial entities and certain securitisation vehicles.


Level 3 in the context of APRA supervision, means ANZ Group, the conglomerate group at the widest level.


Net interest margin is net interest income as a percentage of average interest earning assets.


Net loans and advances represent gross loans and advances less allowance for expected credit losses.


Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) is the ratio of the amount of available stable funding (ASF) to the amount of required stable funding (RSF) defined by

APRA. The amount of ASF is the portion of an ADI capital and liabilities expected to be a reliable source of funds over a one year time horizon. The

amount of RSF is a function of the liquidity characteristics and residual maturities of an ADI’s assets and off-balance sheet activities. ADIs must maintain

an NSFR of at least 100%.


Net tangible assets equal share capital and reserves attributable to shareholders of the Company less unamortised intangible assets (including goodwill

and software).


NZX means New Zealand’s Exchange.


RBA means Reserve Bank of Australia, Australia’s central bank.


RBNZ means Reserve Bank of New Zealand, New Zealand’s central bank.


Regulatory deposits are mandatory reserve deposits lodged with local central banks in accordance with statutory requirements.


Restructure means the restructure of the ANZ Group, as part of the establishment of the non-operating holding company, implemented by the scheme of

arrangement under the Corporations Act between ANZBGL and shareholders.


Restructured items comprise facilities in which the original contractual terms have been modified for reasons related to the financial difficulties of the

customer. Restructuring may consist of reduction of interest, principal or other payments legally due, or an extension in maturity materially beyond those

typically offered to new facilities with similar risk.

DEFINITIONS
133

Return on average assets is the profit attributable to shareholders of the Company, divided by average total assets.

Return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity is the profit attributable to shareholders of the Company, divided by average ordinary shareholders’

equity.

Risk weighted assets (RWA) are risk weighted according to each asset’s inherent potential for default and what the likely losses would be in the case of

default. In the case of non-asset backed risks (i.e. market and operational risk), RWA is determined by multiplying the capital requirements for those risks

by 12.5.

Settlement balances owed to/by ANZ represent financial assets and/or liabilities which are in the course of being settled. These may include trade

dated assets and liabilities, vostro accounts and securities settlement accounts.

Term Funding Facility (TFF) refers to three-year funding announced by the RBA on 19 March 2020 and offered to ADIs in order to support lending to

Australian businesses at low cost.

Term Lending Facility (TLF) refers to three to five-year funding offered by the RBNZ between May 2020 and July 2021 to promote lending to New

Zealand businesses.

DEFINITIONS
134

Description of divisions

During the March 2023 half, the Group operated on a divisional structure with six divisions: Australia Retail, Australia Commercial, Institutional, New

Zealand, Pacific, and Group Centre.

Australia Retail

The Australia Retail division provides a full range of banking services to Australian consumers. This includes Home Loans, Deposits, Credit Cards and

Personal Loans. Products and services are provided via the branch network, home loan specialists, contact centres, a variety of self-service channels

(digital and internet banking, website, ATMs and phone banking) and third-party brokers. It also includes the costs related to the development and

operation of the ANZ Plus proposition for retail customers.

Australia Commercial

The Australia Commercial division provides a full range of banking products and financial services, including asset financing, across the following

customer segments: small business owners and medium commercial customers (SME Banking) and large commercial customers, high net worth

individuals and family groups (Specialist Business).

Institutional

The Institutional division services governments, global institutional and corporate customers across Australia, New Zealand and International (including

PNG) via the following business units:

•Transaction Banking provides customers with working capital and liquidity solutions including documentary trade, supply chain financing, commodity

financing as well as cash management solutions, deposits, payments and clearing.

•Corporate Finance provides customers with loan products, loan syndication, specialised loan structuring and execution, project and export finance,

debt structuring and acquisition finance and corporate advisory services.

•Markets provides customers with risk management services in foreign exchange, interest rates, credit, commodities and debt capital markets in

addition to managing the Group's interest rate exposure and liquidity position.

New Zealand

The New Zealand division comprises the following business units:

•Personal provides a full range of banking and wealth management services to consumer and private banking customers. We deliver our services via

our internet and app-based digital solutions and a network of branches, mortgage specialists, relationship managers and contact centres.

•Business provides a full range of banking services including small business banking, through our digital, branch and contact centre channels, and

traditional relationship banking and sophisticated financial solutions through dedicated managers. These cover privately owned small, medium and

large enterprises, the agricultural business segment, government and government-related entities.

Pacific

The Pacific division provides products and services to retail and commercial customers (including multi-nationals) and to governments located in the

Pacific region excluding PNG which forms part of the Institutional division.

Group Centre

Group Centre division provides support to the operating divisions, including technology, property, risk management, financial management, strategy,

marketing, human resources and corporate affairs. It also includes Group Treasury, Shareholder Functions, minority investments in Asia and interests in

the ANZ Non-Bank Group.

ASX APPENDIX 4D - CROSS REFERENCE INDEX


135


Page

Details of the reporting period (4D Item 1) ............................................................................................................................................................................. 2

Results for Announcement to the Market (4D Item 2) ............................................................................................................................................................ 2

Net Tangible Assets per security (4D Item 3) ....................................................................................................................................................................... 11

Details of entities over which control has been gained or lost (4D Item 4) ......................................................................................................................... 113

Dividends and dividend dates (4D Item 5) ............................................................................................................................................................................. 2

Dividend Reinvestment Plan (4D Item 6) ............................................................................................................................................................................... 2

Details of associates and joint venture entities (4D Item 7) ................................................................................................................................................ 113

ALPHABETICAL INDEX
136

Page


Allowance for Expected Credit Losses ................................................................................................................................................................................. 96

ANZGHL and ANZBGL Summary Financial Information .................................................................................................................................................... 121

Appendix 4D - Cross Reference Index ............................................................................................................................................................................... 135

Appendix 4D Statement ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2

Auditor’s Review Report and Independence Declaration ................................................................................................................................................... 117

Average Balance Sheet and Related Interest .................................................................................................................................................................... 126

Basis of Preparation ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 82

Capital Management .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 122

Changes in Composition of the Group ............................................................................................................................................................................... 113

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet ............................................................................................................................................................................. 79

Condensed Consolidated Cash Flow Statement .................................................................................................................................................................. 80

Condensed Consolidated Income Statement ....................................................................................................................................................................... 77

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity .................................................................................................................................................. 81

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income ......................................................................................................................................... 78

Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets ..................................................................................................................................................................... 114

Credit Risk .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 101

Debt Issuances .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 100

Definitions .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 131

Deposits and Other Borrowings ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 99

Directors’ Declaration ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 116

Directors’ Report .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 76

Dividends ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 91

Divisional Results ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 49

Earnings Per Share .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 92

Establishment of a New Group Organisational Structure ................................................................................................................................................... 120

Exchange Rates ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 130

Fair Value of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities ...................................................................................................................................................... 106

Full Time Equivalent Staff .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 17

Group Results ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 19

Income ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 88

Income Tax Expense ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 90

Investments in Associates .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 113

Net Loans and Advances ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 95

Operating Expenses ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 89

Profit Reconciliation ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 71

Related Party Disclosure .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 113

Segment Reporting .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 93

Select Geographical Disclosures ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 129

Shareholders’ Equity .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 112

Significant Events Since Balance Date .............................................................................................................................................................................. 115

Summary ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 7

---

News Release
For Release: 5 May 2023


2023 Half Year Result & Proposed Dividend


ANZ

1

today announced a Cash Profit

2

from continuing operations of $3,821 million, up 12%

when compared with the prior half.


Statutory Profit after tax for the half year ended 31 March 2023 was $3,547 million.


ANZ’s Common Equity Tier 1 Ratio increased to 13.2% and Cash Return on Equity rose to

11.4%. The proposed Interim Dividend is 81 cents per share, fully franked.


GROUP FINANCIAL INFORMATION


Earnings ($m) 1H23 2H22 Movement

Statutory Profit After Tax 3,547 3,589 -1%

Cash Profit (continuing operations) 3,821 3,402 +12%

Profit before credit impairment & tax 5,531 4,811 +15%

Earnings per share (cents) 127.6 118.8 +7%

Return on equity 11.4% 10.8% +60bps

Return on average assets 0.69% 0.64% +5bps

Net Tangible Assets per ordinary share ($) 21.66 20.75 +4%

Dividend per share (cents) 81 74 +7cps

Credit Provision Charge ($m) 1H23 2H22 Movement

Total Provision Charge / (release) 133 52 Large

Individual Provision Charge / (release) (30) (8) Large

Collective Provision Charge / (release) 163 60 Large

Balance Sheet ($b) 1H23 2H22 Movement

Gross Loans and Advances (GLAs) 693.7 676.0 +3%

Total Risk Weighted Assets (RWAs)

3

435.5 454.7 -4%

Customer Deposits 648.6 620.4 +5%

Common Equity Tier 1 Ratio (CET1)

4

13.2% 12.3% +89bps

Other 1H23 2H22 Movement

Full time equivalent staff (including discontinued) 39,802 39,381 +1%


CEO COMMENTARY


ANZ Chief Executive Officer, Shayne Elliott, said: “This was a strong financial performance in

which all four divisions made a material contribution. The record result was driven by solid

revenue growth across the board and the benefits of having a well-diversified business. It

was also a direct outcome of our deliberate strategy to simplify, reshape and de-risk the

bank, which has allowed us to replace revenue following the disposal of non-core assets.



1

Following the establishment of the Non-Operating Holding Company in January 2023 ANZ Group Holdings limited replaced ANZ Banking Group Limited

as the listed entity for the ANZ Group. The results represent the continuation of the ANZ Group.

2

Cash Profit excludes non-core items included in Statutory Profit with the net after tax adjustment an increase from Statutory Profit of $274m.

3

March 2023 RWA based on APRA revisions to capital adequacy requirements (APRA Capital Reform) effective 1 January 2023.

4

ANZ Banking Group Level 2



“Achievements this half included establishing a new Non-Operating Holding Company,

completing the single largest regulatory program in our history (BS11), making further

progress with our application to acquire Suncorp Bank, migrating our entire HR platform to

the cloud and taking further steps to strengthen our ecosystem strategy, including by

growing Cashrewards and investing in View Media Group.


“Australia Retail grew home loans faster than the market, while also driving good growth in

deposits. We continued the rollout of ANZ Plus, which had $6 billion of deposits at end-April

from over 250,000 customers, 30% of which were new to bank, with 39% new to bank in

March.


“Institutional posted a record half-year result, producing returns well above the cost of

capital in each region and strong revenue growth across all products. The division saw

ongoing rapid growth in payments and currency processing and benefitted from servicing

other financial institutions where we have a competitive advantage and significant market

leadership. The international business performed strongly, contributing to more than 60% of

the Division’s revenue growth compared with the prior comparable period.


“In New Zealand, revenue and returns were both up strongly compared with the first half of

2022 and we continue to lead the market in all of our target segments. The BS11 regulatory

program, the single largest project in the Group’s history, is now complete. We are well

positioned to continue growing the business while also supporting customers through an

uncertain environment.


“Australia Commercial was a strong contributor to Group revenue, generating the highest

return on equity of our divisions and delivering revenue growth of 30%

5

compared with the

prior comparable period. During the half we performed particularly well supporting

customers in agriculture, trade and manufacturing.


“We continued to tightly manage costs at a time of significant inflation and from a balance

sheet perspective remain one of the best capitalised banks in the world. We were among the

first banks in the world to successfully access global funding markets after a period of

market instability, demonstrating the strength of our franchise and confidence in the

Australian banking system. We have a well-diversified portfolio and the ability to allocate

capital dynamically to maximise shareholder returns.”


DIVISIONAL HIGHLIGHTS


Australia Retail

 Revenue up 4% vs 2H22 or 11% vs 1H22, driven by restored home lending momentum

from the previous half and deposit margin management in a highly competitive

environment.

 Strong home loan momentum in the first half, supported by restored capability and

capacity and an improved broker support model.

 Increased customer engagement in ANZ Plus, with deposits reaching $5.3 billion in 1H23

($6 billion by the end of April). The average balance per customer increased 51% vs

2H22 and the onboarding process achieved a net promoter score (NPS) of +52.


Australia Commercial

 Revenue up 13% vs 2H22 or 11% vs 1H22, driven by disciplined margin management

and a strong deposit franchise.

 Net Loans and Advances expanded by 4% vs 1H22 by maintaining strong momentum in

priority sectors.

 Finalised the sale of the investment lending business in April 2023 and continued to build

on strategic partnerships, including ANZ Worldline platform which is now live.






5

Adjusted for the net gain on sale from divested businesses recognised in the Australia Commercial division in the March 2022 half.



Institutional

 Revenue up 23% vs 2H22 or 35% vs 1H22 as the division continued to focus on

payments processing and servicing of other financial institutions.

 Rapid growth in payments processing, with New Payments Platform agency payments

increasing 31% vs 1H22 while platform cash management accounts grew 32% vs 1H22.

 Participated in 56 sustainable finance deals worth $75 billion, broadly comparable to

prior half against the backdrop of volatile macroeconomic conditions.


New Zealand (NZD)

 Revenue up 1% vs 2H22 or 14% vs 1H22, with margin expansion against a challenging

competitive backdrop.

 Net Loans and Advances grew 3% vs 1H22 driven by home and business lending,

despite a more challenging economic environment.

 Supported customers impacted by the floods and cyclone with emergency access to over

$11 million of interest-free funds, as well as waiving ~$1.3 million in fees across

February and March for our business and personal customers.


CREDIT QUALITY


The total credit impairment charge for the first half was $133 million, comprising:

 a collectively assessed provision (CP) charge of $163 million.

 an individually assessed provision (IP) release of $30 million.

The additional CP charge takes our total CP balance at 31 March 2023 to $4,040 million.

Individual provisions remain at low levels, with writebacks and recoveries more than

offsetting new provisions in the half.


DIVIDEND & CAPITAL


ANZ Banking Group’s Common Equity Tier 1 Ratio is 13.2%, an increase of 89bps since

September 2022. This increase included the impacts of APRA’s capital reforms, the majority

of which were effective from January 2023. On a pro-forma basis, inclusive of the proposed

Suncorp Bank acquisition and adjusted for the surplus capital in the Non-Operating Holding

Company, the Banking Group’s capital ratio is 12.1%. This is above APRA’s revised

expectations for major banks of between 11.0% and 11.5%.


The Board considers an Interim Dividend of 81 cents per share is appropriate for the current

operating conditions. ANZ also stated the Dividend Reinvestment Plan will continue to apply

for the Interim 2023 Dividend at no discount and the impact will be neutralised via the

purchase of shares on market.


OUTLOOK


Mr Elliott said: “The next six months will be more difficult than the last. Competition in retail

banking is as intense as it has ever been, both in Australia and New Zealand. We

understand that sustained higher inflation and interest rates create further challenges for

some households and businesses across the economy. While the number of ANZ customers

in difficulty remains low, we stand ready to help in these potentially challenging times.


“We enter the next half with a business structure that brings the benefits of geographic and

product diversification. We have a robust capital position, credit loss provisions higher than

any other time pre-COVID, a strong and diverse deposit base and a track-record of

execution. We are seeing continued momentum and high employee engagement across all

four divisions, each with a clear strategy and a funded roadmap for growth.


“As the world is changing rapidly, ANZ is well placed to deploy our people and capital to help

those facing challenges, but also support those looking for opportunities.”


Interviews with relevant executives, including Shayne Elliott, can be found at

bluenotes.anz.com.



For media enquiries contact:


Elizabeth Rudall

Acting Head of Corporate

Communications

Tel: +61 403 130 207


Amanda Schultz

Media & Public Relations Manager

Tel: +61 401 532 325

For analyst enquiries contact:


Jill Campbell

Group General Manager,

Investor Relations

Tel: +61 412 047 448


Cameron Davis

Executive Manager, Investor Relations

Tel: +61 421 613 819


Approved for distribution by ANZ’s Continuous Disclosure Committee


ANZ Group Holdings Limited

9/833 Collins Street Docklands Victoria 3008 Australia

ABN 16 659 510 791

---

2023 HALF YEAR
HALF YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2023

RESULTS PRESENTATION AND INVESTOR DISCUSSION PACK

RESULTS

5 MAY 2023

Approved for distribution by ANZ’s Continuous Disclosure Committee

ANZ Group Holdings Limited ABN 16 659 510 791

9/833 Collins Street Docklands Victoria 3008 Australia

ANZ 2023 Half Year Results
1

DISCLAIMER & IMPORTANT NOTICE

The material in this presentation is general background information about ANZ’s activities current as at

the date of the presentation.It is information given in summary form and does not purport to be

complete.It is not intended to be and should not be relied upon as advice to investors or potential

investors and does not take into account the investment objectives, financial situation or needs of any

particular investor.These should be considered, with or without professional advice when deciding if

an investment is appropriate.

This presentation may contain forward-looking statements or opinions including statements regarding

our intent, belief or current expectations with respect to ANZ’s business operations, market conditions,

results of operations and financial condition, capital adequacy, specific provisions and risk

management practices.When used in this presentation, the words ‘forecast’, ‘estimate’, ‘project’,

‘intend’, ‘anticipate’, ‘believe’, ‘expect’, ‘may’, ‘probability’, ‘risk’, ‘will’, ‘seek’, ‘would’, ‘could’, ‘should’ and

similar expressions, as they relate to ANZ and its management, are intended to identify forward-looking

statements or opinions.Those statements: are usually predictive in character; or may be affected by

inaccurate assumptions or unknown risks and uncertainties; or may differ materially from results

ultimately achieved.As such, these statements should not be relied upon when making investment

decisions. These statements only speak as at the date of publication and no representation is made as

to their correctness on or after this date. Forward-looking statements constitute “forward-looking

statements” for the purposes of the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.ANZ

does not undertake any obligation to publicly release the result of any revisions to these forward-

looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date hereof to reflect the occurrence of

unanticipated events.

ANZ 2023 Half Year Results
2

CONTENTS

Results Presentations 3

Chief Executive Officer (CEO)3

Chief Financial Officer (CFO)22

Investor Discussion Pack40

Corporate Overview

41

Environment, Social & Governance (ESG)

49

Group Performance

57

Divisional Performance

76

Treasury

97

Risk Management

109

Housing Portfolio125

Shareholder Centre & Investor Relations Contacts136

2023 HALF YEAR
RESULTS

SHAYNE ELLIOTT

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

ANZ 2023 Half Year Results
4

ANZ: THE BANK WE’RE BUILDING

Giving our customers access to

‘We are the Bank for those in Australia & New Zealand who want to buy

and own a home or start, run, and grow a small business and for those

larger businesses trading and investing in Asia Pacific’

‘We work with the best partners to offer competitive and engaging

solutions that make our customers’ lives easier. We build loyalty by

improving our customers’ financial wellbeing and helping them run their

businesses more sustainably’

‘We embrace a world of constant change, by building a nimble, resilient

organisation capable of anticipating needs, creating opportunities, and

delivering what matters, quickly and safely’

Propositions

our customers love

Purpose and values-led

People

Flexible digital banking

Platforms

Partnerships

that unlock new value

ANZ 2023 Half Year Results
5

1.Australia & New Zealand Banking Group Limited

2.Internal Expected Loss (IEL) is an internal estimate of the average annualisedloss likely to be incurred through a credit cycle

PERFORMANCE OVERVIEW

Returns

Return on Equity, %

Tangible Assets

NTA / Share, $

Capital Strength

APRA Level 2 CET1 Ratio

1

, %

Risk Profile

Internal Expected Loss

2

, bps

10.0

10.8

11.4

1H221H232H22

20.64

20.75

21.66

Mar 22Mar 23Sep 22

11.5

12.3

13.2

Sep 22Mar 22Mar 23

20

19

17

Mar 22Sep 22Mar 23

Basis: Cash Profit continuing operations

ANZ 2023 Half Year Results
6

1H23 GROUP FINANCIAL RESULTS

1H23vs 2H22vs 1H22

Statutory profit, $ million3,547-1%0%

Continuing operations

Cash Profit, $ million3,821+12%+23%

Return on equity, %11.4%+60bps+140bps

Earnings per share -basic, cents127.6+7%+16%

Dividend per share –fully franked, cents81+7 cents+9 cents

APRA Level 2 CET1 ratio, %13.289bps165bps

NTA per share, $21.66+91 cents+102 cents

ANZ 2023 Half Year Results
7

FOUR PRIORITIES ESTABLISHED 7 YEARS AGO

1. Creating a simpler,

better balanced bank

2.Focusing on areas

where we can win

3.Building a superior everyday

experience to compete in the digital age

4. Driving a purpose and values led

transformation

ANZ 2023 Half Year Results
8

Cash continuing operations

(1H23 vs 1H22)

Aus. RetailAus. Commercial

2

InstitutionalNew Zealand

(NZD)

Total Group

Capital allocated

1

~30%~10%~40%~20%

Revenue

+11%+30%+35%+14%+18%

Expenses

0%+7%+4%-1%+4%

Profit before Provisions

+26%+50%+65%+25%+33%

C a s h N PAT

+9%+22%+97%+13%+23%

Net Loans & Advances

+6%+4%+11%+3%+6%

Customer Deposits

+6%-3%+13%+0.5%+6%

1.Subset of total ANZ capital. Excludes capital in Group Centre, Pacific, Asia Partnerships, Non-banking Group & NOHC surplus capital

2.Excluding gain on sale of Merchants business divestment (Australia Commercial recogniseda gain in 1H22 with ANZ and Worldline forming a newly created merchant acquiring group) and loss on sale of financial planning and advice business

servicing the affluent customer segment (Australia Commercial recogniseda loss in 1H22)

3.Across the period 1H17 to 1H23 based on reported comparable business unit structures

DIVISIONAL PERFORMANCE – 1H23 VS 1H22 (PCP)

Record level based on half year earnings ($) and end of half balances for Net Loans & Advances and Customer Deposits ($)

2,3

20 of the 25 metrics (excluding expenses) were at record levels this half

Basis: Cash Profit continuing operations

ANZ 2023 Half Year Results
9

1.Net interest income as a percentage of average credit risk weighted assets

2.Loan to Valuation Ratio (LVR). Based on portfolio balances, including Non Performing Loans and capitalised LMI premiums. Excludes offset balances, accounts with a security guarantee and unknown DLVR. Valuations updated to Feb 23 where

available

AUSTRALIA RETAIL

Net Loans and Advances, $b

278

284

295

285

6

290

Mar 23

6

6

Mar 22Sep 22

301

26

26

23

66

65

61

14

16

28

41

43

44

147

Mar 22Sep 22Mar 23

150

156

Transact

Savings

Term Deposits

Offset

Revenue growth

11%

Risk adj. margins

1

45bps

(to 6.43%)

1H23 vs 1H22

Customer Deposits, $b

Home Loans

Cards, Personal Loans & Other

Housing portfolio LVR profile

2

Origination LVR

Dynamic LVR

80%

0%

40%

20%

60%

100%

Mar 23Mar 22Sep 22

0-60%

61-80%

81-100%

>100%

0%

20%

40%

60%

80%

100%

1H221H211H23

<80%80%>80%

Basis: Cash Profit continuing operations

ANZ 2023 Half Year Results
10

1.Customers eligible for electronic verification and completed their KYC / Total customers successfully electronically verified. Basedon total customers joining ANZ Plus in 1H23

2.Estimated human effort attributable in branch to deposit sales vs coach effort in ANZ Plus for deposit sales

AUSTRALIA RETAIL –ANZ PLUS

ANZ Plus customers and deposits, cumulative A more digital and efficient experience, Mar 23

A diverse range of customers

Total customers by age group, Mar 23

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

0

4

6

1

3

2

5

Dec

22

Apr

22

May

22

Jun

22

Jul

22

Aug

22

Sep

22

Oct

22

Nov

22

Jan

23

Feb

23

Mar

23

Apr

23

Customers (LHS)Total deposits (RHS)

Customers, ‘000s

Deposits, $b

Up to age

25

25%

26-35

26%

36-50

25%

51+

24%

Digitally verified

1

Onboarding effort

2

Onboarding NPS score

ANZANZ Plus

-9x

28

52

ANZANZ Plus

ANZ

8%

ANZ Plus

27%

Customers with a Savings Goal

ANZANZ Plus

72%

90%

ANZ 2023 Half Year Results
11

1.Contact centre, Coaching

ANZ PLUS ENGAGEMENT AND OPERATIONAL METRICS

How we measure success, Mar 23 (Growth Mar 23 vs Sep 22)

Average balance per customer

+51%

+52 Onboarding NPS episode

+16%

% customers contributing to save

+7%

+46 Coach NPS episode

+21%

% customers with direct debit set up

+50%

% customers with salary deposit

+32%

% Transactions using PayID

+10%

Marginal cost of serviceper customer

1

-46%

More attractive, more engaging, more efficient, more secure

ANZ 2023 Half Year Results
12

1.Excluding gain on sale of Merchants business divestment (Australia Commercial recogniseda gain in 1H22 with ANZ and Worldline forming a newly created merchant acquiring group) and loss on sale of financial planning and advice business

servicing the affluent customer segment (Australia Commercial recogniseda loss in 1H22)

2.Net interest income as a percentage of average credit risk weighted assets

AUSTRALIA COMMERCIAL

Revenue contribution

1

, $b

1.39

1H22

2.56

0.80

1.60

0.74

2H22

1.81

0.75

1H23

2.19

2.34

Commercial Division revenue

Customer revenue in Institutional / Retail

~

25% contribution

to Group revenue

1H23 vs 1H22

86

113

58

60

Mar 23Mar 19

Customer Deposits

Net Loans & Advances

72%

81%

14%

11%

14%

8%

Mar 19Mar 23

Fully SecuredOther

Partially Secured

Self funded balance sheet, $b

Well secured portfolio,

Exposure at Default, $b

Revenue growth

1

30%

Risk adj. margins

2

272bps

(to 8.37%)

Basis: Cash Profit continuing operations

ANZ 2023 Half Year Results
13

1.Net interest income as a percentage of average credit risk weighted assets. Excludes Markets Business Unit

2.Lending includes Corporate Finance & Trade, Non Lending includes Payments & Cash Management and Market Customer Franchise

3.Corporate Finance and Trade & Supply Chain lending margin

4.Excluding the impacts of APRA Capital Reforms (effective date of 1 January 2023)

5.Payments & Cash Management deposit margin

INSTITUTIONAL

Revenue

2

, $b

1H22

47%

3.05

55%

45%

53%

48%

52%

2H221H23

2.33

2.61

LendingNon Lending

Revenue growth

35%

1H23 vs 1H22

Risk adj. margins

1

86bps

(to 2.94%)

Credit

[TRUNCATED]

=== IR PAGE TRANSCRIPT: Transcript of Interview with CEO ===

ANZ Group Holdings Limited
9/833 Collins Street Docklands Victoria 3008 Australia

ABN 16 659 510 791

News Release

For Release: 5 May 2023


Transcript of bluenotes video interview with ANZ Chief

Executive Officer Shayne Elliott


ANDREW CORNELL: Good morning, Shayne, thanks very much for speaking with bluenotes.

You've talked about this result; you've described this result as great. Why? What’s great,

how do you explain that?


SHAYNE ELLIOTT: It is a great result, it’s great financially and strategically from our point of

view. Now, I’m the first to agree that there has been a very supportive environment for the

financial sector, so that’s been a good thing. But over and above that, what’s really great

about it is, it’s really the culmination of a strategy that we have been executing over seven

years in my time as CEO, to simplify and strengthen the bank, and that’s been a lot of hard

work. So, while the environment's been good, we've really been able to outperform as a

result of the repositioning of the bank. And so, essentially, our total revenue is the highest

it's ever been, and what's important about that is, it's replaced and grown further a lot of

the revenue that we sold. Let's not forget that over those seven years, we sold 30

businesses, some quite large like our wealth management businesses, and so we've been

able to replace all of that, and that's come about by a focus – doing a few things and doing

them really well. So that's really important. The other thing that I look at is the fact that all

our businesses, the four core businesses we have; Institutional, New Zealand, Australia

Retail and Australia Commercial, all contributed in a really positive way. We haven't been

able to say that very often over the last number of years, normally one of them is struggling

or has got some challenges, all four did really well, so that's the financials. And then

strategically – and probably the most important thing to me – I think we achieved more in

this half than in any prior half, certainly over the last ten years. When I think about getting

the new Non-Operating Holding Company (NOHC) across the line, delivering the biggest

regulatory program we've ever had to do, which is in New Zealand, something called BS11,

we can go into the details, it's the largest project ANZ’s ever had to do, it's taken many

years and we've got that completed. And there's a whole bunch of other things that we've

done strategically to really set us up for the future.


ANDREW CORNELL: When you talk about that simplification and the focus and the

transformation, where are you in that transformation? Are we at a final state for the shape

of the bank, or are you halfway down the track?


SHAYNE ELLIOTT: No, the reality is it will never stop, so we're about 185-190 years old and

right through that period, we've continually been building a better bank. The pace of change

will flex over periods of time, and we happen to be in a period of high change, but we have

to continue. So, despite it being a really good result, a great result in many aspects, the

reality is looking forward and there’s a lot of challenges ahead. Customers want more,

regulators want more, the community expects more. Competition is more intense, the

transition of our customers to want more and more digital service is actually accelerating.

So, the challenges are very real, the economic cycle is turning, there’s going to be more

stress in people's budgets, whether in households or in businesses. So, the outlook stuff -

we have to continue to be able to change and to be able to do that at pace safely. The

transformation will continue, I don't know what the future holds, what I do know is that

successful banks are going to look really different in five and ten years than they do today,

and those that are able to adapt and really invest in that change and do it well, like we have

in the past, will continue to prosper.



ANDREW CORNELL: You touched on there, the credit cycle is turning, interest rates are

higher, the economic environment is tougher, as far as those external elements go and what

you can control, is this as good as it gets for this cycle for banks?


SHAYNE ELLIOTT: Well, there's a lot of moving parts in a bank, as we know. And particularly

at ANZ, given we're so large and international operating in a whole bunch of different

markets and each one of those is in a different period of the cycle. When you think about it,

the revenue outlook for banks is going to be really difficult, competition is the most intense

it's been. Whether that's competition as in home loans here in Australia and it's been well

discussed, whether it's in deposits here in Australia or whether it's just more broadly right

across our franchise. So, competition is more intense. And importantly there, not just from

traditional players or the names we know, but a lot more new entrants coming into the

industry, whether it's the big tech firms or whether it's fintech etc., those things will

continue, so that's tough. And of course, the impact of higher interest rates, this is the first

time in living memory for many people that rates are actually materially higher today than

they were a year ago. That hasn't been the case for, 20 odd years. That puts all sorts of

challenges to people, a lot of businesses were built over that 20-year period, and only had

one experience with interest rates falling or inflation falling. Now we're in this new cycle

where inflation is real, it's not a temporary blip, and the risk is that it's building out to be a

sustained stress in the economy and the consequences of that will test certain businesses,

business models and certain operators, and that's going to put stress into the system. Our

role in that is to support customers through that, help them through managing that stress,

but also remember what our primary role – we allocate capital around the economy to

ensure that the community continues to thrive and prosper and that Australia and New

Zealand, in particular – are better places to live, work and do business in the future than

they are today.


ANDREW CORNELL: And are you starting to see those stresses with your own customers in

the book?


SHAYNE ELLIOTT: This is a really interesting area. So, yes, and no, and I hate giving that

answer, but clearly there is signs of emerging stress. But to be perfectly honest, you have to

squint to see them, they're not terribly apparent, and what we're not seeing is a dramatic,

or material rise in the sort of risk metrics that banks would look at. So, if we look at the

number of people who have a home loan who are struggling to keep up, those numbers are

still extraordinarily low. They're deteriorating a little bit, but not a lot. If I look at

businesses, small businesses that are struggling in this environment, actually there are no

more small businesses in our portfolio today that are struggling than there were in

September and there’s less today than there were prior to COVID. So, again, a lot of it's got

to do with the context of where you’re starting. So, things are deteriorating at a very small

pace at this point. I think most people would expect things to get a little bit tougher, that's

the outcome of when you do have higher interest rates. That is the outcome when you have

issues like labour shortages and other challenges in the economy. So, we'd expect things to

get worse, we don't expect things to get materially worse any time soon.


ANDREW CORNELL: And if we just grab one particular sector, that's driven Australian bank

earnings for probably a decade, nearly two decades, the housing sector. How do you see

that sector? There's a lot of discussion now that it's not the great attractive sector that it

was in the past, but there's still a great need for housing.


SHAYNE ELLIOTT: Sure, so we have a very real - like all of the banks - a role to play here.

We provide people with the financing to get into their first and other homes over their

lifetime and that's a really important role we play. For ANZ, it's a relatively smaller part of

our business than it is for some of our peer group, we tend to be bigger in other areas, but

it's still pretty important. We've got a home loan book of almost $300 billion. So, it's an

important business for us and it's an important role we play in the community. But the

reality is, the simple financial terms of that business and the structure of that industry has

changed dramatically in ten years. It’s completely night and day. Ten years ago, those

home loans that people were booking were profitable, decent returns for shareholders etc.



Today, because of competition and because of regulatory change, it's really changed the

financial outcomes of those. Whereas today, they're nowhere near as profitable as they used

to be. In fact, they probably in many cases are not producing sufficient returns for

shareholders. So, what you're seeing in the marketplace, despite lots and lots of

competition, better outcomes for customers in terms of price, some of the players, not us

today, but some of the players are questioning their commitment to that market and sort of

stepping back a little bit and saying, 'maybe we don’t want to put so much capital into it.’

So, we're going through an interesting transition period. That's just housing in absolute

terms. But remember, as a bank – somebody like ANZ – we've got a lot of capital and we

are a big organisation, and we have choices. We are essentially an allocator of capital across

the economy and in our case globally as well. So, we look at relative returns as well. We

have to do the right thing, we’ll always be in housing, it will always be core to us, but at the

margin, we have to think, is the marginal next best thing for us to do is to double down on

housing or small businesses or in Institutional, is it here, is it somewhere else etc.? Those

decisions are becoming a lot more complex than they were ten years ago when housing in

Australia would have been clearly at the top of the list of most attractive things to do. So,

it's really transformed the industry, I can tell you, I imagine, I don't know, but certainly at

our board and our management team, we're giving a lot of thought about how we want to

be in this business because it's so important to our customers, but we also need to balance

returns for our shareholders and how do we play a bigger role there. That's why we've

invested heavily in a whole new platform called ANZ Plus, which we're really excited about in

terms of rolling that out. It will be more engaging, and deliver better outcomes for

customers, but do it at a cost point for us that enables us to stay in the game, build decent

share and still generate a fair return for shareholders.


ANDREW CORNELL: Finally, the Suncorp transaction which is awaiting regulatory approval.

Can you just give us a quick update on where that is at the moment?


SHAYNE ELLIOTT: So, we remain really excited about this opportunity. We've got to get

through a process that's fair, it's open to public scrutiny. Where we are at the moment,

we've made our submissions to the ACCC (Australian Competition and Consumer

Commission), and that's going through, we would expect them to come back sometime in a

few months with the decision, and then we need to go through also and get approvals from

the Queensland Government and the Federal Treasurer. All those things, you can imagine

there's lots of work in the background. All going as you would expect, but I think the most

important thing here is we remain really excited because we think if we're successful, we

will be a more effective competitor in the market, particularly in Queensland, but not just.

And we'll be able to bring more benefit to not just the Suncorp customers but right across

the ANZ family.


ANDREW CORNELL: Well, thanks very much for your time today, Shayne.


SHAYNE ELLIOTT: Thank you.


For media enquiries contact:


Elizabeth Rudall

Acting Head of Corporate

Communications

Tel: +61 403 130 207


Amanda Schultz

Media & Public Relations Manager

Tel: +61 401 532 325



Approved for distribution by ANZ’s Continuous Disclosure Committee

=== IR PAGE TRANSCRIPT: Transcript of Interview with CFO ===

ANZ Group Holdings Limited
9/833 Collins Street Docklands Victoria 3008 Australia

ABN 16 659 510 791

News Release

For Release: 5 May 2023


Transcript of bluenotes video interview with ANZ Chief

Financial Officer Farhan Faruqui


ANDREW CORNELL: Morning. Farhan, Thanks very much for joining bluenotes on the

morning of the half year result. Now both you and Shayne Elliott have drawn attention to

the benefits of diversification at ANZ. Where do we see those benefits in this result?


FARHAN FARUQUI: No, thank you, Andrew, for that question and good morning to you. We

have built through simplification and through the reshaping of the bank, four core

businesses, which is our Australia Retail business, the Australia Commercial business, our

New Zealand business and of course the Institutional business which is more global. All of

these four businesses today are growing, generating returns above cost of capital and

accretive overall to the bank in terms of profitability and returns. So it's a good set of

businesses which provide diversification, and diversification really plays out, Andrew, when

you look at the fact that these businesses operate in different markets, so while Australia

Retail and Commercial is Australia based, we have the New Zealand business and we have

the Institutional business. They all go through different experiences in terms of the

competitive environment, in terms of the rate cycle that we're experiencing today, and that

creates diversity in terms of our ability to allocate capital in the most appropriate direction

and finding the most return accretive opportunities with the lowest risk profile. So Australia

Retail, as is well known, particularly in the home loan space, has been very competitive.

Australian household deposits have been very competitive and that has impacted the return

profile of the Australia Retail business. Whereas, in the Institutional business we've had the

benefit of higher and earlier tightening cycles in global markets, particularly in the US dollar,

certainly in New Zealand, and that has helped the Institutional business because of the work

we have done over the years in building strong, robust platforms for cash payments as well

as for currency, which has allowed us to capture that business opportunity and be able to

benefit from the diversification benefit we get geographically. Our Commercial business, for

example, has a greater skew towards deposits, and that has benefited from the rising rate

cycle as well. Quite differently to say, the Australia Retail or the New Zealand business. So,

the diversity of these businesses has allowed us to capture these opportunities to allocate

capital more prudently and to be able to get better quality outcomes from a return and

revenue perspective over the course of the half. Now we also have benefited from

diversification in terms of our funding. So if you look at our Australia Commercial business

or our Institutional business, they’re self-funded. Our household structure funding gap is the

smallest relative to our peers. So our task in terms of funding is much smaller. Our balance

from the RBA TFF facility (Reserve Bank of Australia Term Funding Facility) is smaller

relative to peers, so our ability to fund more flexibly also helps in terms of diversification of

our businesses. And then finally, in terms of capital, we've just gone through the APRA

(Australian Prudential Regulation Authority) capital reforms. They've become live from

January of 23, and that has allowed us to capture the benefit of the outsized Institutional

business that we have relative to our overall business mix and relative to our peers, which

has allowed us a benefit in terms of CET1 (Common Equity Tier 1) of 100 basis points, and

80 per cent of that benefit has come because of the size of our Institutional business.


ANDREW CORNELL: And you touched on the 20 markets or so that the bank operates in part

of Institutional, that international component of Institutional, is that another source of

diversification?



FARHAN FARUQUI: Yeah, I'm glad you asked that question, Andrew, because our

international business actually this half – in fact building on a strong half last year – has

actually continued to demonstrate its great performance, again off the back of the platform

investments that we've made over the course of the last few years. 60 per cent of overall

Institutional growth has actually been driven by our international franchise. By international

I mean Asia, Europe and North America. 75 per cent of that growth in our international

business has actually come in non-lending, more return accretive and lower capital intensity

businesses. So they've actually produced an ROE (Return on Equity) this half which is higher

than the Institutional average. This is the first time the international business has done that

and is therefore one of the best performers in our group. So that international diversity

absolutely has played into the broader, stronger results that we've had this half.


ANDREW CORNELL: And that's obviously a benefit to the bank. We can see that in these

results, and hence for shareholders in the bank, do customers benefit from this

diversification?


FARHAN FARUQUI: Well, we certainly want to continue to optimise that benefit because if

you think about it, our Commercial customers, many of whom are small, medium sized

enterprises, are suppliers or distributors for our Institutional customers. Many of those same

Commercial customers use our Retail products. They use our deposits, our credit cards, the

home loans. So there's a lot of synergy across our businesses. So while they're diverse, in

many ways, the customers are interconnected and it's about finding the best opportunities

to make sure that we are servicing our customers across these platforms, across these

businesses in the most efficient fashion, and giving them every advantage of being a

customer of our bank and benefiting from the broader ecosystem that we have in terms of

our business diversity.


ANDREW CORNELL: And you've mentioned and Shayne Elliott has mentioned over recent

years a consistent performance on costs, on productivity within the bank, but we are now in

this rising interest rate environment, it's coupled with higher, stubbornly higher inflation –

does that affect the way that you're managing the bank?


FARHAN FARUQUI: I think the inflationary environment has been extraordinary. We've had

ten consecutive months of rate rises by RBA. We've had over 500 basis points of rate

increases, both for RBNZ (Reserve Bank of New Zealand) as well as for the US Fed through

the tightening cycle. So there's no question that it has been extraordinary and has affected

obviously our customers’ ability to manage both the higher inflation and the higher interest

rate environment. Our focus, frankly, in this environment is primarily first to manage risk.

And that has been a result of the years of reshaping that we've done. But continued focus

on ensuring that our risk profile is very strong, and some of our risk results and provisioning

results this half will demonstrate that. In addition to that, how do we allocate capital in

terms of finding the most accretive opportunities, as well as managing risk and ensuring we

deliver the right outcomes for our customers is an important priority in this rising rate

environment. And insofar as productivity is concerned, Andrew, we've had seven years in

fact when Shayne started as CEO in the first half of 2016, from then to now, we have sold

or exited over 30 non-core businesses. That has allowed us to simplify the organisation and

that has allowed us to reduce the number of people that we have so our FTE (Full Time

Equivalent) is down 9000 from the time when Shayne started, but we've done that also by

ensuring that we automate, we invest in digitisation, simplify our technology infrastructure.

And that work has continued this half, and we've delivered very strong productivity results

to somewhat offset the inflationary headwinds that we had to face into in the half and that

work is going to continue. So we are not under any misconception that productivity is a kind

of done once and forgotten effort, it's something that we have to continue to focus on.


ANDREW CORNELL: ANZ is now one of the most highly capitalised banks in the world and

indeed by some measures it is the most highly capitalised bank in the world. Now obviously

the economic environment is a bit uncertain, there's room for caution here, but are there

opportunities to use that capital? How are you thinking about capital management?



FARHAN FARUQUI: Yes, Andrew, you're right. We are now one of the most highly capitalised

banks in the world. We are ending the half at 13 per cent in CET1 ratio. Now that is an APRA

standard equivalent, but if you compare that to internationally comparable standards, that's

about 19 per cent, which definitely puts us in the top bracket in terms of highly capitalised

banks. Now, part of that admittedly, is for the Suncorp acquisition once it is approved and

completed, but proforma for that, we are circa 12 per cent in terms of CET1. So that's our

CET1 ratio as we are today. In terms of the unquestionably strong minimum that APRA has

set for banks in Australia, it used to be 10.5 per cent, but now with APRA capital reforms,

that number has gone up to 11.25 per cent at our reporting cycles. So in effect, the buffer

that we have over and above the unquestionably strong to our proforma number is 75 basis

points, which we think is an appropriate buffer today in terms of the environment that we're

heading into. Now, having said that, we constantly review our capital position. We

constantly review our surplus capital with the board and with management, obviously, and

we continue to look for the first and best use of our capital in terms of creating value for our

shareholders. And that process, of course, will continue as we go forward, and we'll continue

to review the best use for that capital as we work through the next environmental cycle.


ANDREW CORNELL: Just finally, it looks like, and some of your commentary has suggested

that we may be nearing the end of that environment that delivers higher margins. Have we

reached the peak of margin growth? What's your view on margins?


FARHAN FARUQUI: Well, I think you and I have spoken about this before Andrew, that

we've said, look, a rising rate environment is supportive for margins for banks. But we know

that eventually they get competed away and we're starting to see that in the markets in

which we operate. They are getting competed away at different scale and quantum

depending on which country, which geography, which business, etc. But the fact is that that

pressure has started. And I think it's probably most profound in the Australian home loans

and Australian household deposits. So yes, I think we are sort of if not there, we're getting

close to the point where we are potentially reverting to the long-term trend in the sector of

margin compression. So to that point, you're absolutely right that we are there, Andrew. But

I think the one point which is important to understand is that when we look at our business,

we measure NIM (Net Interest Margin) obviously it’s an important component of our

business. But the aspect of NIM that we are most focused on is risk adjusted NIM. And that

risk adjusted NIM really signifies not just how we are allocating capital efficiently, but also

how we’re managing overall risk and how we are reshaping our book. And that risk adjusted

NIM has continued to expand very generously over the course of the last few years. And

that's something that's going to continue to be our focus, and while there will be some

margin compression challenges, we think that within the construct of managing risk,

allocating capital well, and the fact that we have the diversification of the businesses that

we have, I think we have more optionality in terms of how we manage through that cycle as

we get into it.


ANDREW CORNELL: Thanks very much for your time this morning, Farhan.


FARHAN FARUQUI: Thank you very much, Andrew.


For media enquiries contact:


Elizabeth Rudall

Acting Head of Corporate Communications

Tel: +61 403 130 207


Amanda Schultz

Media & Public Relations Manager

Tel: +61 401 532 325



Approved for distribution by ANZ’s Continuous Disclosure Committee

=== IR PAGE TRANSCRIPT: Transcript of Investor Presentation ===

ANZ Half Year Results Presentation
5 May 2023



Page 1 of 40

Start of Transcript

Jill Campbell: Good morning everyone. I'm Jill Campbell ANZ’s Head of Investor Relations.

I appreciate it's a very busy morning for quite a few of you. Thank you for joining us for

the presentation of our half year 2023 results, and we're presenting those from the ANZ

offices in Melbourne on the lands of the Wurundjeri people.

On behalf of ANZ and the team speaking today, I pay my respects to Elders past and

present and also extend my respects to any Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples

joining us for today's presentation.

The results materials lodged earlier this morning with the ASX are also available on the

ANZ website in the shareholder centre. A replay of this session, including the Q&A will be

available on our website from around mid-afternoon.

The results presentation materials and the presentation being broadcast today may contain

forward-looking statements or opinions and in that regard, I draw your attention to the

disclaimer on page 1 of the slide deck.

Our CEO, Shayne Elliot and CFO Farhan Faruqui will present for around 40 minutes, after

which I'll go over the procedure for Q&A before moving to questions, but ahead of that, if

you'd like to get into the queue, remember that you can only do that via the phone. With

that, Shayne, I'll hand to you.

Shayne Elliott: Great. Thanks Jill. Good morning, everybody. Hey, today is the first time

we are reporting as a non-operating holding Company and it's particularly pleasing to do

so with such a strong result.

Be fore we get into that, I do want to acknowledge the devastating impact Cyclone

Gabrielle has had recently on the community and our customers and colleagues in New

Zealand.

As the largest bank in New Zealand we're acutely aware of the important role that we play,

and Antonia and the team are working directly with government, communities and

customers supporting the rebuild to get people back into their homes and businesses. Now

full recovery will take time and we'll continue to adapt our support as needs change.

Turning to the results, this is a great half strategically and financially delivering record

revenues and cash profit for shareholders with all four businesses performing strongly for

customers.


ANZ Half Year Results Presentation

5 May 2023



Page 2 of 40

Over many years, we've reshaped ANZ through disposal of assets and lower performing or

riskier segments and growth in our chosen segments, helping people buy and own a home,

start, run, and grow a business and move goods and capital around the region.

Now, while those disposals have come at the cost of lost revenue, this result shows that

we've not just replaced, but actually grown revenue and cash profit in the process. By

doing fewer things and doing them well. It's also strengthened our balance sheet, reduced

overall risk and we closed the half with more capital than ever before.

Reducing risk has actually been an important part of our strategy and I'm pleased to see

the continued reduction in the modelled internal expected loss rate, which has halved since

I became Chief Executive. Even more significantly actual credit losses over that period,

which is ultimately what shareholders pay for, have consistently reduced from the highest

of the major banks by quite a margin to the lowest today.

Our simplification strategy is delivering and we're in great shape to meet future challenges

and take opportunities. It's therefore pleasing to announce a fully franked dividend of

$0.81 per share.

Now, the recent environment has been supportive, but we would not be able to deliver

such an outcome without the transformation to a simpler, better bank. Over seven years,

we've exited over 30 non-core businesses, repositioned Institutional to be a sustainable

value-creating business built around processing rather than lending, navigated significant

capital and regulatory changes, particularly more recently in New Zealand, and invested

heavily in Australian retail and commercial to transform and re-platform our propositions

for long-term differentiation.

Our focus on long-term cost management has provided the room to increase investment in

our future. Today, each of our four core businesses has a strong sense of purpose, clear

strategy, and has embarked on a funded roadmap to build contemporary, relevant

customer propositions to win in the marketplace and each with positive momentum and

each delivering shareholder value. Now, that's something we have not been able to say

before.

I want to touch on a few financial highlights. Compared to a year ago, we grew revenue

double digit in all four businesses, achieving record results in Commercial, Institutional and

New Zealand. Revenue growth far exceeded cost growth across the board. As you can see

on the slide, business line profit before provisions grew between 25% and 65%, and cash

profit 23% overall.


ANZ Half Year Results Presentation

5 May 2023



Page 3 of 40

Maile has made great progress, repositioning Australian retail to address the changing

landscape. We now have the operational capacity to deliver great customer outcomes and

target the growth that we want.

We're growing share in home loans with almost 30% of flow from business owners because

we are really good at processing complex applications. This is a key segment for our

strategy and an area where returns are more attractive.

ANZ Plus is delivering. As of yesterday, ANZ Plus has $6.1 billion on deposit and growth,

continuing at pace, with over 260,000 customers, 30% of which are new to Bank in total,

and 39% new to Bank in March.

Our ANZ Plus digital home loan is in beta testing with loans currently being booked for

staff members. The joint experience in Plus is generating the highest NPS scores of any

major Australian bank still getting better and second overall, when looking at all financial

service providers.

The cost of acquisition and service is materially lower than our traditional platform with

90% of customers joining digitally without assistance. Importantly, ANZ Plus customers

are increasingly engaged, with a 51% increase in average balances this half, a 50%

increase in customers setting a direct debit and a 32% increase in those with direct salary

deposits.

Customer engagement, operational performance, and cost of service materially better in

Plus than the classic ANZ offering and better than our peers. That provides a platform for

future growth.

Now, as part of our broader ecosystem strategy, our investment in Cash Rewards is

producing exciting growth, approaching two million members with an increasing cohort of

repeat users. Half on half those actively engaged with Cash Rewards increased 31% with a

corresponding 34% increase in gross merchant value.

So our proposition of buy now, save now is a responsible offer, particularly in today's world

with cost of living pressures and it's resonating strongly with customers and driving real

value to our merchants.

Now it was great to recently welcome Clare Morgan as our new Group Executive for

Australia Commercial. She inherits a great business generating the highest return on

equity in our Group. Results were very strong with revenue up 30% versus a year ago

after adjusting for a net gain on sale from divested businesses. Risk adjusted margins,


ANZ Half Year Results Presentation

5 May 2023



Page 4 of 40

expanding more than 270 basis points to 8.37%, but we can do more and we're investing

at record levels to further transform our capabilities, automate processes, and enhance our

customer proposition.

Despite that elevated investment, our Commercial business already operates at a cost to

income level between 35 % and 40%. Commercial lending remains well secured. While

headline growth over the past 12 months was modest at 4%, it hides a lot of reallocations

at a segment level.

Solid growth in attractive areas like trade, agriculture and manufacturing, and a reduction

in areas where returns are less attractive and the relationships less strong. As we've

shown in Institutional, this type of reall ocation helps improve returns and reduce risk at

the same time.

Now, Institutional itself had a stellar half delivering record revenue up 35% versus the

same period last year with returns materially above the cost of capital in Australia, in New

Zealand, and importantly in International, which delivered its strongest revenue, strongest

profit, and strongest return on equity result.

We've spent seven years rebuilding Institutional, and Mark has made the hard calls,

focused on risk management and investing where we have competitive advantage. The

half year return on equity for Institutional overall was the highest in at least 15 years, and

the result is not a one-off .

It builds on strong momentum from sustained reshaping and investment. The key to

Institutional success is our focus on servicing other financial institutions, particularly in the

fast growing, high return area of payments and currency processing where we have a

competitive advantage and significant market leadership.

The growth in these processing platforms is impressive as we gain share and are able to

rei nvest the benefits of scale into further improving our propositions. As you know, the

business is capital light with very low marginal cost of production.

Now, there are two drivers of growth in this area worth commenting on. First has been our

increased focus and success servicing state governments here in Australia, where we've

gone from zero share for the last 100 years to winning a material portion of the New South

Wales mandate and more recently South Australia. These relationships will underpin

processing volumes for many years to come.


ANZ Half Year Results Presentation

5 May 2023



Page 5 of 40

Secondly, providing competitive and compelling processing platforms is all about technical

and operational capability. Over the years we've seen more competitors exit due to a lack

of scale and the reluctance to invest in the technology required to stay relevant.

Interestingly, we've won even more business because of some recent high profile

international bank failures as customers seek highly regarded services from well-rated

banks like ANZ.

These platform services are hard to provide. They require specialist expertise and on

average produce very long-term loyal relationships. I want to stress how important this

business has become for ANZ. It's large, fast growing, and the highest returning

component within Institutional.

Now strong Institutional returns were further enhanced from recent APRA capital reforms,

which will further enhance our ability to compete particularly internationally. So this result

is further evidence that Institutional is a positive differentiator for ANZ.

In New Zealand, despite more acute economic challenges exacerbated by the cyclone, the

strength of our franchise was evident in the half. Our business maintained its strong

market leadership position and delivered reasonable financial results while helping

customers navigate significant change and in many cases, stress.

Feedback from our frontline in New Zealand and from my own time on the ground there

recently suggests business confidence remains subdued as high interest rates and

escalating costs impact business profitability against a backdrop of weakening demand. As

a result, we are starting to see the early signs of stress across business and retail, albeit

off record lows.

Despite that, levels of past due loans for retail customers are at levels still substantially

lower than Australia and lower than those we experienced prior to Covid. A short and

shallow recession in New Zealand is looking probable, but we are well placed to assist

customers and manage stress given the strength of our franchise, our balance sheet, and

the provisions we've set aside for potential losses in New Zealand, which are higher than

at any time in our history.

Now, before turning to the outlook more broadly, it would be remiss not to comment on

recent market turbulence. They say that history never repeats, but it rhymes. While the

recent turmoil is not a repeat of the GFC or other crises that we experience with some

regularity, there are many aspects that rhyme, specifically the impact of a rapidly changing


ANZ Half Year Results Presentation

5 May 2023



Page 6 of 40

environment on those across the economy with high levels of debt, poor business models,

and who lack agility.

Many commentators have suggested that the issues confronting Silicon Valley Bank and

Credit Suisse are isolated. I'm not so sure. When considering global interest rates you

can't go from zero to 100 in record time and expect limited casualties. So there may be

more turmoil to come, as we've seen this week with First Republic Bank.

While it's easy to dismiss this is happening somewhere else in a hyper-connected world,

what happens elsewhere impacts us faster than ever. We therefore expect to see ongoing

stress globally in financials, commercial property, construction, and related supply chains.

Closer to home there's been recent press regarding emerging stress in the small business

sector, and that's undoubtedly true across the economy. However, our own book has yet

to see any material change from that reported as of September last year. Now, that may

feel counterintuitive, but my team and I have spent the last few months visiting our

customers across the network, both here and abroad, and the feedback has been

remarkably consistent.

Despite obvious pressures and rapid change in the environment, overall, our customers

feel robust, even if a little wary about the future. Now in particular, the Australian

economy remains resilient, still characterised by excess demand, low unemployment,

abundant opportunities, strong wages growth, and strong terms of trade.

Given the need for further investment in energy transition, housing, defence and

infrastructure, it's difficult to see us going back to a low inflation, low interest rate

environment for quite some time.

As I said, that will have consequences for the business sector more broadly. However,

years of strict customer selection and repositioning of our Institutional and Commercial

businesses means this is a modest cohort for ANZ. In addition, higher rates will be more

challenging for households, particularly those with higher levels of debt, more exposed to

cost of living challenges, or those who have less stable employment.

Now, in days gone by, we would have had limited capacity to predict emerging stress for

our consumer and small business customers but the investments we've made in data and

analytics, which was turbocharged during Covid means we are better equipped to predict

stress and act quickly to help customers avoid the worst.


ANZ Half Year Results Presentation

5 May 2023



Page 7 of 40

We're already seeing the benefit of that approach, which is helping contain the number of

customers behind on repayment. While the challenges of higher interest rates and

consumer price inflation is new, we have been living through asset price inflation for a

while, most notably in housing. We can all see the damage that does to social equity.

There was hope that higher rates would lead to a moderation in house prices. While recent

price declines have taken some of the Covid support induced froth out of the market, there

are already signs that house prices are stabilising with many predicting prices rise from

here. That will create challenges, not the least of which is the combined impact of stable

and potentially higher house prices at the same time that interest rates are rising, putting

further pressure on younger Australians and Kiwis, particularly those without parental

support seeking to buy their first home.

That cannot continue without long-term consequence. There is pressure on government

and business to restore that balance. ANZ is playing a role by increasing our lending and

affordable housing on both sides of the Tasman and supporting new business models like

Assemble here in Australia, or our Bl ueprint to Build program in New Zealand, which has

helped more than 8000 Kiwis build new homes with discounted lending.

More broadly, we've already committed $10 billion to fund affordable housing by 2030 and

pleased to have already booked $4.4 billion. This is absolutely the right thing to do, but it's

also a significant business opportunity.

So look, while the outlook is challenging, the best protection for our communities is that

employment remains strong and banks have the capacity to support customers who get

into difficulty and lend to those seeking opportunity.

As those opportunities emerge wherever they may be, ANZ is well placed with the most

diverse portfolio of any bank, big or small, local or international operating in our region

and with a proven track record. Execution is key, but better to have options than be locked

into one major asset class or customer segment.

So we will continue to manage our portfolio dynamically, focused on risk adjusted returns.

In fact, proactive management of capital will be even more important given more

challenging conditions and tougher competition, particularly here in Australian retail.

So in closing, this was an excellent result with all businesses performing well, reinforcing

our strategy, commitment to simplification and disciplined execution. We achieved more

strategically this half than in any prior including establishing the non-o perating holding

Company structure and I thank shareholders for their support on that important change.


ANZ Half Year Results Presentation

5 May 2023



Page 8 of 40

Completing BS11, the single largest regulatory program in our history. Generating

momentum with ANZ Plus, making further progress with our application to acquire Suncorp

Bank. Selling our Australian data centres as part of our migration to lower cost, more

secure Cloud technology and taking further steps towards building our partnerships for our

ecosystem strategy, namely growing Cashrewards and our recent investment in View

Media Group.

These achievements reflect growing execution capacity which is important as we face into

a more challenging future. Now, with that context, for the remainder of the year and

beyond, my team and I are focussed on five key areas. Positioning ANZ for long-term

success and playing an active role in shaping a better Australia and New Zealand.

First and foremost, preparing for a successful approval and integration of Suncorp Bank to

enhance our ability to compete and invest in a better retail and commercial proposition

here in Australia, particularly in Queensland, which has abundant opportunity. Second,

further investing in the differentiation of our Australian Retail business on the lower cost,

more flexible ANZ Plus platform.

Third, continuing to grow Commercial Banking, sustainable finance and the payments and

currency platforms in Institutional with selective growth in Australian and New Zealand

home loans. Fourth, maintaining our risk discipline and continuing to recycle capital to

improve risk adjusted returns and fifth, increasing our focus on productivity while

protecting our culture and employee engagement.

Despite uncertainties, I am confident with the right structure and experienced executive to

deal with the challenges but my confidence runs deeper. We look ahead with the full

support of our incredible team at ANZ. Their unrivalled commitment to our culture, our

customers and the community is our best asset. They’re very clear on our purpose of

shaping a world where people and communities thrive and we continue to take pride in our

industry leading employee engagement. So with that, I’ ll hand over to Farhan.

Farhan Faruqui: Thank you, Shayne and good morning, everyone. As Shayne said, we

have delivered a record result this half. We have executed well. My focus has been on

ensuring we remained disciplined, prioritising our resources and capital allocation.

When I look at this result, I see the clear benefits of a diversified portfolio of well-

performing and return accretive businesses with each of the four businesses growing

revenues over the past two halves and with returns above the Group’s cost of capital and

improving.


ANZ Half Year Results Presentation

5 May 2023



Page 9 of 40

So while I’ve spoken of the benefits of diversification previously, they were even more

evident this half. Whether it was the ability to flex funding sources, to dynamically shift

capital to optimise returns, to manage risk concentrations or to take advantage of

opportunities both in and outside our home markets, the benefits of diversification have

helped us to produce strong results this half. But more importantly, set us up well to

optimise further.

Now, I’ll elaborate this further as we move through my comments today but I’ll now begin

the financial highlights for the half, focussing my commentary on cash continuing including

large notable items. Noting that there is little impact of half-on-half changes in LNI. But

that being said, there were some one-offs impacting our earnings an d I’ll comment on

those as I talk through the numbers.

Cash NPAT of $3.8 billion increased 12% against the prior half and we delivered a record

revenue outcome. Excluding one-off items, cash NPAT was higher at $3.9 billion. This is a

clean result showing strong performance across all our businesses, building upon several

years of simplification and de-risking.

Profit Before Provisions grew by 15% in the half and 33% on a prior year basis. While the

half-on-half growth rate excluding large notable items was fairly similar, large notable

items did have a $213 million adverse impact to PBP in the half. PBP growth was driven by

continued strong revenue performance over the last two halves with 10% growth in this

half and 18% revenue uplift on a prior year basis.

We delivered this growth while managing expenses tightly to a 3.7% uplift half-on-half

despite inflationary headwinds and a continuing investment agenda aligned to our strategy

of building a better bank. Earnings per share in the half increased 7% and ROE by 60 basis

points to 11.4%. On a pro forma basis, adjusting for our FY22 capital raise, EPS increased

circa 11% and ROE to about 12%.

Focusing now on revenue, growth in the half was well distributed across the three key

drivers of margin, volume and Markets income. Outside of Markets, non-interest income

declined largely due to seasonality and the impact of some one-off items including

recognising a loss following a sale and leaseback of our data centres this half and the non-

repeat of gains in the second half of FY22. Excluding these items, underlying trends were

positive, reflecting increased consumer spending and more deal activity in our Institutional

business.


ANZ Half Year Results Presentation

5 May 2023



Page 10 of 40

As I reflect on our divisional performance, the following aspects stand out. The Australia

Retail Division faced into possibly one of the most competitive environments across both

home loans and household deposit s but with capability and capacity restored in our home

loan business, the Division delivered above system home loan growth while growing

revenue by 4% and effectively managing the levers of pricing, margin and volumes.

The 23% growth in Institutional revenue also came with a substantial uplift in risk adjusted

margins and returns. This was a broad-based outcome across geographies and products.

The Division’s ex-Markets income growth of 13% was a testament to the benefits of long-

term investment in our payments and cash management platforms which have helped to

deliver record ROE for the Division.

I am particularly pleased with the performance of the Institutional International business

which contributed around 16 - sorry, 60% of Institutional revenue growth in the half.

Importantly, non-lending and return accretive products accounted for three-quarters of

this businesses contribution, driving an 87 basis points improvement in risk adjusted NIM.

As a result, International achieved a higher ROE than the overall Division for the first time

but with all regions of the Institutional Division delivering returns above the cost of capital.

Since becoming a standalone Division last year, the Commercial business has continued to

grow revenue and margins. When taking into account revenue delivered to our Retail and

Institutional businesses, our Commercial customers contributed around 25% of total Group

revenue. We’re investing in this business and I am excited about the prospects for growth.

The New Zealand business delivered a consistent outcome despite facing into an earlier

tightening cycle and challenging macro conditions. The team demonstrated risk and cost

discipline while growing revenues and continued to leverage the benefit of scale.

I’ ll now comment briefly on volumes. In the Australian Retail business, both loans and

deposits grew 4% with increased lending volume coming primarily from home loans.

Mortgage portfolio growth was supported by improved processing capacity and materially

higher broker NPS. We also saw elevated back book repricing during the period.

Importantly, almost 90% of mortgages originated in the half had an LVR below 80%,

reflecting the quality of origination. We will continue to balance volume and pricing

decisions to manage margins and returns as we go forward.

Deposit growth in Australian Retail came from a broad suite of customer offerings,

including ANZ Plus where $4.5 billion of deposits were added in the half with total deposits


ANZ Half Year Results Presentation

5 May 2023



Page 11 of 40

reaching $5.3 billion at the end of March and have continued to grow as Shayne flagged

earlier to now circa $6 billion.

We grew lending volumes in Institutional. In our key strategic areas including financial

institutions, technology and transport, delivering improved lending and risk adjusted

margins. While lending volumes in Commercial were flagged, the portfolio mix has steadily

improved through the re-shaping of the Commercial business book exiting or reducing

higher risk or lower returning segments and re-pointing towards agri, trade, healthcare

and manufacturing. In New Zealand, deposit and lending volumes were stable in the half

despite a lower growth environment in which we looked to balance margins and volumes.

I’ll now move on to talk more to deposit composition. Group customer deposits on a

constant currency basis increased $28 billion in the half. There was a meaningful shift in

the period from at-call to term deposits across both Retail and Commercial as we had

expected. With the diversified nature of our businesses, we did benefit from a larger

proportion of our liabilities in operational deposits in Institutional relative to our peers.

Around 60% of our deposit margin expansion in the half came from our Commercial and

our Institutional customers. This is another example of how diversification both by

geography and customer segment is providing us with flexibility on deposit funding and

pricing.

Now, moving to margins. We delivered a strong margin performance with underlying NIM

up 15 basis points to 183 basis points. Guidance provided at the FY22 results was that we

expected a modest improvement from the second half exit margin of 180 basis points and

the underlying margin outcome of 183 basis points is in line with that commentary.

While conditions were supportive in the first quarter, margin pressure became more

pronounced as the second quarter progressed. However, this wasn’t uniform across the

Group with better margin outcomes in Institutional and Commercial through the half. You

can see on this slide the key movements in our NIM walk. I like to particularly highlight a

20 basis points contribution from deposits, in part reflecting the benefit of a more

geographically diverse deposit base. This was partly offset by asset margin pressures

primarily in Australian and New Zealand home loans.

The capital and replicated deposit portfolio contributed about seven basis points to the

margin expansion. We expect this will continue as maturing tranches are re-invested at

higher prevailing rates, albeit at a more moderate base as we get closer to the end of the

tightening cycle globally and we expect an uplift of five basis points half-on-half.


ANZ Half Year Results Presentation

5 May 2023



Page 12 of 40

The asset and funding mix impact of three basis points was largely driven by an increasing

shift from at-call to term deposits and headline margin improve seven basis points to 175

basis points, reflecting higher liquids and greater markets activity. It’s important to note,

however, that the markets NIM compression this half was largely driven by growth

opportunities in our customer franchise business, particularly in commodities.

These opportunities are highly return accretive with the NIM dilution offset in other

operating income and so on that basis, we will remain supportive of these opportunities

when they become available.

Lo oking forward, the range of factors affecting NIM aren’t very different to those that I

highlighted at the end of FY22. However, it’s fair to say that the tailwinds are subsiding

and the headwinds remain persistent but forecasting the timing and impact of these

variables is increasingly difficult. But it does seem likely that the sector is reverting to the

longer-term trend of margin compression.

However, we believe our business structure provides us with options to offset some of

these adverse trends. A smaller proportion of our loan book relative to peers is in the

highly competitive home loan segment.

We have a leading position in Institutional Banking that is benefiting from our prior

investment in lower capital intensity business like payments and cash management

globally. Lower TFF replacement challenge. The lowest wholesale funding issuance and

therefore more flexibility of funding mix relative to our peers and a greater diversity of

customers and geographies to allocate capital and optimise returns.

Now, while NIM is a key focus, we are equally focused on managing our performance on a

risk-adjusted margin basis. This metric better reflects decisions around risk, capital

allocation and the impact on profitability.

The expansion in the Bank’s risk-adjusted margins since FY16 highlights the benefits of the

deliberate re-shaping of the Group’s business mix. As the chart shows, growth in risk-

ad justed margins versus NIM demonstrating the ongoing improvement in our risk and

capital allocation. Now, I’ve always believed that setting a target to only achieve a

particular NIM outcome could lead us to make the wrong capital allocation and risk

decisions which, over the long-term, ultimately destroy value.

Now, moving to the Markets business. The $1.15 billion in revenue was a 52% increase

half-on-half. This excellent outcome was driven by consistent growth in customer activity

and higher franchise revenues rather than balance sheet trading uplifts, thus


ANZ Half Year Results Presentation

5 May 2023



Page 13 of 40

demonstrating the growing value of our markets franchise. This result represents a return

to a more normalised performance after a challenging FY22.

Our continued investment in this business has allowed us to capitalise on the more

favourable market conditions and to be well placed to support our customers risk

management needs. Importantly, as this slide shows, the benefits of our diversification

have been meaningful to the underlying growth in the franchise business with International

contributing significantly to the overall Markets result.

The Markets franchise in International , which is predominantly in financial centres like

London, New York, Hong Kong and Singapore, contributed around 60% of total Markets

income, making it not only the largest geographic contributor but also the fastest growing

with the highest ROE.

Now, moving to expenses. We continue to tightly manage costs across all businesses with

total expense uplift contained to 3.7% on a constant currency basis. This is tracking in line

with the guidance that we provided at the FY22 results. Now, I have previously outlined

that we will have expense uplift relating to the ongoing work preparing for the Suncorp

integration, the one-off set of costs for the non-operating holding Company and stranded

costs as a result of the formal separation of the wealth business last year.

Excluding these costs in the half, our underlying expense growth half-on-half was 1.8% on

a constant currency basis. To deliver this outcome, we undertook a number of productivity

actions like optimisation of our international footprint and simplifying our technology

infrastructure. Benefits also arose from prior period property rationalisation and continued

investment in automation and digital channels.

We also benefited from the reduction of our regulatory related investment with the

completion of BS11 and continued to prioritise the investment slate in line with our

strategic priorities. We again expensed our investment spend at a heightened level,

approximately 85% in the half. Therefore our capitalised software balances continued to

decline and remains substantially lower than domestic peers.

Looking ahead, our guidance for FY23 expense growth has not changed. Therefore we

continue to expect total expenses, including large notable items, to increase by circa 5%

year-on-year on a constant currency basis. As a result, we expect positive jaws for the full

year ’23.

Now, the quality of our book, together with the operating environment, is reflected in

lower new and increased individual provision charges which were fully offset by writebacks


ANZ Half Year Results Presentation

5 May 2023



Page 14 of 40

and recoveries resulting in an individual provision release for the half. A collective

provision charge of $163 million takes our CP balance to just over $4 billion. The total

credit impairment charge for the half was $133 million.

There is a rigorous process to determine an appropriate provision level for our business.

While the portfolio continued to reweight towards lower risk exposures and our customers

are well-positioned, we took a prudent approach to provisioning to reflect heightened

uncertainties in the macro environment through the use of overlays.

The balance of just over $4 billion is $2.2 billion above our base case scenario and circa

$800 million higher than our downside scenario and is higher than at any other time pre-

COVID. Consequently, we believe our current level of coverage remains appropriate based

on the quality of our portfolio.

A few brief comments now about our improved portfolio quality. As Shayne mentioned,

since 2016, we have substantially re-shaped our business by selling or exiting over 30

non-core businesses, including Asia Retail and Wealth, Dealer Finance and the Commercial

portfolio in Asia. We have also pursued broader de-risking and in particular in Institutional,

growing the investment grade component of Group EAD from approximately 75% to 85%.

We’ve also substantially grown those segments of our book that have historically

represented lower historical IP outcomes. So for example, mortgages, sovereigns and

banks have historically represented 5% of our IP but we have grown those from 60% to

65% of our EAD from 2016 to today.

Diving a little deeper into the Institutional portfolio, our largest corporate customers are

predominantly well-diversified global businesses. Compared with the GFC, our top 30

corporate customers are on average five times larger in market capitalisation in current

dollar terms with an average S&P equivalent rating of single A+ to single A and an average

tenor less than 12 months. We have no commercial property exposures in our top 30

corporates today whereas in 2008 we had three in our top 10.

Most importantly we have experienced, as Shayne outlined earlier, lower actual loss with

our IP loss rate reducing from 34 basis points in 2016 to one basis points in 2022 and

negative one basis points for the first half of '23. This means, as the chart shows, we have

gone from being the Bank with the highest credit losses to being the lowest of our peers.

Now turning to capital, our capital position remains strong at 13.2% or 12.1% on a pro

forma basis for Suncorp and modest excess capital in the NOHC. This includes the impact

from APRA's capital reforms, the majority of which were effective from January. The net


ANZ Half Year Results Presentation

5 May 2023



Page 15 of 40

impact of the capital reforms was about 100 basis points with the largest driver being

lower credit risk-rated assets for our Institutional business.

At the same time, APRA's expectation for Unquestionably Strong for major banks has

changed and is now effectively 11.25% at reporting periods, an increase of 75 basis points

from the prior benchmark. Our strong capital position places us well for the environment

and to comfortably fund growth opportunities in our core businesses.

Our funding and liquidity position also remains strong. ANZ has a well-diversified funding

base, both in terms of our geographic footprint for customer deposits and strong access to

all the key global debt markets and investors. We have completed most of our full-year

term funding requirement, having reissued $26 billion year to date. We have $285 billion

of high-quality liquid assets and regulatory ratios with healthy buffers over the minimums.

The vast majority of our HQLA is comprised of cash with central banks or hedged securities

in mark to market or fair value portfolios. Consequently the value of these liquids is

already ful ly reflected in our balance sheet.

As you also know, our reliance on the TFF is modest at only $12 billion this financial year.

The final tranche of the Committed Liquidity Facility ended in quarter 1.

In closing, we've had a great result across all our businesses. We are well positioned for

the current environment. The benefits of our diversified business allow us to take

advantage of capital reallocation opportunities and to balance volume and margin trade-

offs to optimise revenue and returns. We have been disciplined and consistent in managing

risk.

As I mentioned earlier and as shown again in these charts, our actual loss experience over

the last seven years, as well as a sustained expansion of risk-adjusted margin, tell a

compelling story. Crucially while we have de-risked since 2016, we have now replaced the

revenues from the sale of noncore businesses and built a higher-quality revenue base. We

have also demonstrated consistent expense management.

Since our revised strategy was launched in 2016 , we have invested in productivity and

built a strong culture of cost management. In this period, we have reduced approximately

10,000 FTE, rationalised our property footprint by about 400,000 square metres, absorbed

inflation of over $1 billion and we've continued to invest in digitisation and automation. We

have completed BS11, our largest regulatory program of work ever. We continue to invest

in building the retail Bank of the future through ANZ Plus.


ANZ Half Year Results Presentation

5 May 2023



Page 16 of 40

Now I' m under no illusion that the environment ahead is uncertain. We need to be nimble

and adaptive. Shayne took you through our Group priorities. But in order to support them,

my focus will be to (1) manage capital allocation dynamically to optimise risk-adjusted

margin and revenue outcomes, (2) continue to relentlessly pursue productivity benefits by

executing on initiatives that produce sustainable cost out of the Bank, (3) privatise

investment in our core strategic initiatives that deliver long-term value and (4) continue to

maintain a strong balance sheet and capital position. Thank you. I hand back to you, Jill.

Jill Campbell: Thanks, Farhan. Thanks, Shayne. For those on the phone, I know you've

done this many times, but if you can confine your questions to no more than two each -

I'm going to hand you back to the operator, [Darcy]. He will read out the instructions

anyway and then we'll go to the first question from Andrew Lyons. I'll hand to you, Darcy.

Thank you.

Operator: Thank you. If you'd like to ask a question, please press star one on your

telephone and wait for your name to be announced. If you'd like to cancel your request,

please press star two. If you are on a speakerphone, please pick up the handset to ask

your question. Your first question comes from Andrew Lyons from Goldman Sachs. Please

go ahead.

Andrew Lyons: (Goldman Sachs, Analyst) Thanks and good morning - just.

First question just on slide 66 of your presentation today, it provides quarterly NIM

performance by division. Now you haven't explicitly disclosed what it means for the Group

NIM, but it would appear to imply that the second-quarter total NIM was down in the low

single-di git basis points quarter over quarter. Can I just ask firstly is that a fair

characterisation of how you're thinking about the NIM trajectory over the half? Then

thinking about the trends into 2H and in light of the considerations that you have

disclosed, would you say that that's probably a pretty fair trajectory as to how we should

be thinking about things into the second half of '23?

Farhan Faruqui: Hi, Andrew. Thank you for that question. I think it's a bit trickier

unfortunately this half to talk about trajectory and trends, unlike at the end of last half

when we saw a shift from a long-term margin compression trend to a margin expansion

trend. The trend [seemed] to be pretty clear and pretty obvious for all businesses. But

today, because of the diversified nature of our businesses, that trend is somewhat less

clear.


ANZ Half Year Results Presentation

5 May 2023



Page 17 of 40

Obviously we have seen a more competitive environment as I mentioned in my remarks, in

Australia retail, home loans in particular and in household deposits. We've started to see

that shift from at-call to term deposits happening obviously and some back book repricing

in the home loan space. At the same time we've seen Institutional front book lending

margins, for example, expanding on a half basis and we've seen less pressure in some of

our markets relative through others.

So there is a shifting dynamic in terms of NIM direction and it's very hard to sit here today

and say, well, they're only going one way. I'll add to that the uncertainty of rate hikes. I

mean as you saw even this week, there have been surprises on that front as well. So I

don't think that we are suggesting that there is a downward trajectory continuing into the

second half.

At the same time we are also suggesting that there is enough uncertainty to not be able to

predict what the second half looks like. The diversity of our business overall we think is

going to be more helpful in terms of managing whatever trend we get into in the next few

months.

Andrew Lyons: (Goldman Sachs, Analyst) Thanks Farhan for that context. Then Shayne,

just a second question. You noted in your introductory statements that changes in APRA’s

capital standards make the Institutional business more competitive internationally. Farhan,

you highlighted that the International ROE within Institutional was greater than the rest of

the business.

Shayne, in recent years you've dramatically reduced the number of customers that you

serve offshore as the business has focused more on returns and rightfully, but do these

changes in capital rules, I guess maybe at the start of a bit of a reversing in that trend and

you could actually really see the number of customers served in that region start to grow?

Shayne Elliott: That's a great and very fair question, Andrew. I think broadly, not really.

So let's just be really clear. What has happened is it's removed a disadvantage. Those

capital forms have removed a disadvantage we had internationally. So that means we

were uncompetitive in certain areas, particularly around lending or whatever

internationally.

That removes that disadvantage. It's not - so we will be able to do a little bit better, but

our strategy is really to stick with the customers we know and trust. So we don't really

have a desire to expand the number or the customers that we have today. We want to do

more with the customers we already have.


ANZ Half Year Results Presentation

5 May 2023



Page 18 of 40

Then the other thing I would say is what's really critical to Institutional overall, but really

important International is the single largest customer base that we have there is FIG or

other financial institutions. So it's absolutely a benefit.

I wouldn't expect to see as a result of that. Year 2 we're going to get better outcomes as a

result, but it won't necessarily change our strategic intent. We want to grow processing.

We want to grow the FIG business. We don't really want to expand from our 7000

Institutional customers. We'll do more with them if that makes - hopefully that answers

your question.

Andrew Lyons: (Goldman Sachs, Analyst) Yeah, that's great. Thanks Shayne.

Operator: Thank you. Your next question comes from Jonathan Mott from Barrenjoey.

Please go ahead.

Jonathan Mott: (Barrenjoey, Analyst) Yes, two questions on that if I could. The first one is

directly following on from that. If you look at the opportunities that you're seeing here, you

can see that risk adjusted margins are already going down quite aggressively in the retail

business. If you look at the credit growth that you're likely to see the system level for

housing, it's going to be very, very tough.

You also said that we're going to be in a higher interest rate environment for some time,

which is going to be much better for Institutional especially versus Retail in that current

environment. So I would have thought that you would be allocating more capital looking

for more growth back into that Institutional space.

You did say just then that you don't want to extend your number of customers, but how

large could this be? Is this going to really be the growth opportunity for ANZ for the next

couple of years?

Shayne Elliott: Boy, the world changes. The number of times I've sat here defending the

Institutional business. Look, it's a really fair question. I think if you stand back and think

about it, and I know you know this and we do this with our Boards in Australia and New

Zealand and the Executive, if you stack rank opportunity and we've got a diverse portfolio.

You think about Australian, Retail, Commercial, New Zealand, International markets,

payments, all that sort of stuff and you think about the relative attractiveness of those

businesses on a returns basis and growth opportunity, what's changed fundamentally is

the stack rank for many years was set and if we're being blunt, Insto was at the bottom

and Australian housing was at the top and some stuff in the middle.


ANZ Half Year Results Presentation

5 May 2023



Page 19 of 40

Well that's kind of massively flipped. The big question is, is this a semi-permanent shift or

is it transitory? Look, I think to be fair, the jury is out a little bit on that, but what we do

know is that we have fundamentally improved the performance of our Institutional Bank

because we've restructured it.

So it's not just a rising tide. Our Institutional Bank has gone up through the ranks and now

it is absolutely competitive and is I think Farhan just mentioned, it's interesting today

Jonathan, just front book lending and that's only one measure. Front book lending, it's

better in Institutional than it would be in Australian home loans.

We've never been able to say that before. So we are going to be allocating more capital to

In stitutional. We have and you've seen that in this result, but it wil l be with the same

customers. So I think that's the only nuance I’d say. Same customer. We've got lots of

opportunity to grow with those same customers but you will see a gentle shift there.

You asked about the degree. I wouldn't expect it to be dramatic for a couple of reasons.

We have to - once you're in, it's hard to get back out. So we have to be sure that this

change in the relative ranking of those opportunities is stable and is going to remain that

way.

We are really optimistic about that and I think for the first time, having our diversified

portfolio and having that towards Institutional is a strength and that's some of the things

that comes through in this result. So yes, we'll put more into it. We'll be cautious. Same

customers; do more.

The second thing I would say, the other implication, and maybe this will come up in other

questions, the other implication of what we just said is because that stack rank has

changed, we are working and we've already started because we could see this

coming - maybe not as quickly as it happened, that's why we're radically transforming our

Retail business to improve its fundamental position.

That's why we are moving very quickly to the ANZ Plus platform, which is fundamentally

dramatically lower cost. That's not the only lever, but it helps improve the fundamental

returns in that business over the long term.

Farhan Faruqui: Can I just add just to a couple of points, Shayne, because I think you've

covered it really well, but Jon, I think just important and you know this very well, but I'll

say it for the sake of completion that we have built - and I think Mark has obviously done

an incredible job in terms of building that discipline around capital allocation with an eye

towards return. What we don't want to do is blow that up.


ANZ Half Year Results Presentation

5 May 2023



Page 20 of 40

So that's going to continue to be a focus. Yes, there is going to be more capital available to

Institutional, but without giving up on that discipline. More importantly than that, Jon, the

fundamental business mix of Institutional has shifted. It is now far bigger non-lending,

more return ac cretive products relative to a lending driven outcome.

So we are not going to grow our Institutional business on the back of just adding capital

and continuing to lend. It is going to come through the benefits of that platform

investment that I've mentioned and that Shayne referred to. Therefore we think there's

going to be more return accretive growth in Institutional rather than purely by lending.

Jonathan Mott: (Barrenjoey, Analyst) Just a follow up question if I could, if you then look

at slide 25 where you give us your RAM or risk adjusted margin, whatever you want to call

it, for each of the divisions, everyone's crying poor about the tough returns and how hard

it is in mortgages being written below the cost of capital, but you're still getting a 6.43%

risk adjusted margin in Australian Retail and Commercial is now 8.37%.

So wouldn't that suggest that the margin pressure is going to be ongoing for a long period

of time from here in some of those businesses?

Shayne Elliott: Yes. I mean I totally agree with you. Look, so a couple of things, you are

ri ght. I mean the reality is - and that's where NIM has its weakness and you guys all know

this. The problem with NIM is we can improve our NIM by just taking more risk and we can

pay for it on our credit line, but that's not creating real value.

So risk adjusted NIM is the right way to think about it. There's good and bad with that. So

we are improving our risk adjusted NIM but what it says is capital will flow where there is

still opportunity. So those risk adjusted margins are still attractive.

We're the first to agree with that and that's why you’ve got to stay in these businesses and

you’ve got to run them well. This idea, just because margin - headline margins are under

pressure, people will leave the industry or capital will flee or repricing, I tend to agree with

you.

So our fundamental view, yes, it will continue to be a very, very hotly competed market

and those that win will be those that have the ability and wherewithal to invest ahead to

build better customer propositions and build really winning propositions out in the market.

That's what we're doing with Plus. That's what we've done with our payments processing

businesses and Institutional, I think what's interesting about that chart though, you go to


ANZ Half Year Results Presentation

5 May 2023



Page 21 of 40

risk adjusted margins there is the real driver of those in simplistic terms comes back to

your business mix.

The reason Commercial is the star performer in that one is because our Commercial

business is essentially a deposit gathering business and for every dollar of deposits it

gathers, it pretty much only lends out about $0.60. That's why that's going up.

Being the best at payments with our partner, with Worldline in terms of merchant

acquiring, being the best at deposit gathering and helping people run the business. That

will keep that going. S imilarly in Retail and absolutely the case - and that's the proof point

in Institutional.

Operator: Thank you. Your next question comes from John Storey from UBS. Please go

ahead.

John Storey: (UBS, Analyst) Yes, thanks so much and congrats on a good set of results

Shayne and Farhan. Just a question on channels in terms of how you grow in your

mortgage business. Obviously your flow rates are quite substantially back in the market.

They are up 23% half on half, but it certainly looks like you’re growing a lot more through

the broker channel. 64% of the business coming through that. Just wanted to get a sense

on how sticky these clients actually are and how price sensitive this part of the market is.

Shayne Elliott: Yes, I might get Maile - do you want to come up to the stage Maile? While

Maile is coming, I'll comment. She can comment more recently, but it's a really good

question John. I think at the - and again just let me put the strategic hat on - hey,

customers in Australia prefer to deal with brokers. It's 75% of the market today and it's

been a rapid change over a period of time.

So clearly brokers are providing a service that customers value and we have to be

cognisant of that. We might sit here and prefer they didn't and prefer they walked into an

ANZ branch or downloaded our app, but the reality is today they're not.

So our strategy is really we want to be the best proposition we can for brokers and we've

been the first to admit that we haven't always done that well. So part of it was rebuilding

trust and Maile can talk about that a little bit with the broker channel. Really important for

us to go back and prove because we were one of the earliest banks to really support that

channel and we want to - we've got to be the best there, but over the long term we've got

to do that and we have to improve our direct proposition.


ANZ Half Year Results Presentation

5 May 2023



Page 22 of 40

That's really what the Plus proposition is about. Clearly that's got a long way to go and

that's why it's a long-term investment. You might be able to give a bit more flavour more

about recent volumes than how we are playing the market.

Maile Carnegie: Sure. So our fundamental strategy in both the broker and our proprietary

channels is to look to win through better service. We are not trying to be and are not the

price leader. So if you look at really what's driving it and it's actually market data out that

looks at what is the core driver of flows into the broker from the various providers and it

actually shows that price is not the key reason why customers are going to ANZ in brokers.

They're going largely because of our significant improvement in service. So obviously we

keep a close eye on churn and the life of loans for both proprietary and for broker. While

there is a marginal difference, it's not significant enough to make material changes in our

strategy.

As Shayne said, there's a really good reason why customers go to brokers. They provide a

great service and so we obviously want to support that.

Shayne Elliott: Great. Thank you.

John Storey: (UBS, Analyst) Shayne, that's great. Thanks so much. Just on the second

question, I thought your slide 27 is really insightful. Just breaking down the 20 basis points

of margin - deposit tailwind that you got in the first half with regards to your margin. Just

conceptually thinking about that in terms of the second half of the year, ANZ does have a

smaller retail deposit franchise.

Clearly deposit competition really started to increase in the market from February/March

as NAB called out yesterday. How should we think about that piece, the 20 basis points

going forward in terms of possible delta into the second half of the year?

Shayne Elliott: Great question. I’ll hand that to Farhan.

Farhan Faruqui: Yes, sure. So John, great question. As you've seen, we moderated our

household growth in the course of the half. We grew 4% in total Australia retail deposits,

just as we grew 4% on the home loan side from a volume perspective.

What we've had the ability to do is to manage our pricing in the retail space on our core

offerings because of the fact that we have the very attractive ANZ Plus offer. We have the

ability to source funding and deposits from the retail platforms, which don't reflect

themselves in APRA numbers for household deposits. They show up in financial


ANZ Half Year Results Presentation

5 May 2023



Page 23 of 40

institutions, but they get retail treatment in terms of LCR and NSFR. So we've had that

optionality as well.

Shayne Elliott: Maybe you might want to just describe that a little bit. What does it mean

those platforms because it may not be well understood.

Farhan Faruqui: Yes, sorry. So these are platforms like retail brokers for example, through

whom we sell our retail deposit products. So they come through in the financial institution

reporting in APRA, not in the retail household deposits, but they fundamentally are sourced

from households and therefore that has been another source for us.

Not all major banks participate on those retail platforms. Of course we've had to - we've

also made sure that we moderate and manage funding the growth in home loans through a

combination of those plus wholesale funding, which has been available to us. As I

mentioned earlier, we've been very active in that market.

So to some extent we can continue to do some of that as we go into the second half. So

I'm not sure that a broader trend on retail at call necessarily has to play out in our balance

sheet. As you also know, we have fundamentally from a household perspective, the lowest

structural funding gap relative to our peers as well, which gives us the ability to be a bit

more flexible around how we fund our deposits.

That's what I was trying to say earlier, John, when I'd answered a previous question that

there are many things at play here and there are many levers that we can look at in terms

of how we manage margin both on deposit and assets. We've been doing that for the first

half. We intend to continue doing that in the second half as the markets evolve.

Operator: Thank you. Your next question comes from Richard Wiles from Morgan Stanley.

Please go ahead.

Richard Wiles: (Morgan Stanley, Analyst) Good morning, Shayne. It's interesting you refer

to this shift in the opportunity stack with Australian mortgages moving towards the bottom

from the top several years ago because all four major banks have massive home loan

portfolios.

I think this strategy of simplification means you're more exposed to retail and business

banking in Australia and New Zealand than you were several years back. In your ASX

release you said competition in retail banking is as intense as it's ever been both in

Australia and New Zealand.


ANZ Half Year Results Presentation

5 May 2023



Page 24 of 40

Would you say New Zealand is as bad as Australia and could you rank or comment on

Au stralian and New Zealand mortgages and deposits separately? Which of those markets

are the most competitive at the moment and which are the least competitive?

Shayne Elliott: Yes, fair question. So Richard, first of all, if I just stand back a little bit. In

preparing today's statements and writing commentary obviously there's a risk of saying,

well, hang on a minute, you've just told me that home loans in Australia in particular and

New Zealand are far less attractive than it used to be. At the same time you're telling me

you're growing share and you want a whole share. How does that make sense?

So I accept that. The difference is though we have - it is a long term play. We’re here for

the long term. Being in the business of helping somebody buy and own home is core to

what we do. So we have to be in this business. We just have to do it differently.

So we're in this transition period of how do we maintain an offering that's relevant and

reasonable in terms of shareholder returns for today while we transition to a different

future and in shorthand a lower cost, more flexible, more engaging platform, which is what

we - our ambition in Plus.

Plus isn't just about taking out cost. It's also to be a more engaging platform so we

generate less churn, et cetera. We are in this difficult piece. We've got to stay in the game

today. We're not prepared to give up just because it's hard. We’ve got to stay in while we

disproportionately invest in building for a better future. So that's the bigger picture

strategy and I can tell we spent a lot of time on that and again this week with our Board,

just making sure we get that balance right.

I've had the benefit of not just being the CEO, but obviously sitting on the Boards and I sit

on the Board in New Zealand, I would say - so I've got some greater insight there. I would

say that actually Australia today is more competitive than New Zealand.

If you stand back and think about over a longer period of time, it was fair to say New

Zealand typically has been more competitive than Australia. If you asked me over the last

five years, I would say again, on average New Zealand is a more hotly competed market.

Not entirely sure why that is.

It's obviously smaller, the same number of players. Difference is we’re the larger bank

over there, but typically that has changed. So they're both more competitive than they

used to be but Australia has become far more competitive as we've gone through this rate

increasing cycle in particular.


ANZ Half Year Results Presentation

5 May 2023



Page 25 of 40

So hopefully that answers your question. The other thing is the difference, as you

know - sorry, Richard, but obviously the source slightly different because of the propensity

for variable rate in Australia and high degree of propensity for fixed rate in New Zealand.

So slightly different levers there. Anyway, go ahead with your follow up.

Richard Wiles: (Morgan Stanley, Analyst) Well, I was going to ask mortgages versus

deposits.

Shayne Elliott: Yes, good.

Richard Wiles: (Morgan Stanley, Analyst) You get a lot of questions on mortgages, but if

anyone's paying attention, CBA moved their goal saver in February by 75 bps. TD rates

went up massively in March. That's Australia. Is deposits more competitive than mortgages

or getting that way?

Shayne Elliott: Again, good question. I think it's partly to do with the rate rising cycle and

where we were and thinking about the Bank's funding positions and trying to think through

how you deal into that higher rate environment.

Clearly early on the competition was very, very intense and maintains to be in home loans.

If you were asking me at the margin and deposits, less so because remember after Covid,

most of us were massively overfunded, if you will, in the sense that we had lots -

customers had tucked away money, both retail and small business in the Banks and our

savings deposits and transaction accounts were the highest they’ve ever been. That’s

continued to be the case. So actually we didn’t need to compete very hard on deposits. We

had lots of deposits, more than at any time before.

As we’ve moved through the cycle and come through into this quarter, that’s starting to

change. As rates are rising and system growth is being a little bit more robust than people

may have predicted the industry is scrambling a little bit to get more competitive on

deposits to help fund our balance sheet growth.

So right at the moment if you asked me to call it, I think it would be a close call, but you’d

say deposits is where the action is today. They’re both more competitive but it’s probably

at the margin starting to be more competitive in deposits. So that’s in Australia.

New Zealand is slightly different. The funding mix is a little bit different to New Zealand.

So I don’t know that I would be as aggressive in the differentiation. I think they’re both

competitive in New Zealand but here you’ve seen more of an aggressive switch towards


ANZ Half Year Results Presentation

5 May 2023



Page 26 of 40

deposit pricing to your point. It’s been pretty apparent and above the line for a couple of

months. I would imagine that that will continue.

Things like the TFF here...

Farhan Faruqui: Exacerbates...

Shayne Elliott: ...that exacerbates it. Now that - we weren’t a big user of that, but in the

system - when that gets removed that all has to get replaced really quickly. A lot of that -

the first port of call will be to try harder on deposits.

Richard Wiles: (Morgan Stanley, Analyst) Thank you. Can I ask a question on ANZ Plus?

Shayne Elliott: Sure.

Richard Wiles: (Morgan Stanley, Analyst) Slide 76 you’ve got $176 billion of Australian

retail deposits. You’ve told us today that $5 billion was in ANZ Plus at March. I think it’s

maybe $6 billion now. ANZ Plus has higher savings account rates. But the old ANZ brand

actually has a lower rate on the Reward Saver or the Bonus Saver than the other major

banks.

So in the short term, is that actually protecting your margin? Because the vast, vast

majority of your savings accounts at the moment are with old ANZ, where your rates are a

little lower. Is that helpful in the short term?

Shayne Elliott: A little bit. In the scheme of things it’s not that big. I mean let’s not forget

- so again we’re talking - ANZ Plus is $6 billion. You would expect us to have a hero

product there. We want people to move to ANZ Plus. We want our customers and new to

Bank customers - and let’s not forget, what’s really exciting is, in flow terms about 40% of

applicants on any given day now are new to Bank. So we want it to be attractive.

I’ ll do my advertorial. There’s no conditions. It’s not one of those ones where you have to

do so many transactions or keep a certain balance or anything like that. So it’s really clean

and simple. That’s the proposition, so we want that.

You’re right. That means that if that’s our hero product perhaps we don’t need to be quite

as sharp on things like Progress Saver and others. But what we’re doing is we’re talking to

our Progress Savers customers and saying, you should move. We want you to move. Okay

that probably gives us a little bit of benefit. But I would say when you do the maths it’s not

terribly material. I mean even Progress Saver for us is not a huge driver of deposits.

You ’re talking tens of billions, certainly not much more than that.


ANZ Half Year Results Presentation

5 May 2023



Page 27 of 40

Richard Wiles: (Morgan Stanley, Analyst) But if that means you’re getting a 45 basis point

or 50 basis point benefit relative to your competitors on tens of billions of dollars of

funding, it sounds like it’ s pretty helpful.

Shayne Elliott: Well - low tens though. We’re talking about - call it $20 billion. We’re not

talking about $50 billion. These are - that is a small benefit in the scheme of things, sure.

But on the other hand, you could turn around and say but hey Shayne you’re paying out

4.5% on the $6 billion you’ve got in Plus. So that’s high. So it’ s kind of swings and

roundabouts there a little bit.

Richard Wiles: (Morgan Stanley, Analyst) Okay, thank you.

Shayne Elliott: Thanks.

Operator: Thank you. Your next question comes from Andrew Triggs from JP Morgan.

Please go ahead.

Andrew Triggs: (JP Morgan, Analyst) Thank you. The first question please, perhaps for

Farhan. Just zeroing in on that deposit pricing and wholesale funding piece within the NIM

walk. Could I just clarify maybe some of your earlier comments Farhan? Are you

suggesting that perhaps - your suggestion is that it’s not likely to be a headwind into the

second half?

Farhan Faruqui: Thanks Andrew. Just to clarify, what is not going to be a headwind? You

mean margin?

Andrew Triggs: (JP Morgan, Analyst) Yes, a margin headwind from that deposit pricing and

wholesale funding piece.

Farhan Faruqui: I don’t think - as I said earlier, Andrew, there are multiple markets and

types of products. They have different impacts. So yes overall there’s no question that

there is more pressure on deposit margins. But they’re not all playing out in the same way

as for example what you’re seeing in Australian retail as Shayne just talked about. There

are different outcomes in terms of what’s happening in Institutional or in International or

in our corporate mix and Commercial, et cetera.

So I think there is broader pressure and headwinds in terms of deposit margins. But I

think it’s really a question of who has more optionality in terms of moderating that impact.

Certainly from a wholesale perspective, the wholesale impact is actually really a modest

increase. We haven’t really seen spreads and cost blowout tremendously.


ANZ Half Year Results Presentation

5 May 2023



Page 28 of 40

So that’s not going to be a huge difference half on half. But I think certainly on customer

deposits, timing and scale of the impacts will be different. Certainly how the rate cycle

plays out is also going to be impactful to that.

Andrew Triggs: (JP Morgan, Analyst) Okay. If we look at how that part of the margin walk

has performed over the last two halves, it would probably be fair to say that you’ve had

better deposit rate leverage than you first thought. You’re not worried at all that some of

that or much of that will reverse over the next few halves as deposit competition

increases? I appreciate you might be a better position to manage that given the diversity

of your funding sources?

Farhan Faruqui: Sure. I think some of that has - some of the deposit [bidders] have gone

up from one year ago. There’s no question that there are higher deposit bidders today. But

I think it’s really a question of two things, (1) how we’re managing that mix as best as we

can, but secondly also the fact that we do get probably a slightly higher benefit Andrew in

terms of the fact that we have more operational deposits if you like, particularly in our

Institutional business and our Commercial business.

That’s always helpful to manage some of that headwind in terms of higher deposit bidders

as well. These [are both rate and sensitive] deposits.

Sh ayne Elliott: I [already said in my] - it’ s not really to your question Andrew - but just

some more generic - because it’s really great that we’re getting questions about deposits

because that’s not something we normally talk about at results. But you’re right, it’s on the

money. I think the really interesting thing here is what we’re saying is Australian banking

is changing. The fundamentals of it are changing just like we’ve seen in Institutional.

The question really is what are we doing about it? What we’re doing about it is what we did

in Institutional. We’ve basically have restructured that business to be more ready and

more successful. So we’ve flipped it from a lending first business to a processing first

business. That requires a different proposition, different technology, et cetera. It ’s only the

beginning. We’re beginning to see that come through in this result here. It’s really, really

great to see.

We’ve got to do the same thing in Australian retail. We could see this coming a while - not

at this speed. We didn’t predict exactly where we are today. But we knew it was going to

get harder. As one of the smaller banks we just said, we have to be different. So that was

the whole impetus of the investment about Plus.


ANZ Half Year Results Presentation

5 May 2023



Page 29 of 40

What is Plus about? Lower cost - radically lower cost - much lower cost, and (2) more

engaging. It gives us the ability to engage customers to grab those deposits and hold onto

them for longer and that ’s precisely what we’re doing. What we need to do is have an

equivalent strategy - I mean Commercial is one of our great gatherers of deposits today.

Part of our strategy with Worldline was to expand that to - again to invest in even better

propositions. Boy we’ve got still a lot of opportunity in Commercial to expand our deposit

gathering strength from what it is today and beyond.

So to me it’s import ant to take the context of what we’re doing about it for the long term.

Anyway, next question I guess.

Andrew Triggs: (JP Morgan, Analyst) Thank Shayne. The second question was just around

- you mentioned the thing with the highest ROE in Institutional for 15 years. Can I press

on and ask what you think the ROE was on a fully allocated basis in the half?

Shayne Elliott: So it would be - you’re talking in the mid-teens - at the lower end of the

mid-teens. So you might remember - I know you will, but many of you on the call - we

had said over time - and again putting aside capital changes and rules and all that sort of

stuff - we kind of said, hey we wanted to be sustainably above the cost of capital.

In those days we were using 10% of our - as the cost of capital - out published numbers

are a little bit lower than that today - but call it 10%. We wanted to be a couple of per cent

higher than that through the cycle. But we’re well above that in this half. So hopefully you

can read up through that to see...

Andrew Triggs: (JP Morgan, Analyst) If you...

Shayne Elliott: I think that is - in putting in - that is a sustainable number. It won’t be

every single half. There will be things that move around. But this was not the benefit, oh

we got lucky on something or there was some one-off somewhere or something. This is a

sustainable - the really important thing - 15 years is kind of an important time for us

because that’s when I used to run Insto. So it only got better since I left. There’s a lesson

there.

But anyway I think the important thing is not - again the overall was really good and every

geography was a strong contributor to that. That - there were no laggards being dragged

up. So all of the geographies contributed in their own way.

An drew Triggs: (JP Morgan, Analyst) Great, thank you.


ANZ Half Year Results Presentation

5 May 2023



Page 30 of 40

Operator: Thank you. Your next question comes from Carlos Cacho from Jarden. Please go

ahead.

Carlos Cacho: (Jarden, Analyst) Thanks for the chance to ask a few questions. Firstly I just

wanted to see if you could give us any more details around that back book discounting you

mentioned. The slide showed a 6 basis point drag from Aussie Home Lending. Is there any

split on how much of that has been front book versus back book competition?

Farhan Faruqui: Yes sure, Carlos, thanks for that question. So it’s about - of the 6 basis

points, about 3.5 basis points is back book repricing and the balance is front book.

Carlos Cacho: (Jarden, Analyst) Thank you very much for that detail. Secondly I just

wanted to dig into deposits a bit more. Again kind of on that business deposit side. Clearly

business at-call deposits have been a major tailwind. I was just wondering if there’s any

building pressure. You know, we kind of all have become accustomed to the idea that

transaction accounts offer zero rates.

But is there any pressure starting to build or discussions with the large clients about the

potential to actually have an interest rate on some of those? I mean we’ve seen some of

these pressures building in the US where I think more large-scale depositors are looking

for better returns. Obviously there’ s an outside option in the US, the money market funds

that we don’t have here. But is there any concern that those at-call operational deposits

might start having rates go up as we adapt to higher rates for longer?

Shayne Elliott: Great. I don’t know if it’s a concern. It’s the reality. It’s going to happen.

So I think again we have to differentiate between when we talk business broadly, if it’s

institutional, big end of town, we already do that. So we already will pay for transactional

balances. We do that on a contractual basis. The good thing though about that is - it ’s

really sticky right? These are not companies deciding on the day what’s ANZ’s rate versus

DBS or Citi or Westpac or whatever.

These are integrated cash management platforms. We are plugged into their ERP systems,

running their payments, et cetera. As part of that, there’ s a contractual level in terms of

what fees we charge, what rates we pay, et cetera. That’s why I mentioned in there the

longevity of that business.

I mean easily - history shows, and it’s always a bit difficult because - you generate - if you

continue to invest in that, you’re talking about relationships of 10, 20 year plus. So those

are very, very good. But that’s already the case. You have to pay for those deposits.


ANZ Half Year Results Presentation

5 May 2023



Page 31 of 40

In business in the smaller end of town it’s slightly different. I think that will become a

feature more over time. It’s not today. There’s a little bit of a mix. The difference there is

again when you’re banking a small business you are their only bank typically. So again

they’re very dependent on you to get paid, make their own payments, et cetera. So it’s

about the service model.

That’s why merchant acquiring is so important for us, the Worl dline agreement is so critical

to that. Of course we have to be fair and reasonable. I imagine that there will be a move

over time to have to pay more for that. When rates are zero obviously it doesn’t pay a lot

of attention.

But as rates rise and we - as you heard we imagine rates will be higher for longer - I think

that will become a feature. But we’ re in a really good position to manage through that

because we’ve got great relationships and part of our proposition is, as I said, to actually

build loyalty. Price is important but it won’t be the leading proposition of what we do.

Carlos Cacho: (Jarden, Analyst) Great, thank you.

Operator: Thank you. Your next question comes from Ed Henning from CLSA. Please go

ahead.

Ed Henning: (CLSA, Analyst) Thanks for taking my questions. A couple from me.

Historically you’ve talked about managing for growth over cost. Can you just talk about

productivity gains coming through your cost line given your investment, how we should

think about the cost growth over the medium term, as the first one please?

Shayne Elliott: I’ll get Farhan to talk to the detail. While he’s just preparing - our industry,

look it’s great. We are here today reporting a record result. We’re proud of that. That’s a

good thing. It’s come after a lot of hard work. But the reality is when you look at it for

every dollar of shareholders’ funds the amount of profit we’re producing hasn’t materially

changed. In fact it’s gone up a little bit over the last two years. But it’s still a lot lower than

we used to in the past.

Similarly, for every dollar that we spend the amount of revenue we generate, it still hasn’t

materially changed. So in terms of productivity, we’ve got bigger. That’s good. We’re

generating better returns and all those sorts of things. But there’s still a lot of work to do

to be fundamentally better. That comes down to productivity.

Look, we’re the first to accept that what we do today is still far too manual. There’s not

enough straight through. There’s not enough digitisation. I mean that’s the big vision we


ANZ Half Year Results Presentation

5 May 2023



Page 32 of 40

have for things like Plus and some of the other investments we’re doing across the Group.

So we get it. We get the whole productivity need.

As a legacy Bank - that’s what we are - we’re not a start-up - as a legacy Bank it’s hard.

Because you’re kind of built in and you’ve got all this sort of fixed infrastructure. We

mentioned in there - again these are little things - but we mentioned in there, we sold our

Australian data centres.

We’ve already moved 35% of our applications to the cloud. But the next step is - so we’ve

sold our data centres. That’s part of a longer term strategy again to migrate more

technology to cloud providers, to reduce the cost, improve the service levels. It’s all part of

a longer term strategy around productivity which in our view is going to become even

more important.

At the end of the day 70% of our cost is paying salaries and wages. So we are suffering

from the same pressures that our customers are in terms of inflation, wages, et cetera. We

want to pay our people fairly. But we don’t have the ability to just pass those on. So we’re

one of those businesses that has to absorb that. The only way to do that is through

productivity.

But do you want to talk a little bit more in detail?

Farhan Faruqui: I think it’ll be hard to find more detail Ed. But let me try and add to that. I

think Shayne has covered it. When we look at our - I’ll just make two or three key points.

Firstly our regulatory spend, because of the completion of BS11 has reduced, which means

that we can now continue to make sure that we allocate more towards productivity

investments in order to get that longer term productivity outcome.

Some of those are shorter term in terms of what you can get, things that we are doing

around automation and some of the things that we’ve done around property and so on and

so forth. But some of them are going to take time to play out.

Other than ANZ Plus, the other one that Shayne mentioned earlier, today was the fact that

we want to try and harmonise our business services and make sure that we have less

duplication. That requires us to then invest in terms of ensuring that we can create that

benefit as we move on to less duplicative platforms if you like.

So there is a path to travel here. We’ve been - our investment focus has very much been

to drive that outcome. That’s going to continue as we go forward. Of course we want to


ANZ Half Year Results Presentation

5 May 2023



Page 33 of 40

continue to make sure that we drive more things like more self-service, et cetera, like ANZ

Plus is delivering.

In Institutional there’s a lot of work happening around harmonising the various platforms

that we provide to our customers across our geographies to try and narrow that down to a

single, if you like, spine of platform, et cetera to improve customer experience but also to

drive cost down.

So there’s a lot of these efforts that are currently ongoing. We are going to continue to

make sure we, if anything, turbocharge them more as we look forward into the

environment that we’re facing into.

Ed Henning: (CLSA, Analyst) Just on that, if you think about the timing of it, it sounds like

you’ve got a lot of investment to do in the current environment notwithstanding you’ve

obviously rolled off BS11. So the productivity gains that we’re going to see come through

the cost base, is this more a medium term thing as opposed to a 202 4 thing potentially, to

see significant benefits come through?

Farhan Faruqui: Sorry maybe I should just clarify Ed. My point was that we are continuing

to invest and we’re looking to get benefits over the course. We are expecting to get

substantial productiv ity benefits in 2024 as well on investments that we’ve been making

over the last couple of years.

My point was that the BS11 just gives us a little bit more room in terms of continuing to

make those investments as we go forward to create outcomes not only for 2024 but for

then the years that come after. So it is a longer term plan. This is not about managing it

through a short inflationary cycle. This is about just making ourselves a much more -

better, efficient, lower cost to serve Bank overall.

Ed Henning: (CLSA, Analyst) Nice, thank you. Then just a second one on the Institutional

business and markets. You talked again today about having a sustainable elevated ROE in

Institutional. If you look at Slide 30 you talked about favourable market conditions. I’m

just interested in how much of those favourable market conditions helps the Institutional

ROE.

Can you just break down if you look at the chart on the right hand side of the four

components, the outlook you’re currently seeing in each market and the volumes. Do you

anticipate markets to come back sharply in the near term before it goes back to a long

term average?


ANZ Half Year Results Presentation

5 May 2023



Page 34 of 40

Shayne Elliott: I can answer that. So markets - it ’s an interesting question - markets in

and of itself - if it was just completely an isolated business - it’ s not. Because this markets

business is serving those same customers that we talked about in our FIG business and

our corporate finance business, et cetera. So it’s not.

But if - if you just thought of it on its own, it ’s actually not an accretive business for

Institutional. So i.e., the returns in markets generally are at the average or below. So it

does not - again it depends on the mix. But as in generally over time. So that’s the first

point but it clearly has other value in terms of long-term customer relationship et cetera.

If you look at the relative merits of those businesses in that stack, more - pretty much

more or less, the ones that - it’ s almost in stack rank of at the bottom is the most

attractive from returns to the least attractive at the top. Now, and again, they’re not four

separate businesses because they - because the customer is doing all of those things and

it’ s part of the sort of a universal Market’s service proposition.

But if you could - and again, it’ s just - this is just hypothetical to be able to answer your

question. If you could - and Mark and I talk about this a lot. If you could just say, hey,

we’re just running this for returns, you would just want to do the FX bit. The FX bit is the

highest return, why? Because it looks a lot like currency - it looks a lot like payments

processing. High volume, short term, low risk. You’re clipping the ticket, it ’s got massive

scale advantage. It’s all digital.

You know, the old days of having people on telephones doing bid offers and all that is all

gone. It’s a technology play. Great ROE, yes? Because it’ s capital light and as you progress

up the stack, it gets more complicated but that’s not a reasonable option because you -

then you can’t really be a one trick pony in this business.

So in terms of the outlook, what we’re saying is, hey, when that business generates what

it did in this half, which - you know, like it’s a good half. $1.15 billion, that’s good. It’s a

little bit better than average over time but it’s not a stellar half. It ’s not like they knocked

the ball out of the park and again, no disrespect to business, [they did] a great job but

we’ve had better halves in the past. This is just a solid business and really importantly, on

the left, it’s all been driven by customer franchise. I.e. , it’s volume. Customers doing more

with us.

So when it produces at that level, it’s a good business. When it produces as it has over the

’22, it struggles a little bit in terms of return because you know, it’s got a reasonable cost

base to do. So it - hopefully that has answered your question. Now, going forward, was


ANZ Half Year Results Presentation

5 May 2023



Page 35 of 40

we’ve told you, we resource the business, capital, technology, spending, people, to

produce about $2 billion a year. Yes? Preferably highly - obviously highly skewed towards

that customer franchise.

There will be times, based on market conditions, we will do a little bit better. There will be

times when it does a little bit worse but at that one - at that $2 billion a year, we know

that that’s a decent return. That it’ s more or less at the - depending on the mix, should be

able to produce decent returns at the Institutional average but mix matters a lot. Hopefully

- did that answer your question?

Ed Henning: (CLSA, Analyst) [At our] current market conditions.

Shayne Elliott: Yes.

Ed Henning: (CLSA, Analyst) It does and are current market conditions still buoyant?

Sh ayne Elliott: Yes, so I tell you...

Ed Henning: (CLSA, Analyst) Obviously they were very favourable in the first half.

Shayne Elliott: Yes.

Ed Henning: (CLSA, Analyst) I’ m just trying to figure out, are they getting materially worse

or more benign?

Shayne Elliott: No, they’re not getting materially worse at this point. I mean it’s always -

it’ s hard to predict where the future is but the reality is that what you’re seeing here is -

again, what’s the driver here? The driver is, are customers incented to do something? To -

and so that is driven by underlying things like trade volumes, moving goods and capital

around the region. If I’m moving goods, I have to convert the currency. I have to blah,

blah, blah.

Capital investment, if I’m investing in plants and projects, I need to hedge in - I need to

go and raise debt, hedge it, all that sort of stuff and obviously the commodities business.

So just general activity in the economy. The reality is, where nominal GDP is strong and

that’s what you’re seeing, that is supportive for this business. That means activity and - so

that’s one driver.

The second driver is really importantly, is to some degree, is uncertainty. If customers

have perfect ability to predict where currencies are going and interest rates are going, et

cetera, that reduces the demand for hedging. When period’s uncert ain, customers are

more inclined to hedge. So what you want is lots of volume, lots of investment, lots of


ANZ Half Year Results Presentation

5 May 2023



Page 36 of 40

trade volumes, nominal GPD growth and a little bit of uncertainty about the future. That’s

kind of your - and I think that’s precisely where we sit today.

So I wouldn’t be - I’m not predict - I am not giving you a forward - I am not going to give

you guidance to say it’ll repeat the first half but there’s nothing in the environment we see

today that suggests anything is changing. If anything, you know, the global turmoil in

banks and financials in the US, it sort of adds to that a little bit. That little bit of

uncertainty. It just tends to drive a little bit more hedging behaviour.

Ed Henning: (CLSA, Analyst) No, that ’s very helpful. Thank you.

Operator: Thank you. Your next question comes from Matt Dunger from Bank of America.

Please, go ahead.

Matt Dunger: (Bank of America, Analyst) Yes, thank you very much. If I could just ask one

question on the Suncorp deal? You’ve noted in the news release you’re making progress on

the application. Was there any update or feedback from the ACCC submissions which were

due on 18 April?

Shayne Elliott: Nothing formal. So what happened, we put in our application, they made

their preliminary views. Since then, there’s been - some of us have got - we have to do

formal witness statements et cetera for - in-person. That’s all happened. We are preparing

our response now to their - so they put out their preliminary views, we get a chance to

respond and that’s what we’re preparing at the moment.

So it ’s sort of literally going through the motions. I can’t remember when that’s due. It’s

literally due in the next week or so. We will put in a supplementary submission to answer

some of the questions that they raised in their preliminary views but it’s all sort of going as

you would expect.

Matt Dunger: (Bank of America, Analyst) Thank you very much.

Operator: Thank you. Your last question comes from Victor German from Macquarie.

Please, go ahead.

Victor German: (Macquarie, Analyst) Thank you. Question on costs. We - just to be able to

assess the cost performance, would you be able to - and I apologise if I just missed it but

would you be able to tell us what the investment spend was and how much of that was

expensed?

Farhan Faruqui: Yes, hi, Victor. Thank you. Thanks for that questi on. Look, I think we’ve -

so just wanted to first say that we have, as we indicated at the end of last half, are moving


ANZ Half Year Results Presentation

5 May 2023



Page 37 of 40

a bit more towards a total expense conversation rather than the mix between investment

and run-the-Bank costs. I think the reason for that, Victor, is not to try and obfuscate the

cost in investment but the fact is that as more of our longer-t erm investments start to

convert into regular run-the-Bank type of environment such as part of ANZ Plus for

example is on an operational basis rather than just a project basis, the mix between

investment and run-the-Bank starts to become a bit more blurred.

So we didn’t want to separate the two, we just want - and by the way, the same applies to

Cloud and things like that as well. So it was designed to make sure that we keep as much

as possible a total expense view because that’s ultimately what is going to matter in terms

of delivering returns to our shareholders.

Now, for the half, there is no question that we had a lower investment spend than we had

in the previous half and that, as I mentioned earlier, was driven largely by the fact that we

ran off the BS11 expense that we had in the previous half and that we continued to

prioritise investment. There’s also seasonality element in that, Victor, because you have -

you know, projects start to ramp up in the first half and then they - you know, you get the

full impact in the second half. So we saw some of that benefit as well in the first half as

well.

So the answer is yes, it was down from last half and - but you know, we continued to

expense it at 85%. We continue to make sure we keep it focussed on the projects that

matter but there’s part of that cost has now become run-the-Bank costs because those

projects ar e now converting into operational cost base, if you like. Does that help you

understand, Victor? Because...

Victor German: (Macquarie, Analyst) Yes, I guess - and we’ve had these sort of discussions

in the past but you know, one of the things that sort of dif ferentiated you to many of your

peers was that your investment spend was fairly high and you actually expensed a very

large portion of it. I’ m just wondering whether part of the 5% cost guidance is partially

reflecting the fact that you were perhaps investing a little bit less and maybe you’re not

amortising as much.

Shayne Elliott: Can I answer?

Farhan Faruqui: Sure.

Shayne Elliott: Can I - that’s a great - it is a fair question. I think the outcome is that

technically we will be investing a little bit less but it’s not because we have less aspiration

for the future, it’s because a bunch of the stuff we had to do, even the stuff we didn’t want


ANZ Half Year Results Presentation

5 May 2023



Page 38 of 40

to do, has fallen away. So you know, the obvious being BS11. So call it investment,

whatever. Of course we had to invest in it and that’s just an example.

So the number - some of those things are falling away which is really good because it

gives us capacity to do that but it’s not like we’ve sat here and said, let’s reduce our

ambition for transformation in the Bank and spend less. That’s not the message you should

take away from this. We need to continue to invest in that transformation so our aspiration

hasn’t changed but some of the more required investment on things - not all of it. There’s

still a significant amount of it, that’s come down a little bit.

Farhan Faruqui: Yes and Victor, I’ll point you to - as I’m sure you’ve seen already, slide 71,

which gives a little bit more around the composition and to the point that Shayne and I

were making that the real impact has actually come from the fact that regulatory spend

has gone down from being 40% of last half to 30% this half. Equally, you’ve seen our

productivity and growth components of the spend actually increasing in this half over last

half.

So it’s just been the benefit of some of that stuff coming off like BS11 but it certainly does

not mean that the aspiration is lower. By the way, I think our investment spend is still -

certainly relative to our peers, amongst the highest.

Victor German: (Macquarie, Analyst) Yes, [it’ s just obviously] percentages are not as

concrete as dollars but understand. The second question, if I may? Just to sort of wrap up,

there’s been a lot of discussion on margins and I completely understand the business mix

benefits that you’re hoping to see.

Certainly if we look at slide 29, for example, when we look at your Group NIM, it feels like

it’ s nowhere as elevated as it appears your peers would have and there appears to be a lot

of room for improvement but then, at the same time, if I look at your risk adjusted

margins, it actually has improved a lot.

I’ m just wondering, to what extent perhaps this ability to extract additional margin

benefits are maybe overstated as a result of you de-risking the book over this year’s and

your margins are not ac tually as low as it may appear from a headline perspective.

Farhan Faruqui: Well I mean - so look, I think - there’s two - I guess there are two points

here, Victor. One is what is sort of our thinking around managing net interest margin and

the other question, I guess that you’re asking, is that - is that risk adjusted margin

expansion really more of a function of de-risking rather than it is of margin management.

Is that - am I reading that correctly, Victor?


ANZ Half Year Results Presentation

5 May 2023



Page 39 of 40

Victor German: (Macquarie, Analyst) Yes, I guess yes, to what extent do you thi nk there is

an opportunity to improve, for example, your returns in Institutional Bank given that

perhaps they’re not as bad as what we thought before...

Farhan Faruqui: Yes, sure.

Victor German: (Macquarie, Analyst) ...given that you de-risked the Bank and actually,

they’re already at a reasonably attractive levels anyway.

Shayne Elliott: Yes, I’ll give you an example. You’re right. I mean I think - so de-risking is

too simplistic a term. We’ve changed the Institutional Bank and I’ll just give you an

example today. So I think there is absolutely opportunity and it won’t be plain sailing. We

talked about the fact that as a result of some of the turmoil in the US and some of the

regionals, we’ve won some cash management mandate. Let’s just give you an example of

that without giving any names or anything.

So we ran four mandates where global, financial institutions that we already bank, people

we already know, have decided they didn’t want to bank with those affected US regionals

anymore and they’ve brought their business to ANZ. That business will be, we’d pick a

number, in excess of $10 million a year in revenue for us for those mandates. The

marginal cost of that is close to zero. The capital allocation to support that business is

zero.

That kind of stuff is massively accretive to revenue. Doesn’t change our risk profile. Not in

any material - there’s operational risk that comes with it and hugely accretive in terms of

returns. So that ’s the sort of stuff. That’s how we get our risk adjusted margins up and I

think that’s - that’s really the secret sauce within Institutional today. What we’ve said is

that’s precisely - we also have that exact same situation in Commercial where its’ the

business mix that is driving the risk adjusted margin benefit.

I just - you know and I - so there is potential to do better but it’s not something we can

say half-on-half-on-half we’ll continue to rise, right? Because there’s a lot of - as you know

better than anybody, Victor, there’s lots of moving parts in this. All we’ve been trying to

say here is, I understand the market’s obsession about margin, we get it. It’s an important

indicator but we really do want to go to that next level to really look at that risk adjusted

margin.

Farhan Faruqui: Yes and look, I mean Victor, I thi nk there - as I mentioned earlier, there is

no question that - and we have talked about this before as well, Victor, that ultimately rate

rises, the margin benefits that come from it tend to get competed away. So we’re not


ANZ Half Year Results Presentation

5 May 2023



Page 40 of 40

suggesting that there is a - that we are immune to that pressure. We are also not saying

that there is likely that there is a reversion in the sector around where the margins are

heading.

I think our perspective is that (a) because of the investments we’ve made and our ability

to generate quality margins in terms of risk adjusted margins is higher today than it was

10 years ago, for example. Our ability to allocate capital across our various businesses, all

of whom are performing well and are now in much better shape going into this

environment is higher than certainly in some of our peers.

I think that our ability also to continue to derive margin benefits in terms of being much

better in terms of day-to-day margin management and dynamic allocation is much better

given the data improvements that we’ve had, et cetera.

So I think there is a lot of benefits. That doesn’t mean that the overall environment is

anything - is any different for us than it is for everyone else. We just have to be better in

terms of managing through it.

Shayne Elliott: Good way to finish.

Victor German: (Macquarie, Analyst) Okay. Thank you. Thank you, gentlemen.

Jill Campbell: Thanks, Victor and thanks everyone, I - as I said, I appreciate it’s a long day

for all of you. So that’s the end of Q&A. If there was anything we didn’t get to, the IR team

is here, obviously, so please feel free to ring and we’ll deal with those questions as you call

us. Other than that, thank you everyone and have a good afternoon.

Shayne Elliott: Thank you.

Farhan Faruqui: Thank you.

End of Transcript

Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.

Other issuers discussed similar conditions around this time

Matched by meaning across NZX announcement text, not keywords — based on our semantic index of announcement bodies.